Form POS AMI NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

Article

FREE Breaking News Alerts from StreetInsider.com!

StreetInsider.com Top Tickers, 7/15/2026

1. IBM
2. SPY
3. JPM
4. BAC
5. LCID

6. GS
7. ORCL
8. SPCX
9. AAPL
10. WFC

See also “Leverage risk” on page 2.

●corporate earnings;

●production;

●management and

●sales and market trends, including investor demand for a particular type of stock, such as growth or value stocks, small- or large-cap stocks, or stocks within a particular industry.

long position (purchases) will decline in value at the same time that stocks where the Fund has taken a short position increase in value, thereby increasing potential losses to the Fund.

Mid-cap risk – see “Smaller companies risk.”

When Models and Data prove to be incorrect or incomplete, any decisions made in reliance thereon expose the Fund to potential risks. For example, by relying on Models and Data, the subadviser may be induced to buy certain investments at prices that are too high, to sell certain other investments at prices that are too low, or to miss favorable opportunities altogether. Similarly, any hedging based on faulty Models and Data may prove to be unsuccessful. The Fund bears the risk that the quantitative models used by the subadviser will not be successful in selecting companies for investment or in determining the weighting of investment positions that will enable the Fund to achieve its investment objective.

Some of the models used by the subadviser for the Fund are predictive in nature. The use of predictive models has inherent risks. For example, such models may incorrectly forecast future behavior, leading to potential losses on a cash flow and/or a mark-to-market basis. In addition, in unforeseen or certain low-probability scenarios (often involving a market disruption of some kind), such models may produce unexpected results, which can result in losses for the Fund. Furthermore, because predictive models may be constructed based on historical data supplied by third parties, the success of relying on such models may depend heavily on the accuracy and reliability of the supplied historical data.

All models rely on correct data inputs. If incorrect data is entered into even a well-founded model, the resulting information will be incorrect. However, even if data is inputted correctly, “model prices” will often differ substantially from market prices, especially for instruments with complex characteristics, such as derivative instruments. Model prices can differ from market prices as model prices are typically based on assumptions and estimates derived from recent market data that may not remain realistic or relevant in the future. To address these issues, the subadviser evaluates model prices and outputs versus recent transactions or similar securities. In addition, models may be modified or enhanced from time to time as a result of new research or changes in market conditions.

New fund risk – the Fund is newly formed. The Fund’s investment strategy may not be successful under all future market conditions, which could result in the Fund being liquidated at any time without shareholder approval and at a time that may not be favorable for all shareholders.

Industrials – changes in government regulation, world events and economic conditions may adversely affect companies in the industrials sector. Companies in the industrials sector include companies engaged in the manufacture and distribution of capital goods such as aerospace and defense, building products, and electrical equipment and machinery; companies that offer construction and engineering services; providers of commercial and professional services, including printing, environmental and facilities services, office services and supplies, security and alarm services, human resource and employment services, and research and consulting services; and companies that provide transportation services. These companies are also at risk for environmental damage claims. Industrial companies also may be adversely affected by commodity price volatility, changes in exchange rates, imposition of import controls, increased competition, depletion of resources, technological developments, labor relations and changes in the supply of and demand for their specific products or services or for industrials sector products in general.

* * * * * *

Selective Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

A description of the Fund's policies and procedures regarding the release of portfolio holdings information is available in the Fund's Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).

Item 10. Management, Organization, and Capital Structure

Investment Adviser

subadvisers and evaluates and monitors the performance of the subadvisers. Organized in 1999 as an investment adviser, NFA is a wholly owned subsidiary of Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.

Subadvisers

Management Fees

The Fund pays NFA a management fee based on the Fund’s average daily net assets. The total management fee that can be paid by the Fund, expressed as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets and not taking into account any applicable fee waivers or reimbursements, is as follows:

Assets	Management Fee
Up to $500 million; $500 million and more but less than $1billion; and $1 billion and more	0.41% 0.39% 0.37%

Portfolio Management

Mr. Allen is the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Portfolio Manager and has been with the firm since 2009.

Mr. Arche is Senior Portfolio Manager, Director of Portfolio Strategy and has been with the firm since 2007.

Ms. Raab is a Portfolio Manager and Lead Strategist Sustainable Solutions and has been with the firm since 2015.

Additional Information about the Portfolio Managers

Manager-of-Managers Structure

approvals to be taken at a Board of Trustees meeting held via any means of communication that allows the Trustees to hear each other simultaneously during the meeting.

Pursuant to the exemptive orders, the Adviser monitors and evaluates any subadvisers, which includes the following:

●performing initial due diligence on prospective Fund subadvisers;

●monitoring subadviser performance, including ongoing analysis and periodic consultations;

●communicating performance expectations and evaluations to the subadvisers;

●making recommendations to the Board of Trustees regarding renewal, modification or termination of a subadviser’s contract;

●selecting Fund subadvisers and

●allocating and reallocating the Fund’s assets among the subadvisers.

Item 11. Shareholder Information.

Buying Shares

The Fund currently offers one class of shares (Class R6 shares). Class R6 shares are sold without a sales charge, and are not subject to Rule 12b-1 fees or administrative services fees.

The purchase or “offering” price for a single Fund share is the net asset value (“NAV”) per share next determined after the order is received by the Fund or its agent. The NAV is:

●calculated at the close of regular trading (usually 4 p.m. Eastern time) each business day the New York Stock Exchange is open and

The Fund may reject any order to buy shares and may suspend the sale of shares at any time.

Fair Value Pricing

In-Kind Purchases

The Fund may accept payment for shares in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Fund.

The Fund does not calculate NAV on days when the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

●New Year’s Day

●Martin Luther King Jr. Day

●Presidents’ Day

●Good Friday

●Memorial Day

●Juneteenth National Independence Day

●Independence Day

●Labor Day

●Thanksgiving Day

●Christmas Day

●Other days when the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

Selling Shares

A shareholder may not be able to redeem shares, or the Fund may delay paying redemption proceeds if:

●the New York Stock Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings);

●trading is restricted or

●an emergency exists (as determined by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission).

Excessive or Short-Term Trading

Income and Capital Gain Distributions

The Fund intends to elect and qualify each year as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. As a regulated investment company, the Fund generally pays no federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. The Fund expects to declare and distribute its net investment income, if any, to shareholders as dividends quarterly. The Fund will distribute net realized capital gains, if any, at least annually. The Fund may distribute income dividends and capital gains more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Fund. All income and capital gain distributions are automatically reinvested in shares of the Fund.

Tax Considerations

Dividends and capital gain distributions paid by the Fund may subject a shareholder to federal income tax, state taxes and possibly local taxes:

●distributions are taxable to a shareholder at either ordinary income or capital gains tax rates;

●distributions of short-term capital gains are paid as ordinary income that is taxable at applicable ordinary income tax rates;

●distributions of long-term capital gains are taxable as long-term capital gains no matter how long a shareholder has owned the Fund’s shares;

●for corporate shareholders, a portion of the income dividends paid may be eligible for the corporate dividend-received deduction, subject to certain limitations; and

●distributions declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record in such month, but paid in January, are taxable as if they were paid in December.

Item 12. Distribution Arrangements.

Additional Information

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

February 27, 2026

NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

Nationwide Bond Portfolio Class R6	Nationwide International Equity Portfolio Class R6
Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio Class R6	Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio Class R6
	Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio Class R6

Nationwide Mutual Funds (the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust, is a registered open-end investment company currently consisting of 45 series as of the date hereof. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relates only to the series of the Trust that are listed above (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”).

This SAI is not a prospectus but is incorporated by reference into the following Prospectuses. It contains information in addition to and more detailed than that set forth in the Prospectuses for the Funds and should be read in conjunction with the following Prospectuses:

●Nationwide Bond Portfolio dated February 27, 2026;

●Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio dated February 27, 2026;

●Nationwide International Equity Portfolio dated February 27, 2026;

●Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio dated February 27, 2026;

●Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio dated February 27, 2026.

Terms not defined in this SAI have the meanings assigned to them in each Prospectus. Each Prospectus is available to eligible investors by writing to Nationwide Mutual Funds, c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, P.O. Box 219336, Kansas City, MO 64121-9336 or by calling toll free 800-848-0920.

The Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and Financial Statements of the Trust on Form N-CSR for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, are incorporated herein by reference. Copies of the Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report are available without charge upon request by writing the Trust or by calling toll free 800-848-0920.

THE TRUST’S INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT FILE NO.: 811-08495

TABLE OF CONTENTS	Page
General Information and History	1
Additional Information on Portfolio Instruments, Strategies and Investment Policies	1
Portfolio Turnover	48
Investment Restrictions	48
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings	50
Trustees and Officers of the Trust	52
Investment Advisory and Other Services	59
Brokerage Allocation	67
Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares	69
Valuation of Shares	70
Additional Information	71
Additional General Tax Information for All Funds	73
Major Shareholders	87
Appendix A – Debt Ratings	A-1
Appendix B – Proxy Voting Guidelines Summaries	B-1
Appendix C – Portfolio Managers	C-1
Appendix D – 5% Shareholders	D-1

General Information and History

Nationwide Mutual Funds (the “Trust”) is an open-end management investment company organized under the laws of the state of Delaware on October 1, 2004, pursuant to a Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated June 17, 2009 (the “Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust”). The Trust currently consists of 45 separate series, each with its own investment objective.

Each of the Funds is a diversified fund as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

Additional Information on Portfolio Instruments, Strategies and Investment Policies

The Funds invest in a variety of securities and employ a number of investment techniques, which involve certain risks. The Prospectuses discuss each Fund’s principal investment strategies, investment techniques and risks. Therefore, you should carefully review a Fund’s Prospectus. This SAI contains information about non-principal investment strategies the Funds may use, as well as further information about certain principal strategies that are discussed in the Prospectuses.

Bank and Corporate Loans

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may invest in bank or corporate loans. Bank or corporate loans are generally non-investment grade floating rate instruments. Usually, they are freely callable at the issuer’s option. The Fund may invest in fixed and floating rate loans (“Loans”) arranged through private negotiations between a corporate borrower or a foreign sovereign entity and one or more financial institutions (“Lenders”). The Fund may invest in such Loans in the form of participations in Loans (“Participations”) and assignments of all or a portion of Loans from third parties (“Assignments”). The Fund considers these investments to be investments in debt securities for purposes of its investment policies. Participations typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with the Lender, not with the borrower. The Fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Lender selling the Participation and only upon receipt by the Lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing Participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the Loans, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the Loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the Lender that is selling the Participation. In the event of the insolvency of the Lender selling the Participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the Lender and the borrower. When the Fund purchases Assignments from Lenders, the Fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the Loan, and will not have exposure to a counterparty’s credit risk. The Fund may enter into Participations and Assignments on a forward commitment or “when issued” basis, whereby the Fund would agree to purchase a Participation or Assignment at set terms in the future. For more information on forward commitments and when issued securities, see “When Issued Securities and Delayed-Delivery Transactions” below.

The Fund may have difficulty disposing of Assignments and Participations. In certain cases, the market for such instruments is not highly liquid, and therefore the Fund anticipates that in such cases such instruments could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and on the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular Assignments or Participations in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. Assignments and Participations will not be considered illiquid so long as it is determined by the Fund’s subadviser that an adequate trading market exists for these securities. To the extent that liquid Assignments and Participations that the Fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase.

Leading financial institutions often act as agent for a broader group of lenders, generally referred to as a syndicate. The syndicate’s agent arranges the loans, holds collateral and accepts payments of principal and interest. If the agent develops financial problems, the Fund may not recover its investment or recovery may be delayed.

The Loans in which the Fund may invest are subject to the risk of loss of principal and income. Although borrowers frequently provide collateral to secure repayment of these obligations they do not always do so. If they do provide collateral, the value of the collateral may not completely cover the borrower’s obligations at the time of a default. If a borrower files for

protection from its creditors under the U.S. bankruptcy laws, these laws may limit the Fund’s rights to its collateral. In addition, the value of collateral may erode during a bankruptcy case. In the event of a bankruptcy, the holder of a Loan may not recover its principal, may experience a long delay in recovering its investment and may not receive interest during the delay.

In certain circumstances, Loans may not be deemed to be securities under certain federal securities laws. Therefore, in the event of fraud or misrepresentation by a borrower or an arranger, Lenders and purchasers of interests in Loans, such as the Fund, may not have the protection of the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws as would otherwise be available for bonds or stocks. Instead, in such cases, parties generally would rely on the contractual provisions in the Loan agreement itself and common-law fraud protections under applicable state law.

Borrowing

Each Fund may borrow money from banks, limited by each Fund’s fundamental investment restriction (generally, 33 1∕3% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed)), including borrowings for temporary or emergency purposes. In addition to borrowings that are subject to 300% asset coverage and are considered by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to be permitted “senior securities,” each Fund is also permitted under the 1940 Act to borrow for temporary purposes in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of its total assets at the time when the loan is made. A loan will be presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within 60 days and is not extended or renewed.

Leverage. The use of leverage by a Fund creates an opportunity for greater total return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, leveraging may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of Fund shares and in the return on a Fund’s portfolio. Although the principal of such borrowings will be fixed, a Fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowings are outstanding. Borrowings will create interest expenses for the Fund which can exceed the income from the assets purchased with the borrowings. To the extent the income or capital appreciation derived from securities purchased with borrowed funds exceeds the interest a Fund will have to pay on the borrowings, the Fund’s return will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income or capital appreciation from the securities purchased with such borrowed funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of borrowing, the return to a Fund will be less than if leverage had not been used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to shareholders as dividends and other distributions will be reduced. In the latter case, a Fund’s portfolio management in its best judgment nevertheless may determine to maintain the Fund’s leveraged position if it expects that the benefits to the Fund’s shareholders of maintaining the leveraged position will outweigh the current reduced return.

Certain types of borrowings by a Fund may result in the Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage, portfolio composition requirements and other matters. It is not anticipated that observance of such covenants would impede the Fund’s portfolio management from managing a Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. However, a breach of any such covenants not cured within the specified cure period may result in acceleration of outstanding indebtedness and require the Fund to dispose of portfolio investments at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

Brady Bonds

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may invest in Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are debt securities, generally denominated in U.S. dollars, issued under the framework of the Brady Plan. The Brady Plan is an initiative announced by former U.S. Treasury Secretary Nicholas F. Brady in 1989 as a mechanism for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external commercial bank indebtedness. In restructuring its external debt under the Brady Plan framework, a debtor nation negotiates with its existing bank lenders as well as multilateral institutions such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the “World Bank”) and the International Monetary Fund (the “IMF”). The Brady Plan framework, as it has developed, contemplates the exchange of external commercial bank debt for newly issued bonds known as “Brady Bonds.” Brady Bonds may also be issued in respect of new money being advanced by existing lenders in connection with the debt restructuring. The World Bank and/or the IMF support the restructuring by providing funds pursuant to loan agreements or other arrangements that enable the debtor nation to collateralize the new Brady Bonds or to repurchase outstanding bank debt at a discount. Under these arrangements with the World Bank and/or the IMF, debtor nations have been required to agree to the implementation of certain domestic monetary and fiscal reforms. Such reforms have included the liberalization of trade and foreign investment, the privatization of state-owned enterprises and the setting of targets for public spending and borrowing. These policies and programs seek to promote the debtor country’s economic growth and development. Investors

should also recognize that the Brady Plan only sets forth general guiding principles for economic reform and debt reduction, emphasizing that solutions must be negotiated on a case-by-case basis between debtor nations and their creditors. The Fund's portfolio management may believe that economic reforms undertaken by countries in connection with the issuance of Brady Bonds may make the debt of countries which have issued or have announced plans to issue Brady Bonds an attractive opportunity for investment. However, there can be no assurance that the portfolio management’s expectations with respect to Brady Bonds will be realized.

Agreements implemented under the Brady Plan to date are designed to achieve debt and debt-service reduction through specific options negotiated by a debtor nation with its creditors. As a result, the financial packages offered by each country differ. The types of options have included the exchange of outstanding commercial bank debt for bonds issued at 100% of face value of such debt which carry a below-market stated rate of interest (generally known as par bonds), bonds issued at a discount from the face value of such debt (generally known as discount bonds), bonds bearing an interest rate which increases over time and bonds issued in exchange for the advancement of new money by existing lenders. Regardless of the stated face amount and stated interest rate of the various types of Brady Bonds, the Fund will purchase Brady Bonds in secondary markets, as described below, in which the price and yield to the investor reflect market conditions at the time of purchase. Certain sovereign bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Certain Brady Bonds have been collateralized as to principal due date at maturity (typically 30 years from the date of issuance) by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds with a maturity equal to the final maturity of such Brady Bonds. The U.S. Treasury bonds purchased as collateral for such Brady Bonds are financed by the IMF, the World Bank and the debtor nations’ reserves. In addition, interest payments on certain types of Brady Bonds may be collateralized by cash or high-grade securities in amounts that typically represent between 12 and 18 months of interest accruals on these instruments with the balance of the interest accruals being uncollateralized. In the event of a default with respect to collateralized Brady Bonds as a result of which the payment obligations of the issuer are accelerated, the U.S. Treasury zero coupon obligations held as collateral for the payment of principal will not be distributed to investors, nor will such obligations be sold and the proceeds distributed. The collateral will be held by the collateral agent to the scheduled maturity of the defaulted Brady Bonds, which will continue to be outstanding, at which time the face amount of the collateral will equal the principal payments that would have then been due on the Brady Bonds in the normal course. However, in light of the residual risk of the Brady Bonds and, among other factors, the history of default with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds, investments in Brady Bonds are considered speculative. The Fund may purchase Brady Bonds with no or limited collateralization, and, for payment of interest and (except in the case of principal collateralized Brady Bonds) principal, will be relying primarily on the willingness and ability of the foreign government to make payment in accordance with the terms of the Brady Bonds.

Collateralized Debt Obligations

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may invest in collateralized debt obligations. Collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) are a type of asset-backed security and include, among other things, collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. A CBO is a trust which is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed-income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.

The cash flows from the CDO trust are split generally into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. Senior tranches are paid from the cash flows from the underlying assets before the junior tranches and equity or “first loss” tranches. Losses are first borne by the equity tranches, next by the junior tranches, and finally by the senior tranches. Senior tranches pay the lowest interest rates but generally are safer investments than more junior tranches because, should there be any default, senior tranches typically are paid first. The most junior tranches, such as equity tranches, would attract the highest interest rates but suffer the highest risk should the holder of an underlying loan default. If some loans default and the cash collected by the CDO is insufficient to pay all of its investors, those in the lowest, most junior tranches suffer losses first. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CDO trust typically has higher ratings and lower yields than the underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, more senior CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults and aversion to CDO securities as a class.

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the quality and type of the collateral and the tranche of the CDO in which a Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by a Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market, or other relevant measures of liquidity, may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO potentially to be deemed liquid by the subadviser under liquidity policies approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board of Trustees”). In addition to the risks associated with debt instruments (e.g., interest rate risk and credit risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that a Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Collateralized Loan Obligations (“CLOs”). A CLO is a financing company (generally called a Special Purpose Vehicle or “SPV”), created to reapportion the risk and return characteristics of a pool of assets. While the assets underlying CLOs are typically senior loans, the assets also may include: (i) unsecured loans, (ii) other debt securities that are rated below investment grade, (iii) debt tranches of other CLOs and (iv) equity securities incidental to investments in senior loans. The Fund may invest in lower debt tranches of CLOs, which typically experience a lower recovery, greater risk of loss or deferral or non-payment of interest than more senior debt tranches of the CLO. In addition, a Fund may invest in CLOs consisting primarily of individual senior loans of borrowers and not repackaged CLO obligations from other high risk pools. The underlying senior loans purchased by CLOs generally are performing at the time of purchase but may become non-performing, distressed or defaulted. The key feature of the CLO structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of debt securities among the several classes of the CLO. The SPV is a company founded solely for the purpose of securitizing payment claims arising out of this diversified asset pool. On this basis, marketable securities are issued by the SPV which, due to the diversification of the underlying risk, generally represent a lower level of risk than the original assets. The redemption of the securities issued by the SPV typically takes place at maturity out of the cash flow generated by the collected claims. Holders of CLOs bear risks of the underlying investments, index or reference obligation and are subject to counterparty risk.

The Fund may have the right to receive payments only from the CLOs, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain CLOs enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in CLOs generally pay their share of the CLO’s administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of indices and securities underlying a CLO will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of CLOs) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a CLO uses shorter term financing to purchase longer term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the CLOs owned by a Fund.

Certain CLOs may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market. CLOs typically are offered and sold privately. As a result, investments in CLOs may be characterized by a Fund as illiquid securities. In addition to the general risks associated with debt securities discussed below, CLOs carry additional risks, including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the investments in CLOs are subordinate to other classes or tranches thereof; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

Debt Obligations

Debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on its obligations when due (“credit risk”) and are subject to price volatility due to such factors as interest rate sensitivity, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer, and general market liquidity. Lower-rated securities are more likely to react to developments affecting these risks than are more highly rated securities, which react primarily to movements in the general level of interest rates. Although the fluctuation in the price of debt securities is normally less than that of common stocks, in the past there have been extended periods of cyclical increases in interest rates that have caused significant declines in the price of debt securities in general and have caused the effective maturity of securities with prepayment features to be extended, thus effectively converting short or intermediate securities (which tend to be less volatile in price) into long-term securities (which tend to be more volatile in price). In addition, a corporate event such as a restructuring, merger, leveraged

buyout, takeover, or similar action may cause a decline in market value of its securities or credit quality of the company’s bonds due to factors including an unfavorable market response or a resulting increase in the company’s debt. Added debt may significantly reduce the credit quality and market value of a company’s bonds, and may thereby affect the value of its equity securities as well.

Changes to monetary policy by the Federal Reserve or other regulatory actions could expose fixed income and related markets to heightened volatility, interest rate sensitivity and reduced liquidity, which may impact a Fund’s operations and return potential. Additionally, a significant reduction in dealer market-making capacity has the potential to decrease liquidity and increase volatility in the fixed-income markets.

Duration. Duration is a measure of the average life of a fixed-income security that was developed as a more precise alternative to the concepts of “term-to-maturity” or “average dollar weighted maturity” as measures of “volatility” or “risk” associated with changes in interest rates. Duration incorporates a security’s yield, coupon interest payments, final maturity and call features into one measure.

Most debt obligations provide interest (“coupon”) payments in addition to final (“par”) payment at maturity. Some obligations also have call provisions. Depending on the relative magnitude of these payments and the nature of the call provisions, the market values of debt obligations may respond differently to changes in interest rates.

Traditionally, a debt security’s “term-to-maturity” has been used as a measure of the sensitivity of the security’s price to changes in interest rates (which is the “interest rate risk” or “volatility” of the security). However, “term-to-maturity” measures only the time until a debt security provides its final payment, taking no account of the pattern of the security’s payments prior to maturity. Average dollar weighted maturity is calculated by averaging the terms of maturity of each debt security held with each maturity “weighted” according to the percentage of assets that it represents. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a debt security on a present value basis and reflects both principal and interest payments. Duration takes the length of the time intervals between the present time and the time that the interest and principal payments are scheduled or, in the case of a callable security, expected to be received, and weights them by the present values of the cash to be received at each future point in time. For any debt security with interest payments occurring prior to the payment of principal, duration is ordinarily less than maturity. In general, all other factors being the same, the lower the stated or coupon rate of interest of a debt security, the longer the duration of the security; conversely, the higher the stated or coupon rate of interest of a debt security, the shorter the duration of the security.

There are some situations where the standard duration calculation does not properly reflect the interest rate exposure of a security. For example, floating- and variable-rate securities often have final maturities of ten or more years; however, their interest rate exposure corresponds to the frequency of the coupon reset. Another example where the interest rate exposure is not properly captured by duration is the case of mortgage pass-through securities. The stated final maturity of such securities is generally 30 years, but current prepayment rates are more critical in determining the securities’ interest rate exposure. In these and other similar situations, a Fund’s portfolio management will use more sophisticated analytical techniques to project the economic life of a security and estimate its interest rate exposure. Since the computation of duration is based on predictions of future events rather than known factors, there can be no assurance that a Fund will at all times achieve its targeted portfolio duration.

The change in market value of U.S. government fixed-income securities is largely a function of changes in the prevailing level of interest rates. When interest rates are falling, a portfolio with a shorter duration generally will not generate as high a level of total return as a portfolio with a longer duration. When interest rates are stable, shorter duration portfolios generally will not generate as high a level of total return as longer duration portfolios (assuming that long-term interest rates are higher than short-term rates, which is commonly the case). When interest rates are rising, a portfolio with a shorter duration will generally outperform longer duration portfolios. With respect to the composition of a fixed-income portfolio, the longer the duration of the portfolio, generally, the greater the anticipated potential for total return, with, however, greater attendant interest rate risk and price volatility than for a portfolio with a shorter duration.

Low or Negative Interest Rates. In a low or negative interest rate environment, debt securities may trade at, or be issued with, negative yields, which means the purchaser of the security may receive at maturity less than the total amount invested.

In addition, in a negative interest rate environment, if a bank charges negative interest, instead of receiving interest on deposits, a depositor must pay the bank fees to keep money with the bank. To the extent a Fund holds a negatively-yielding

debt security or has a bank deposit with a negative interest rate, the Fund would generate a negative return on that investment. Cash positions may also subject a Fund to increased counterparty risk to the Fund’s bank.

If low or negative interest rates become more prevalent in the market and/or if low or negative interest rates persist for a sustained period of time, some investors may seek to reallocate assets to other income-producing assets. This may cause the price of such higher yielding instruments to rise, could further reduce the value of instruments with a negative yield, and may limit a Fund’s ability to locate fixed income instruments containing the desired risk/return profile. Changing interest rates, including, rates that fall below zero, could have unpredictable effects on the markets and may expose fixed income markets to heightened volatility, increased redemptions, and potential illiquidity.

Ratings as Investment Criteria. High-quality, medium-quality and non-investment grade debt obligations are characterized as such based on their ratings by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”), such as Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“Standard & Poor’s”) or Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”). In general, the ratings of NRSROs represent the opinions of these agencies as to the quality of securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality and do not evaluate the market value risk of the securities. Further, credit ratings do not provide assurance against default or other loss of money. These ratings are considered in the selection of a Fund’s portfolio securities, but the Fund also relies upon the independent advice of its portfolio management to evaluate potential investments. This is particularly important for lower-quality securities. Among the factors that will be considered is the long-term ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest and general economic trends, as well as an issuer’s capital structure, existing debt and earnings history. Appendix A to this SAI contains further information about the rating categories of NRSROs and their significance. If a security has not received a credit rating, a Fund must rely entirely on the credit assessment of the Fund’s portfolio management.

Subsequent to the purchase of securities by a Fund, the issuer of the securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by such Fund. In addition, it is possible that an NRSRO might not change its rating of a particular issuer to reflect subsequent events. None of these events generally will require sale of such securities, but a Fund’s portfolio management will consider such events in its determination of whether the Fund should continue to hold the securities.

In addition, to the extent that the ratings change as a result of changes in an NRSRO or its rating systems, or due to a corporate reorganization, a Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for its investments in accordance with its investment objective and policies.

Derivative Instruments

The Funds may use instruments referred to as derivative instruments (“derivatives”). A derivative is a financial instrument the value of which is derived from a security, a commodity (such as gold or oil), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500® Index or the prime lending rate). Derivatives allow a Fund to increase or decrease the level of risk to which the Fund is exposed more quickly and efficiently than transactions in other types of instruments. Each Fund may use derivatives as a substitute for taking a position in a security, a group of securities or a securities index as well as for hedging purposes. Each Fund also may use derivatives for speculative purposes to seek to enhance returns. The use of a derivative is speculative if a Fund is primarily seeking to achieve gains, rather than offset the risk of other positions. When a Fund invests in a derivative for speculative purposes, the Fund will be fully exposed to the risks of loss of that derivative, which may sometimes be greater than the derivative’s cost. No Fund may use any derivative to gain exposure to an asset or class of assets that it would be prohibited by its investment restrictions from purchasing directly.

Derivatives generally have investment characteristics that are based upon either forward contracts (under which one party is obligated to buy and the other party is obligated to sell an underlying asset at a specific price on a specified date) or option contracts (under which the holder of the option has the right but not the obligation to buy or sell an underlying asset at a specified price on or before a specified date). Consequently, the change in value of a forward-based derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in value of the underlying asset. In contrast, the buyer of an option-based derivative generally will benefit from favorable movements in the price of the underlying asset but is not exposed to the corresponding losses that result from adverse movements in the value of the underlying asset. The seller (writer) of an option-based derivative generally will receive fees or premiums but generally is exposed to losses resulting from changes in the value of

the underlying asset. Depending on the change in the value of the underlying asset, the potential for loss may be limitless. Derivative transactions may include elements of leverage and, accordingly, the fluctuation of the value of the derivative transaction in relation to the underlying asset may be magnified.

The use of these derivatives is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the several options and futures exchanges upon which they may be traded, and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). Nationwide Fund Advisors (“NFA” or the “Adviser”), although registered as a commodity pool operator, has claimed exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) with respect to the Funds and, therefore, is not subject to regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA with respect to the Funds.

Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 18f-4”), imposes requirements and restrictions on the Funds' use of derivatives to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act. Rule 18f-4 imposes limits on the amount of leverage risk to which a Fund may be exposed through certain derivative instruments that may oblige the Fund to make payments or incur additional obligations in the future. Under Rule 18f-4, the Funds' investment in such derivatives is limited through a value-at-risk or “VaR” test. Funds whose use of such derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure amount are required to establish and maintain a derivatives risk management program, subject to oversight by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (“Board of Trustees”), and appoint a derivatives risk manager to implement such program. To the extent a Fund’s compliance with Rule 18f-4 affects how the Fund uses derivatives, Rule 18f-4 may adversely affect the Fund’s performance and/or increase costs related to the Fund’s use of derivatives.

Special Risks of Derivative Instruments. The use of derivatives involves special considerations and risks as described below. Risks pertaining to particular instruments are described in the sections that follow.

(1)

Successful use of most derivatives depends upon a Fund’s portfolio management’s ability to predict movements of the overall securities and currency markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy adopted will succeed.

(2)

There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of a derivative and price movements of the investments being hedged. For example, if the value of a derivative used in a short hedge (such as writing a call option, buying a put option, or selling a futures contract) increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investment, the hedge would not be fully successful. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which these instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges using derivatives on indices will depend on the degree of correlation between price movements in the index and price movements in the investments being hedged, as well as how similar the index is to the portion of the Fund’s assets being hedged in terms of securities composition.

(3)

Hedging strategies, if successful, can reduce the risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements in the investments being hedged. However, hedging strategies also can reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price movements in the hedged investments. For example, if a Fund entered into a short hedge because a Fund’s portfolio management projected a decline in the price of a security in the Fund’s portfolio, and the price of that security increased instead, the gain from that increase might be wholly or partially offset by a decline in the price of the derivative. Moreover, if the price of the derivative declines by more than the increase in the price of the security, a Fund could suffer a loss.

(4)

As described below, a Fund might be required to make margin payments when it takes positions in derivatives involving obligations to third parties (i.e., instruments other than purchased options). If the Fund were unable to close out its positions in such derivatives, it might be required to continue to make such payments until the position expired or matured. The requirements might impair the Fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the Fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time. The Fund’s ability to close out a position in a derivative prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the other party to the transaction (“counterparty”) to enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no assurance that any hedging position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the Fund.

For a discussion of the federal income tax treatment of a Fund’s derivative instruments, see “Additional General Tax Information for All Funds” in this SAI.

Options. A Fund may purchase or write put and call options on securities and indices, and may purchase options on foreign currencies, and enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate an existing position. The purchase of call options can serve as a long hedge (i.e., taking a long position in the underlying security), and the purchase of put options can serve as a short hedge (i.e., taking a short position in the underlying security). Writing put or call options can enable a Fund to enhance income by reason of the premiums paid by the purchaser of such options. Writing call options serves as a limited short hedge because declines in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the security appreciates to a price higher than the exercise price of the call option, it can be expected that the option will be exercised, and a Fund will be obligated to sell the security at less than its market value or will be obligated to purchase the security at a price greater than that at which the security must be sold under the option. All or a portion of any assets used as cover for over-the-counter (“OTC”) options written by a Fund would be considered illiquid to the extent described under “Restricted, Non-Publicly Traded and Illiquid Securities” below. Writing put options serves as a limited long hedge because increases in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the security depreciates to a price lower than the exercise price of the put option, it can be expected that the put option will be exercised, and the Fund will be obligated to purchase the security at more than its market value.

The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the historical price volatility of the underlying investment, the current market value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration of the option, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying investment, and general market conditions. Options that expire unexercised have no value. Options used by a Fund may include European-style options, which can be exercised only at expiration. This is in contrast to American-style options which can be exercised at any time prior to the expiration date of the option.

A Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a closing transaction. For example, a Fund may terminate its obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction. Conversely, a Fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a closing sale transaction. Closing transactions permit the Fund to realize the profit or limit the loss on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration.

A Fund may purchase or write both OTC options and options traded on foreign and U.S. exchanges. Exchange-traded options are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction. OTC options are contracts between the Fund and the counterparty (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee. Thus, when the Fund purchases or writes an OTC option, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying investment upon exercise of the option. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

A Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed options depends on the existence of a liquid market. A Fund generally intends to purchase or write only those exchange-traded options for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time. Closing transactions can be made for OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty, or by a transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists. Although a Fund will enter into OTC options only with counterparties that are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with a Fund, there is no assurance that such Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option at a favorable price prior to expiration. In the event of insolvency of the counterparty, a Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at any time prior to its expiration.

If a Fund is unable to effect a closing transaction for an option it had purchased, it would have to exercise the option to realize any profit. The inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction for a covered call option written by a Fund could cause material losses because the Fund would be unable to sell the investment used as a cover for the written option until the option expires or is exercised.

A Fund may engage in options transactions on indices in much the same manner as the options on securities discussed above, except that index options may serve as a hedge against overall fluctuations in the securities markets in general.

The writing and purchasing of options is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. Imperfect correlation between the options and securities markets may detract from the effectiveness of attempted hedging.

An interest rate option is an agreement with a counterparty giving the buyer the right but not the obligation to buy or sell an interest rate hedging vehicle (such as a Treasury future or interest rate swap) at a future date at a predetermined price. The option buyer would pay a premium at the inception of the agreement. An interest rate option can be used to actively manage a Fund’s interest rate risk with respect to either an individual bond or an overlay of the entire portfolio.

Spread Transactions. A Fund may purchase covered spread options from securities dealers. Such covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or exchange-traded. The purchase of a spread option gives a Fund the right to put, or sell, a security that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread in relationship to another security that the Fund does not own, but which is used as a benchmark. The risk to a Fund in purchasing covered spread options is the cost of the premium paid for the spread option and any transaction costs. In addition, there is no assurance that closing transactions will be available. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect a Fund against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads, i.e., the yield spread between high-quality and lower-quality securities. Such protection is only provided during the life of the spread option.

Futures Contracts. A Fund may enter into futures contracts, including interest rate, index, and currency futures and purchase and write (sell) related options. The purchase of futures or call options thereon can serve as a long hedge, and the sale of futures or the purchase of put options thereon can serve as a short hedge. Writing covered call options on futures contracts can serve as a limited short hedge, and writing covered put options on futures contracts can serve as a limited long hedge, using a strategy similar to that used for writing covered options in securities. A Fund’s hedging may include purchases of futures as an offset against the effect of expected increases in securities prices or currency exchange rates and sales of futures as an offset against the effect of expected declines in securities prices or currency exchange rates. A Fund may write put options on futures contracts while at the same time purchasing call options on the same futures contracts in order to create synthetically a long futures contract position. Such options would have the same strike prices and expiration dates. A Fund will engage in this strategy only when a Fund’s portfolio management believes it is more advantageous to a Fund than purchasing the futures contract.

To the extent required by regulatory authorities, a Fund will only enter into futures contracts that are traded on U.S. or foreign exchanges or boards of trade approved by the CFTC and are standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument. These transactions may be entered into for “bona fide hedging” purposes as defined in CFTC regulations and other permissible purposes including increasing return, substituting a position in a security, group of securities or an index, and hedging against changes in the value of portfolio securities due to anticipated changes in interest rates, currency values and/or market conditions. There is no overall limit on the percentage of a Fund’s assets that may be at risk with respect to futures activities. Although techniques other than sales and purchases of futures contracts could be used to obtain or reduce a Fund’s exposure to market, currency, or interest rate fluctuations, such Fund may be able to obtain or hedge its exposure more effectively and perhaps at a lower cost through using futures contracts.

A futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific financial instrument (e.g., debt security), asset, commodity or currency for a specified price at a designated date, time, and place. An index futures contract is an agreement pursuant to which the parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified multiplier times the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index futures contract was originally written. Transaction costs are incurred when a futures contract is bought or sold and margin deposits must be maintained. A futures contract may be satisfied by delivery or purchase, as the case may be, of the instrument, the currency, or by payment of the change in the cash value of the index. More commonly, futures contracts are closed out prior to delivery by entering into an offsetting transaction in a matching futures contract. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, no physical delivery of those securities is made. If the offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is more, a Fund realizes a loss. Conversely, if the offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, a Fund realizes a gain; if it is less, a Fund realizes a loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations. There can be no assurance, however, that a Fund will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a particular futures contract at a particular time. If a Fund is not able to enter into an offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to maintain the margin deposits on the futures contract.

No price is paid by a Fund upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, at the inception of a futures contract, the Fund is required to deposit with the futures broker or in a segregated account with its custodian, in the name of the futures broker through whom the transaction was effected, “initial margin” consisting of cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid obligations, in an amount generally equal to 10% or less of the contract value. Margin must also be deposited when writing a call or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules. Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures contracts does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to a Fund at the termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, a Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

Subsequent “variation margin” payments are made to and from the futures broker daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as “marking to market.” Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather represents a daily settlement of a Fund’s obligations to or from a futures broker. When a Fund purchases an option on a future, the premium paid plus transaction costs is all that is at risk. In contrast, when a Fund purchases or sells a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements. If a Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous. Purchasers and sellers of futures positions and options on futures can enter into offsetting closing transactions by selling or purchasing, respectively, an instrument identical to the instrument held or written. Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade on which they were entered into (or through a linked exchange). Although the Funds generally intend to enter into futures transactions only on exchanges or boards of trade where there appears to be an active market, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist for a particular contract at a particular time.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a future or option on a futures contract can vary from the previous day’s settlement price; once that limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. Daily price limits do not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of unfavorable positions.

If a Fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or option on a futures contract position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the imposition of price limits, it could incur substantial losses, because it would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. In addition, except in the case of purchased options, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain the position being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated account.

Certain characteristics of the futures market might increase the risk that movements in the prices of futures contracts or options on futures contracts might not correlate perfectly with movements in the prices of the investments being hedged. For example, all participants in the futures and options on futures contracts markets are subject to daily variation margin calls and might be compelled to liquidate futures or options on futures contracts positions whose prices are moving unfavorably to avoid being subject to further calls. These liquidations could increase price volatility of the instruments and distort the normal price relationship between the futures or options and the investments being hedged. Also, because initial margin deposit requirements in the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities markets, there might be increased participation by speculators in the future markets. This participation also might cause temporary price distortions. In addition, activities of large traders in both the futures and securities markets involving arbitrage, “program trading” and other investment strategies might result in temporary price distortions.

A Fund that enters into a futures contract is subject to the risk of loss of the initial and variation margin in the event of bankruptcy of the futures commission merchant (“FCM”) with which the Fund has an open futures position. A Fund’s assets may not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the FCM or central counterparty because the Fund might be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds and margin segregated on behalf of the FCM’s customers. If the FCM fails to provide accurate reporting, a Fund is also subject to the risk that the FCM could use the Fund’s assets, which are held in an omnibus account with assets belonging to the FCM’s other customers, to satisfy its own obligations or the payment obligations of another customer to the central counterparty.

Indexed and Inverse Securities. A Fund may invest in securities the potential return of which is based on an index or interest rate. As an illustration, a Fund may invest in a debt security that pays interest based on the current value of an interest rate index, such as the prime rate. A Fund also may invest in a debt security that returns principal at maturity based on the level of a securities index or a basket of securities, or based on the relative changes of two indices. In addition, the Fund may invest in securities the potential return of which is based inversely on the change in an index or interest rate (that is, a security the value of which will move in the opposite direction of changes to an index or interest rate). For example, a Fund may invest in securities that pay a higher rate of interest when a particular index decreases and pay a lower rate of interest (or do not fully return principal) when the value of the index increases. If a Fund invests in such securities, it may be subject to reduced or eliminated interest payments or loss of principal in the event of an adverse movement in the relevant interest rate, index or indices. Indexed and inverse securities involve credit risk, and certain indexed and inverse securities may involve leverage risk, liquidity risk and currency risk. When used for hedging purposes, indexed and inverse securities involve correlation risk. (Furthermore, where such a security includes a contingent liability, in the event of an adverse movement in the underlying index or interest rate, a Fund may be required to pay substantial additional margin to maintain the position.)

Structured Notes. The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may use structured notes to pursue its objective. Structured notes generally are individually negotiated agreements and may be traded over-the-counter. They are organized and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying security or asset. This restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, of specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans) and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities (“structured securities”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of such payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments.

With respect to structured notes, because structured securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. Investments in structured securities are generally of a class that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated structured securities typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated structured securities. Structured securities are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there is currently no active trading market for these securities. See also “Additional Information on Portfolio Instruments, Strategies and Investment Policies— Restricted, Non-Publicly Traded and Illiquid Securities.”

Credit Linked Notes. A credit linked note (“CLN”) is a type of hybrid instrument in which a special purpose entity issues a structured note (the “Note Issuer”) that is intended to replicate a corporate bond or a portfolio of corporate bonds. The purchaser of the CLN (the “Note Purchaser”) invests a par amount and receives a payment during the term of the CLN that equals a fixed or floating rate of interest equivalent to a highly rated funded asset (such as a bank certificate of deposit) plus an additional premium that relates to taking on the credit risk of an identified bond (the “Reference Bond”). Upon maturity of the CLN, the Note Purchaser will receive a payment equal to: (i) the original par amount paid to the Note issuer, if there is neither a designated event of default (an “Event of Default”) with respect to the Reference Bond nor a restructuring of the issuer of the Reference Bond (a “Restructuring Event”); or (ii) the value of the Reference Bond if an Event of Default or a Restructuring Event has occurred. Depending upon the terms of the CLN, it is also possible that the Note Purchaser may be required to take physical delivery of the Reference Bond in the event of an Event of Default or a Restructuring Event.

Swap Agreements. The Funds may enter into securities index, interest rate, total return, currency exchange rate or single/multiple security swap agreements for any lawful purpose consistent with the Fund’s investment objective, such as (but not limited to) for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular desired return or spread at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return or spread. A Fund also may enter into swaps in order to protect against an increase in the price of, or the currency exchange rate applicable to, securities that the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from one or more days to several years. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase or decrease in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency, or in a “basket” of securities, such as a selection of particular securities or those representing a particular index. Swap agreements may be negotiated bilaterally and traded OTC between the two parties (for an uncleared swap) or, with respect to swaps that have been designated by the CFTC for mandatory clearing (cleared swaps), through an

FCM and cleared through a clearinghouse that serves as a central counterparty. See “Uncleared Swaps” and “Cleared Swaps” below for additional explanation of cleared and uncleared swaps. Swap agreements may include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified level, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor, or vice versa, in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. “Total return swaps” are contracts in which one party agrees to make payments of the total return from the underlying asset during the specified period, in return for payments equal to a fixed or floating rate of interest or the total return from another underlying asset. See “Swaps regulation” below.

The “notional amount” of the swap agreement is the agreed upon basis for calculating the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. Under most swap agreements entered into by the Fund, the obligations of the parties would be exchanged on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Fund’s obligation (or rights) under a swap agreement generally will be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Fund’s obligation under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against amounts owed to the Fund). Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The swaps market is largely unregulated.

Whether the Fund’s use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend, in part, on the Fund’s portfolio management’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments, replicate a particular benchmark index, or otherwise achieve the intended results. Swap agreements, especially OTC uncleared swap agreements, may be considered to be illiquid.

Swaps regulation. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and related regulatory developments have imposed comprehensive regulatory requirements on swaps and swap market participants. The regulatory framework includes: (1) registration and regulation of swap dealers and major swap participants; (2) central clearing and execution of standardized swaps; (3) margin requirements in swap transactions; (4) position limits and large trader reporting requirements; and (5) recordkeeping and centralized and public reporting requirements, on an anonymous basis, for most swaps. The CFTC is responsible for the regulation of most swaps, and has adopted rules implementing most of the swap regulations dictated by the Dodd-Frank Act. The SEC has jurisdiction over a small segment of the market referred to as “security-based swaps,” which includes swaps on single securities or credits, or narrow-based indices of securities or credits.

Uncleared swaps. In an uncleared swap, the swap counterparty is typically a brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution. The Fund customarily enters into uncleared swaps based on the standard terms and conditions of an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreement. ISDA is a voluntary industry association of participants in the OTC derivatives markets that has developed standardized contracts used by such participants that have agreed to be bound by such standardized contracts.

In the event that one party to a swap transaction defaults and the transaction is terminated prior to its scheduled termination date, one of the parties may be required to make an early termination payment to the other. An early termination payment may be payable by either the defaulting or non-defaulting party, depending upon which of them is “in-the-money” with respect to the swap at the time of its termination. Early termination payments may be calculated in various ways, but are intended to approximate the amount the “in-the-money” party would have to pay to replace the swap as of the date of its termination.

A Fund will enter uncleared swap agreements only with counterparties that the Fund’s portfolio management reasonably believes are capable of performing under the swap agreements. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have to rely on its contractual remedies (which may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws) pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

Cleared swaps. Certain swaps have been designated by the CFTC for mandatory central clearing. The Dodd-Frank Act and implementing rules will ultimately require the clearing and exchange-trading of many swaps. Mandatory exchange-trading and clearing will occur on a phased-in basis based on the type of market participant and CFTC approval of contracts for central clearing. To date, the CFTC has designated only certain of the most common types of credit default index swaps

and interest rate swaps for mandatory clearing, but it is expected that the CFTC will designate additional categories of swaps for mandatory clearing. Central clearing is intended to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not necessarily eliminate these risks and may involve additional risks not involved with uncleared swaps.

In a cleared swap, a Fund’s ultimate counterparty is a central clearinghouse rather than a brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution. The Fund initially will enter into cleared swaps through an executing broker. Such transactions will then be submitted for clearing and, if cleared, will be held at regulated FCMs that are members of the clearinghouse that serves as the central counterparty.

When a Fund enters into a cleared swap, it must deliver to the central counterparty (via the FCM) an amount referred to as “initial margin.” Initial margin requirements are determined by the central counterparty, but an FCM may require additional initial margin above the amount required by the central counterparty. During the term of the swap agreement, a “variation margin” amount also may be required to be paid by the Fund or may be received by the Fund in accordance with margin controls set for such accounts, depending upon changes in the price of the underlying reference instrument subject to the swap agreement. At the conclusion of the term of the swap agreement, if the Fund has a loss equal to or greater than the margin amount, the margin amount is paid to the FCM along with any loss in excess of the margin amount. If the Fund has a loss of less than the margin amount, the excess margin is returned to the Fund. If the Fund has a gain, the full margin amount and the amount of the gain is paid to the Fund.

CFTC rules require the trading and execution of certain cleared swaps on Swap Execution Facilities (“SEFs”), which are trading systems on platforms in which multiple participants have the ability to execute or trade swaps by accepting bids and offers made by multiple participants on the facility or system, through any means of interstate commerce. Moving trading to an exchange-type system may increase market transparency and liquidity but may require a Fund to incur increased expenses to access the same types of swaps that it has used in the past.

Rules adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act require centralized reporting of detailed information about many swaps, whether cleared or uncleared. This information is available to regulators and also, to a more limited extent and on an anonymous basis, to the public. Reporting of swaps data is intended to result in greater market transparency. This may be beneficial to funds that use swaps in their trading strategies. However, public reporting imposes additional recordkeeping burdens on these funds, and the safeguards established to protect anonymity are not yet tested and may not provide protection of trader identities as intended.

Certain Internal Revenue Service positions may limit a Fund’s ability to use swap agreements in a desired tax strategy. It is possible that developments in the swap markets and/or the laws relating to swap agreements, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to benefit from using swap agreements, or could have adverse tax consequences.

Risks of cleared swaps. As noted above, certain types of swaps are, and others eventually are expected to be, required to be cleared through a central counterparty, which may affect counterparty risk and other risks faced by a Fund. Central clearing is designed to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity compared to bilateral swaps because central clearing interposes the central clearinghouse as the counterparty to each participant’s swap, but it does not eliminate those risks completely. There is also a risk of loss by a Fund of the initial and variation margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of the FCM with which the Fund has an open position in a swap contract. The assets of the Fund may not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the FCM or central counterparty because the Fund might be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds and margin segregated on behalf of an FCM’s customers. If the FCM does not provide accurate reporting, the Fund is also subject to the risk that the FCM could use the Fund’s assets, which are held in an omnibus account with assets belonging to the FCM’s other customers, to satisfy its own financial obligations or the payment obligations of another customer to the central counterparty.

With cleared swaps, a Fund may not be able to obtain as favorable terms as it would be able to negotiate for a bilateral, uncleared swap. In addition, an FCM may unilaterally amend the terms of its agreement with the Fund, which may include the imposition of position limits or additional margin requirements with respect to the Fund’s investment in certain types of swaps. Central counterparties and FCMs generally can require termination of existing cleared swap transactions at any time, and can also require increases in margin above the margin that is required at the initiation of the swap agreement. Additionally, depending on a number of factors, the margin required under the rules of the clearinghouse and FCM may be in

excess of the collateral required to be posted by a Fund to support its obligations under a similar uncleared swap. However, regulators are expected to adopt rules imposing certain margin requirements, including minimums, on uncleared swaps in the near future, which could change this comparison.

Finally, the Funds are subject to the risk that, after entering into a cleared swap with an executing broker, no FCM or central counterparty is willing or able to clear the transaction. In such an event, a Fund may be required to break the trade and make an early termination payment to the executing broker.

Equity Swaps. The Funds may enter into equity swap contracts to invest in a market without owning or taking physical custody of securities in various circumstances, including (but not limited to) circumstances where direct investment in the securities is restricted for legal reasons or is otherwise impracticable. Equity swaps may also be used for hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. Until equity swaps are designated for central clearing, the counterparty to an equity swap contract will typically be a bank, investment banking firm or broker/dealer. Equity swap contracts may be structured in different ways. For example, a counterparty may agree to pay the Funds the amount, if any, by which the notional amount of the equity swap contract would have increased in value had it been invested in the particular stocks (or an index of stocks), plus the dividends that would have been received on those stocks. In these cases, the Funds may agree to pay to the counterparty a floating rate of interest on the notional amount of the equity swap contract plus the amount, if any, by which that notional amount would have decreased in value had it been invested in such stocks. Therefore, the return to the Funds on the equity swap contract should be the gain or loss on the notional amount plus dividends on the stocks less the interest paid by the Funds on the notional amount. In other cases, the counterparty and the Funds may each agree to pay the other the difference between the relative investment performances that would have been achieved if the notional amount of the equity swap contract had been invested in different stocks (or indices of stocks).

A Fund will generally enter into equity swaps on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Funds receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Payments may be made at the conclusion of an equity swap contract or periodically during its term. Equity swaps normally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to equity swaps is normally limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an equity swap defaults, the Fund's risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually entitled to receive, if any.

Credit Default Swaps. The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may enter into credit default swap contracts for any lawful purpose consistent with its investment objective, such as for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular desired return or spread at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return or spread (e.g., to create direct or synthetic short or long exposure to domestic or foreign corporate or sovereign debt securities). The Fund also may enter into credit default swaps in order to protect against an increase in the price of, or the currency exchange rate applicable to, securities that the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or for other hedging purposes.

As the seller in a credit default swap contract, a Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default (or similar event) by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract, provided that no event of default (or similar event) occurs. If no event of default (or similar event) occurs, the Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment of obligations. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, the Fund effectively would add economic leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

As the purchaser in a credit default swap contract, a Fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment might expire worthless. It also would involve credit risk–that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to a Fund in the event of a default (or similar event). As the purchaser in a credit default swap contract, a Fund’s investment would generate income only in the event of an actual default (or similar event) by the issuer of the underlying obligation.

Total Return Swaps. The Funds may enter into total return swaps. A total return swap (also sometimes referred to as a synthetic equity swap or “contract for difference”) is an agreement between two parties under which the parties agree to make payments to each other so as to replicate the economic consequences that would apply had a purchase or short sale of the underlying reference instrument taken place. For example, one party agrees to pay the other party the total return earned

or realized on the notional amount of an underlying equity security and any dividends declared with respect to that equity security. In return the other party makes payments, typically at a floating rate, calculated based on the notional amount. Total return swaps are subject to illiquidity risk because the liquidity for total return swaps is based on the liquidity of the underlying instrument. Total return swaps also are subject to the risk that the counterparty to the swap transaction may be unable or unwilling to make payments or to otherwise honor its financial obligations under the terms of the swap contract. As is the case with owning any financial instrument, there is the risk of loss associated with entering into a total return swap transaction. For example, if a Fund buys a long total return swap and the underlying security is worth less at the end of the contract, the Fund would be required to make a payment to the counterparty and would suffer a loss. If a Fund sells a short total return swap and the underlying security is worth more at the end of the contract, the Fund would be similarly required to make a payment to the counterparty and would suffer a loss.

Approximately 30% of the Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio's net assets will be in short positions (i.e., stocks that the subadviser deems unattractive), and approximately 130% of the Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio's net assets will be in long positions (i.e., stocks that the subadviser deems attractive), resulting in approximately 100% net equity exposure. To execute this strategy, the Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio intends to use total return swaps with an aggregate short notional value equal to approximately 30% of the Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio's net assets and an aggregate long notional value equal to approximately 30% of the Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio's net assets. By using swaps, the Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio will thus realize returns that synthetically replicate the performance of a portfolio that sells short an amount equal to 30% of its value and invests the cash proceeds in additional long positions.

Upon each rebalance, each of the Nationwide International Equity Portfolio and Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio targets approximately 30% of its equity exposure in short positions (i.e., stocks that the subadviser deems unattractive), and approximately 130% of its equity exposure in long positions (i.e., stocks that the subadviser deems attractive), resulting in approximately 100% net equity exposure for each Fund. To execute this strategy, each of the Nationwide International Equity Portfolio and Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio intends to gain its short equity exposure entirely through the use of total return swap contracts. Each of the Nationwide International Equity Portfolio's and Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio's long equity exposure will be executed by investing directly in stocks or through the use of total return swaps. The use of such total return swaps for long equity exposure may approximate up to 40% of each Fund's netted equity exposure, but levels may vary from time to time. Each of the Nationwide International Equity Portfolio's and Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio's equity exposures, however, will target 30% in short positions and 130% in long positions at time of rebalance. Market conditions and movement, risk management and other factors may result in variances from these targets. By using swaps, each of the Nationwide International Equity Portfolio and Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio will thus realize returns that synthetically replicate the performance of a portfolio that sells short an amount targeted to be 30% of its value and invests the cash proceeds in additional long positions.

Interest Rate Swaps. The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may enter into interest rate swaps. In an interest rate swap, the parties exchange their rights to receive interest payments on a security or other reference rate. For example, it might swap the right to receive floating rate payments for the right to receive fixed rate payments. Interest rate swaps entail both interest rate risk and credit risk. There is a risk that based on movements of interest rates, the payments made under a swap agreement will be greater than the payments received, as well as the risk that the counterparty will fail to meet its obligations.

Options on Swaps. An option on a swap agreement, or a “swaption,” is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. In return, the purchaser pays a “premium” to the seller of the contract. The seller of the contract receives the premium and bears the risk of unfavorable changes on the underlying swap. A Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. A Fund may also enter into swaptions on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether the Fund is hedging its assets or its liabilities. A Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions to the same extent it may make use of standard options on securities or other instruments. A Fund may enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its holdings, as a duration management technique, to protect against an increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or for any other purposes, such as for speculation to increase returns. Swaptions are generally subject to the same risks involved in a Fund’s use of options. Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, a Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption.

When a Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when a Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.

Hybrid Instruments. Hybrid instruments combine elements of derivative contracts with those of another security (typically a fixed-income security). All or a portion of the interest or principal payable on a hybrid security is determined by reference to changes in the price of an underlying asset or by reference to another benchmark (such as interest rates, currency exchange rates or indices). Hybrid instruments also include convertible securities with conversion terms related to an underlying asset or benchmark.

The risks of investing in hybrid instruments reflect a combination of the risks of investing in securities, options, futures and currencies, and depend upon the terms of the instrument. Thus, an investment in a hybrid instrument may entail significant risks in addition to those associated with traditional fixed-income or convertible securities. Hybrid instruments are also potentially more volatile and carry greater interest rate risks than traditional instruments. Moreover, depending on the structure of the particular hybrid, it may expose a Fund to leverage risks or carry liquidity risks.

Foreign Currency-Related Derivative Strategies— Special Considerations. A Fund may use futures and options on futures on foreign currencies and forward currency contracts to increase returns, to manage the Fund’s average portfolio duration, or to hedge against movements in the values of the foreign currencies in which a Fund’s securities are denominated. Currency contracts also may be purchased such that net exposure to an individual currency exceeds the value of the Fund’s securities that are denominated in that particular currency. A Fund may engage in currency exchange transactions to protect against uncertainty in the level of future exchange rates and also may engage in currency transactions to increase income and total return. Such currency hedges can protect against price movements in a security the Fund owns or intends to acquire that are attributable to changes in the value of the currency in which it is denominated. Such hedges do not, however, protect against price movements in the securities that are attributable to other causes.

A Fund might seek to hedge against changes in the value of a particular currency when no hedging instruments on that currency are available or such hedging instruments are more expensive than certain other hedging instruments. In such cases, a Fund may hedge against price movements in that currency by entering into transactions using hedging instruments on another foreign currency or a basket of currencies, the values of which a Fund’s portfolio management believes will have a high degree of positive correlation to the value of the currency being hedged. The risk that movements in the price of the hedging instrument will not correlate perfectly with movements in the price of the currency being hedged is magnified when this strategy is used.

The value of derivative instruments on foreign currencies depends on the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar. Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market might involve substantially larger amounts than those involved in the use of such hedging instruments, a Fund could be disadvantaged by having to deal in the odd-lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots.

There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Quotation information generally is representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus might not reflect odd-lot transactions where rates might be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, round-the-clock market. To the extent the U.S. options or futures markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements might take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the markets for the derivative instruments until they reopen.

Settlement of derivative transactions involving foreign currencies might be required to take place within the country issuing the underlying currency. Thus, a Fund might be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying foreign currency in accordance with any U.S. or foreign regulations regarding the maintenance of foreign banking arrangements by U.S. residents and might be required to pay any fees, taxes and charges associated with such delivery assessed in the issuing country.

Permissible foreign currency options will include options traded primarily in the OTC market. Although options on foreign currencies are traded primarily in the OTC market, a Fund will normally purchase OTC options on foreign currency only when a Fund’s portfolio management believes a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular option at any specific time.

Forward Currency Contracts. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are entered into in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers.

At or before the maturity of a forward currency contract, a Fund may either sell a portfolio security and make delivery of the currency, or retain the security and fully or partially offset its contractual obligation to deliver the currency by purchasing a second contract. If a Fund retains the portfolio security and engages in an offsetting transaction, the Fund, at the time of execution of the offsetting transaction, will incur a gain or a loss to the extent that movement has occurred in forward currency contract prices.

The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will change after the foreign currency contract has been established. Thus, a Fund might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such foreign currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

Markets for trading foreign forward currency contracts offer less protection against defaults than is available when trading in currency instruments on an exchange. Forward currency contracts are subject to the risk that the counterparty to such contract will default on its obligations. Since a forward foreign currency exchange contract is not guaranteed by an exchange or clearinghouse, a default on the contract would deprive a Fund of unrealized profits or the benefits of a currency hedge, impose transaction costs or force the Fund to cover its purchase or sale commitments, if any, at the current market price. In addition, the institutions that deal in forward currency contracts are not required to continue to make markets in the currencies in which they trade and these markets can experience periods of illiquidity. To the extent that a substantial portion of a Fund’s total assets, adjusted to reflect the Fund’s net position after giving effect to currency transactions, is denominated or quoted in currencies of foreign countries, the Fund will be more susceptible to the risk of adverse economic and political developments within those countries.

Currency Hedging. While the values of forward currency contracts, currency options, currency futures and options on futures may be expected to correlate with exchange rates, they will not reflect other factors that may affect the value of a Fund’s investments. A currency hedge, for example, should protect a Yen-denominated bond against a decline in the Yen, but will not protect a Fund against price decline if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates. Because the value of a Fund’s investments denominated in a foreign currency will change in response to many factors other than exchange rates, a currency hedge may not be entirely successful in mitigating changes in the value of a Fund’s investments denominated in that currency over time.

A decline in the dollar value of a foreign currency in which a Fund’s securities are denominated will reduce the dollar value of the securities, even if their value in the foreign currency remains constant. The use of currency hedges does not eliminate fluctuations in the underlying prices of the securities, but it does establish a rate of exchange that can be achieved in the future. In order to protect against such diminutions in the value of securities it holds, a Fund may purchase put options on the foreign currency. If the value of the currency does decline, the Fund will have the right to sell the currency for a fixed amount in dollars and will thereby offset, in whole or in part, the adverse effect on its securities that otherwise would have resulted. Conversely, if a rise in the dollar value of a currency in which securities to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby potentially increasing the cost of the securities, a Fund may purchase call options on the particular currency. The purchase of these options could offset, at least partially, the effects of the adverse movements in exchange rates. Although currency hedges limit the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of a hedged currency, at the same time, they also limit any potential gain that might result should the value of the currency increase.

A Fund may enter into foreign currency exchange transactions to hedge its currency exposure in specific transactions or portfolio positions. Currency contracts also may be purchased such that net exposure to an individual currency exceeds the value of the Fund’s securities that are denominated in that particular currency. Transaction hedging is the purchase or sale of

forward currency with respect to specific receivables or payables of a Fund generally accruing in connection with the purchase or sale of its portfolio securities. Position hedging is the sale of forward currency with respect to portfolio security positions. A Fund may not position hedge to an extent greater than the aggregate market value (at the time of making such sale) of the hedged securities.

Non-Deliverable Forwards. A Fund may, from time to time, engage in non-deliverable forward transactions to manage currency risk or to gain exposure to a currency without purchasing securities denominated in that currency. A non-deliverable forward is a transaction that represents an agreement between a Fund and a counterparty (usually a commercial bank) to buy or sell a specified (notional) amount of a particular currency at an agreed upon foreign exchange rate on an agreed upon future date. Unlike other currency transactions, there is no physical delivery of the currency on the settlement of a non-deliverable forward transaction. Rather, the Fund and the counterparty agree to net the settlement by making a payment in U.S. dollars or another fully convertible currency that represents any differential between the foreign exchange rate agreed upon at the inception of the non-deliverable forward agreement and the actual exchange rate on the agreed upon future date. Thus, the actual gain or loss of a given non-deliverable forward transaction is calculated by multiplying the transaction’s notional amount by the difference between the agreed upon forward exchange rate and the actual exchange rate when the transaction is completed.

Since a Fund generally may only close out a non-deliverable forward with the particular counterparty, there is a risk that the counterparty will default on its obligation under the agreement. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreement related to the transaction, but there is no assurance that contract counterparties will be able to meet their obligations pursuant to such agreements or that, in the event of a default, the Fund will succeed in pursuing contractual remedies. A Fund thus assumes the risk that it may be delayed or prevented from obtaining payments owed to it pursuant to non-deliverable forward transactions.

In addition, where the currency exchange rates that are the subject of a given non-deliverable forward transaction do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated, the Fund could sustain losses on the non-deliverable forward transaction. A Fund’s investment in a particular non-deliverable forward transaction will be affected favorably or unfavorably by factors that affect the subject currencies, including economic, political and legal developments that impact the applicable countries, as well as exchange control regulations of the applicable countries. These risks are heightened when a non-deliverable forward transaction involves currencies of emerging market countries because such currencies can be volatile and there is a greater risk that such currencies will be devalued against the U.S. dollar or other currencies.

The SEC and CFTC consider non-deliverable forwards as swaps, and they are therefore included in the definition of “commodity interests.” Non-deliverable forwards have historically been traded in the OTC market. However, as swaps, non-deliverable forwards may become subject to central clearing and trading on public facilities. Currency and cross currency forwards that qualify as deliverable forwards are not regulated as swaps for most purposes, and thus are not deemed to be commodity interests. However, such forwards are subject to some requirements applicable to swaps, including reporting to swap data repositories, documentation requirements, and business conduct rules applicable to swap dealers. CFTC regulation of currency and cross currency forwards, especially non-deliverable forwards, may restrict the Fund’s ability to use these instruments in the manner described above or subject NFA to CFTC registration and regulation as a commodity pool operator.

Foreign Commercial Paper. A Fund may invest in commercial paper which is indexed to certain specific foreign currency exchange rates. The terms of such commercial paper provide that its principal amount is adjusted upward or downward (but not below zero) at maturity to reflect changes in the exchange rate between two currencies while the obligation is outstanding. A Fund will purchase such commercial paper with the currency in which it is denominated and, at maturity, will receive interest and principal payments thereon in that currency, but the amount or principal payable by the issuer at maturity will change in proportion to the change (if any) in the exchange rate between two specified currencies between the date the instrument is issued and the date the instrument matures. While such commercial paper entails the risk of loss of principal, the potential for realizing gains as a result of changes in the foreign currency exchange rate enables a Fund to hedge or cross-hedge against a decline in the U.S. dollar value of investments denominated in foreign currencies while providing an attractive money market rate of return. A Fund will purchase such commercial paper either for hedging purposes or in order to seek investment gain.

Floating- and Variable-Rate Securities

Except for the Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio, the Nationwide International Equity Portfolio and the Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio, the Funds may invest in floating- or variable-rate securities. Floating- or variable-rate obligations bear interest at rates that are not fixed, but vary with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as the prime rate, or at specified intervals. The interest rate on floating-rate securities varies with changes in the underlying index (such as the Treasury bill rate), while the interest rate on variable- or adjustable-rate securities changes at preset times based upon an underlying index. Certain of the floating- or variable-rate obligations that may be purchased by the Funds may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the instrument or to a third party at par value prior to maturity.

Some of the demand instruments purchased by a Fund may not be traded in a secondary market and derive their liquidity solely from the ability of the holder to demand repayment from the issuer or third party providing credit support. If a demand instrument is not traded in a secondary market, a Fund will nonetheless treat the instrument as “readily marketable” for the purposes of its investment restriction limiting investments in illiquid securities unless the demand feature has a notice period of more than seven days in which case the instrument will be characterized as “not readily marketable” and therefore illiquid.

Such obligations include variable-rate master demand notes, which are unsecured instruments issued pursuant to an agreement between the issuer and the holder that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and to provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. Each Fund will limit its purchases of floating- and variable-rate obligations to those of the same quality as the debt securities it is otherwise allowed to purchase according to its principal investment strategies as disclosed in each Fund’s Prospectus. A Fund’s portfolio management will monitor on an ongoing basis the ability of an issuer of a demand instrument to pay principal and interest on demand.

A Fund’s right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument could be affected by events occurring between the date the Fund elects to demand payment and the date payment is due that may affect the ability of the issuer of the instrument or third party providing credit support to make payment when due, except when such demand instruments permit same day settlement. To facilitate settlement, these same day demand instruments may be held in book entry form at a bank other than a Fund’s custodian subject to a sub-custodian agreement approved by the Fund between that bank and the Fund’s custodian.

Foreign Securities

The Funds may invest in the securities of issuers located outside the United States. Funds that invest in foreign securities offer the potential for more diversification than funds that invest only in the United States because securities traded on foreign markets have often (though not always) performed differently from securities traded in the United States. However, such investments often involve risks not present in U.S. investments that can increase the chances that a Fund will lose money. In particular, a Fund is subject to the risk that, because there are generally fewer investors on foreign exchanges and a smaller number of shares traded each day, it may be difficult for the Fund to buy and sell securities on those exchanges. In addition, prices of foreign securities may fluctuate more than prices of securities traded in the United States. Investments in foreign markets may also be adversely affected by governmental actions such as the imposition of punitive taxes. In addition, the governments of certain countries may prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on foreign investing in their capital markets or in certain industries. Any of these actions could severely affect security prices, impair a Fund’s ability to purchase or sell foreign securities or transfer the Fund’s assets or income back into the United States, or otherwise adversely affect a Fund’s operations. Other potential foreign market risks include changes in foreign currency exchange rates, exchange controls, difficulties in pricing securities, defaults on foreign government securities, difficulties in enforcing favorable legal judgments in foreign courts, and political and social instability. Legal remedies available to investors in certain foreign countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the United States or other foreign countries. Dividends or interest on, or proceeds from the sale of, foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes.

Regional Risk. Adverse conditions in a certain region can adversely affect securities of issuers in other countries whose economies appear to be unrelated. To the extent that a Fund invests a significant portion of its assets in a specific geographic region, the Fund generally will have more exposure to regional economic risks. In the event of economic or political turmoil or a deterioration of diplomatic relations in a region or country where a substantial portion of the Fund’s assets are invested, the Fund may experience substantial illiquidity or losses.

Eurozone-Related Risk. A number of countries in the European Union (the “EU”) have experienced, and may continue to experience, severe economic and financial difficulties. Additional EU member countries may also fall subject to such difficulties. These events could negatively affect the value and liquidity of a Fund’s investments in euro-denominated securities and derivatives contracts, as well as securities of issuers located in the EU or with significant exposure to EU issuers or countries. If the euro is dissolved entirely, the legal and contractual consequences for holders of euro-denominated obligations and derivative contracts would be determined by laws in effect at such time. Such investments may continue to be held, or purchased, to the extent consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and permitted under applicable law. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could adversely affect the value of the Fund’s shares.

Certain countries in the EU have had to accept assistance from supra-governmental agencies such as the International Monetary Fund, the European Stability Mechanism, or other supra-governmental agencies. The European Central Bank has also been intervening to purchase Eurozone debt in an attempt to stabilize markets and reduce borrowing costs. There can be no assurance that these agencies will continue to intervene or provide further assistance, and markets may react adversely to any expected reduction in the financial support provided by these agencies. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks, and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not work, may result in social unrest, and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences.

In June 2016, the United Kingdom (the “UK”) approved a referendum to leave the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” which sparked depreciation in the value of the British pound, short-term declines in global stock markets, and heightened risk of continued worldwide economic volatility. The UK officially left the EU on January 31, 2020, with a transitional period that ended on December 31, 2020. On December 30, 2020, the UK and the EU signed an agreement on the terms governing certain aspects of the EU’s and the UK’s relationship following the end of the transition period, the EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement (the “TCA”). Notwithstanding the TCA, there is likely to be considerable uncertainty as to the UK’s post-transition framework, and in particular as to the arrangements which will apply to the UK’s relationships with the EU and with other countries, which is likely to continue to develop and could result in increased volatility and illiquidity and potentially lower economic growth. Brexit created and may continue to create an uncertain political and economic environment in the UK and other EU countries. This long-term uncertainty may affect other countries in the EU and elsewhere. Further, the UK’s departure from the EU may cause volatility within the EU, triggering prolonged economic downturns in certain European countries or sparking additional member states to contemplate departing the EU. In addition, the UK’s departure from the EU may create actual or perceived additional economic stresses for the UK, including potential for decreased trade, capital outflows, devaluation of the British pound, wider corporate bond spreads due to uncertainty, and possible declines in business and consumer spending, as well as foreign direct investment.

Foreign Economy Risk. The economies of certain foreign markets often do not compare favorably with that of the United States with respect to such issues as growth of gross national product, reinvestment of capital, resources, and balance of payments position. Certain such economies may rely heavily on particular industries or foreign capital and are more vulnerable to diplomatic developments, the imposition of economic sanctions against a particular country or countries, changes in international trading patterns, trade barriers, and other protectionist or retaliatory measures.

Currency Risk and Exchange Risk. Unless a Fund's Prospectus states a policy to invest only in securities denominated in U.S. dollars, a Fund may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In such case, changes in foreign currency exchange rates will affect the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Generally, when the U.S. dollar rises in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency loses value because the currency is worth fewer U.S. dollars. Conversely, when the U.S. dollar decreases in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency gains value because the currency is worth more U.S. dollars. This risk, generally known as “currency risk,” means that a stronger U.S. dollar will reduce returns for U.S. investors while a weak U.S. dollar will increase those returns.

Governmental Supervision and Regulation/Accounting Standards. Many foreign governments supervise and regulate stock exchanges, brokers and the sale of securities less than does the United States. Some countries may not have laws to protect investors comparable to the U.S. securities laws. For example, some foreign countries may have no laws or rules against insider trading. Insider trading occurs when a person buys or sells a company’s securities based on nonpublic information about that company. Accounting standards in other countries are not necessarily the same as in the United States. If the accounting standards in another country do not require as much detail as U.S. accounting standards, it may be harder for Fund management to completely and accurately determine a company’s financial condition. In addition, the

U.S. government has from time to time in the past imposed restrictions, through penalties and otherwise, on foreign investments by U.S. investors such as a Fund. If such restrictions should be reinstituted, it might become necessary for the Fund to invest all or substantially all of its assets in U.S. securities.

Certain Risks of Holding Fund Assets Outside the United States. A Fund generally holds its foreign securities and cash in foreign banks and securities depositories. Some foreign banks and securities depositories may be recently organized or new to the foreign custody business. In addition, there may be limited or no regulatory oversight over their operations. Also, the laws of certain countries may put limits on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or any of their agents goes bankrupt. In addition, it is often more expensive for a Fund to buy, sell and hold securities in certain foreign markets than in the United States. The increased expense of investing in foreign markets reduces the amount a Fund can earn on its investments and typically results in a higher operating expense ratio for the Fund as compared to investment companies that invest only in the United States.

Settlement Risk. Settlement and clearance procedures in certain foreign markets differ significantly from those in the United States. Foreign settlement procedures and trade regulations also may involve certain risks (such as delays in payment for or delivery of securities) not typically generated by the settlement of U.S. investments. Communications between the United States and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates in markets that still rely on physical settlement. Settlements in certain foreign countries at times have not kept pace with the number of securities transactions; these problems may make it difficult for a Fund to carry out transactions. If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a purchase of securities, it may miss attractive investment opportunities and certain of its assets may be uninvested with no return earned thereon for some period. If a Fund cannot settle or is delayed in settling a sale of securities, it may lose money if the value of the security then declines or, if it has contracted to sell the security to another party, the Fund could be liable to that party for any losses incurred.

Investment in Emerging Markets. The Funds may invest in securities of issuers domiciled in various countries with emerging capital markets. Emerging market countries typically are developing and low- or middle-income countries. Emerging market countries may be found in regions such as Asia, Latin America, Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

Investments in the securities of issuers domiciled in countries with emerging capital markets involve certain additional risks that do not generally apply to investments in securities of issuers in more developed capital markets, such as (i) low or non-existent trading volume, resulting in a lack of liquidity and increased volatility in prices for such securities, as compared to securities of comparable issuers in more developed capital markets; (ii) uncertain national policies and social, political and economic instability, increasing the potential for expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, high rates of inflation or unfavorable diplomatic developments; (iii) possible fluctuations in exchange rates, differing legal systems and the existence or possible imposition of exchange controls, custodial restrictions or other foreign or U.S. governmental laws or restrictions applicable to such investments; (iv) national policies that may limit a Fund’s investment opportunities, such as restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests; and (v) the lack or relatively early development of legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property. In addition to withholding taxes on investment income, some countries with emerging markets may impose differential capital gains taxes on foreign investors.

Emerging capital markets are developing in a dynamic political and economic environment brought about by events over recent years that have reshaped political boundaries and traditional ideologies. In such a dynamic environment, there can be no assurance that any or all of these capital markets will continue to present viable investment opportunities for a Fund. In the past, governments of such nations have expropriated substantial amounts of private property, and most claims of the property owners have never been fully settled. There is no assurance that such expropriations will not reoccur. In such an event, it is possible that a Fund could lose the entire value of its investments in the affected market.

Also, there may be less publicly available information about issuers in emerging markets than would be available about issuers in more developed capital markets, and such issuers may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to those to which U.S. companies are subject. In certain countries with emerging capital markets, reporting standards vary widely. As a result, traditional investment measurements used in the United States, such as price/earnings ratios, may not be applicable. Emerging market securities may be substantially less liquid and more volatile than those of mature markets, and company shares may be held by a limited number of persons. This may adversely affect the timing and pricing of the Fund’s acquisition or disposal of securities.

Practices in relation to settlement of securities transactions in emerging markets involve higher risks than those in developed markets, in part because a Fund will need to use brokers and counterparties that are less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable compared to developed countries. The possibility of fraud, negligence, undue influence being exerted by the issuer, or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being completely lost. A Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such registration problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

Investment in Frontier Markets. Frontier market countries generally have smaller economies and less developed capital markets than traditional emerging markets, and, as a result, the risks of investing in emerging market countries are magnified in frontier market countries. The economies of frontier market countries are less correlated to global economic cycles than those of their more developed counterparts and their markets have low trading volumes and the potential for extreme price volatility and illiquidity. This volatility may be further heightened by the actions of a few major investors. For example, a substantial increase or decrease in cash flows of mutual funds investing in these markets could significantly affect local stock prices and, therefore, the price of Fund shares. These factors make investing in frontier market countries significantly riskier than in other countries and any one of them could cause the price of a Fund’s shares to decline.

Governments of many frontier market countries in which a Fund may invest may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In some cases, the governments of such frontier market countries may own or control certain companies. Accordingly, government actions could have a significant effect on economic conditions in a frontier market country and on market conditions, prices and yields of securities in a Fund’s portfolio. Moreover, the economies of frontier market countries may be heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be, adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These economies also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade.

Investment in equity securities of issuers operating in certain frontier market countries may be restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in equity securities of issuers operating in certain frontier market countries and increase the costs and expenses of a Fund. Certain frontier market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of the countries and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors. Certain frontier market countries may also restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests.

Frontier market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors, such as a Fund. In addition, if deterioration occurs in a frontier market country’s balance of payments, the country could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. A Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Fund of any restrictions on investments. Investing in local markets in frontier market countries may require a Fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the Fund.

In addition, investing in frontier markets includes the risk of share blocking. Share blocking refers to a practice, in certain foreign markets, where voting rights related to an issuer’s securities are predicated on these securities being blocked from trading at the custodian or sub-custodian level, for a period of time around a shareholder meeting. These restrictions have the effect of prohibiting securities to potentially be voted (or having been voted), from trading within a specified number of days before, and in certain instances, after the shareholder meeting. Share blocking may prevent a Fund from buying or selling securities for a period of time. During the time that shares are blocked, trades in such securities will not settle. The specific practices may vary by market and the blocking period can last from a day to several weeks, typically terminating on a date established at the discretion of the issuer. Once blocked, the only manner in which to remove the block would be to withdraw a previously cast vote, or to abstain from voting altogether. The process for having a blocking restriction lifted can be very difficult with the particular requirements varying widely by country. In certain countries, the block cannot be removed.

There may be no centralized securities exchange on which securities are traded in frontier market countries. Also, securities laws in many frontier market countries are relatively new and unsettled. Therefore, laws regarding foreign investment in frontier market securities, securities regulation, title to securities, and shareholder rights may change quickly and unpredictably.

The frontier market countries in which a Fund invests may become subject to sanctions or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations. The value of the securities issued by companies that operate in, or have dealings with, these countries may be negatively impacted by any such sanction or embargo and may reduce a Fund’s returns. Banks in frontier market countries used to hold a Fund’s securities and other assets in that country may lack the same operating experience as banks in developed markets. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of a Fund to recover assets held by a foreign bank in the event of the bankruptcy of the bank. Settlement systems in frontier markets may be less well organized than in the developed markets. As a result, there is greater risk than in developed countries that settlement will take longer and that cash or securities of a Fund may be in jeopardy because of failures of or defects in the settlement systems.

Restrictions on Certain Investments. A number of publicly traded closed-end investment companies have been organized to facilitate indirect foreign investment in developing countries, and certain of such countries, such as Thailand, South Korea, Chile and Brazil, have specifically authorized such funds. There also are investment opportunities in certain of such countries in pooled vehicles that resemble open-end investment companies. In accordance with the 1940 Act, a Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of other investment companies, not more than 5% of which may be invested in any one such company. In addition, under the 1940 Act, a Fund may not own more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any investment company. These restrictions on investments in securities of investment companies may limit opportunities for a Fund to invest indirectly in certain developing countries. Shares of certain investment companies may at times be acquired only at market prices representing premiums to their net asset values. If a Fund acquires shares of other investment companies, shareholders would bear both their proportionate share of expenses of the Fund (including management and advisory fees) and, indirectly, the expenses of such other investment companies.

Depositary Receipts. A Fund may invest in foreign securities by purchasing depositary receipts, including American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and non-voting depositary receipts (“NVDRs”) or other securities convertible into securities of issuers based in foreign countries. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, GDRs, in bearer form, are issued and designed for use outside the United States and EDRs (also referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”)), in bearer form, may be denominated in other currencies and are designed for use in European securities markets. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities. EDRs are European receipts evidencing a similar arrangement. GDRs are receipts typically issued by non-U.S. banks and trust companies that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic securities. For purposes of a Fund’s investment policies, ADRs, EDRs, GDRs and NVDRs are deemed to have the same classification as the underlying securities they represent. Thus, an ADR, EDR, GDR or NVDR representing ownership of common stock will be treated as common stock.

A Fund may invest in depositary receipts through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. While ADRs issued under these two types of facilities are in some respects similar, there are distinctions between them relating to the rights and obligations of ADR holders and the practices of market participants.

A depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by (or even necessarily the acquiescence of) the issuer of the deposited securities, although typically the depositary requests a letter of non-objection from such issuer prior to the establishment of the facility. Holders of unsponsored ADRs generally bear all the costs of such facilities. The depositary usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the deposited securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars, the disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services. The depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to pass through voting rights to ADR holders in respect of the deposited securities. In addition, an unsponsored facility is generally not obligated to distribute communications received from the issuer of the deposited securities or to disclose material information about such issuer in the U.S. and thus there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the depositary receipts. Unsponsored ADRs tend to be less liquid than sponsored ADRs.

Sponsored ADR facilities are created in generally the same manner as unsponsored facilities, except that the issuer of the deposited securities enters into a deposit agreement with the depositary. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the issuer, the depositary, and the ADR holders. With sponsored facilities, the issuer of the deposited securities generally will bear some of the costs relating to the facility (such as dividend payment fees of the depositary), although ADR holders continue to bear certain other costs (such as deposit and withdrawal fees). Under the terms of most sponsored arrangements, depositaries agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings and voting instructions, and to provide shareholder communications and other information to the ADR holders at the request of the issuer of the deposited securities.

Foreign Sovereign Debt. Except for the Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio, the Funds may invest in sovereign debt obligations issued by foreign governments. To the extent that a Fund invests in obligations issued by governments of developing or emerging market countries, these investments involve additional risks. Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. These obligors have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds, and obtaining new credit for finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign sovereign debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the foreign sovereign debt securities in which a Fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit which may adversely affect the Fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants.

Investing through Stock Connect. Except for the Nationwide Bond Portfolio, Nationwide International Equity Portfolio and the Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio, the Funds may invest in China A-shares of certain Chinese companies listed and traded on the Shanghai Stock Exchange and on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (together, the “Exchanges”) through the Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect Program and the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect Program, respectively (together, “Stock Connect”). Stock Connect is a securities trading and clearing program developed by the Exchange of Hong Kong, the Exchanges and the China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited. Stock Connect facilitates foreign investment in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) via brokers in Hong Kong. Persons investing through Stock Connect are subject to PRC regulations and Exchange listing rules, among others. These could include limitations on or suspension of trading. These regulations are relatively new and subject to changes which could adversely impact a Fund’s rights with respect to the securities. There are no assurances that the necessary systems to run the program will function properly. Stock Connect is subject to aggregate and daily quota limitations on purchases and the Fund may experience delays in transacting via Stock Connect. The stocks of Chinese companies that are owned by the Fund are held in an omnibus account and registered in nominee name. Please also see the sections on risks relating to investing outside the U.S. and investing in emerging markets. See, “Foreign Securities” above regarding investing outside the U.S.

Risks Related to Russian Invasion of Ukraine. In late February 2022, Russian military forces invaded Ukraine, significantly amplifying already existing geopolitical tensions among Russia, Ukraine, Europe, NATO, and the West. Russia’s invasion, the responses of countries and political bodies to Russia’s actions, and the potential for wider conflict may increase financial market volatility and could have severe adverse effects on regional and global economic markets, including the markets for certain securities and commodities such as oil and natural gas. Following Russia’s actions, various countries, including the U.S., Canada, the United Kingdom, Germany, and France, as well as the European Union, issued broad-ranging economic sanctions against Russia. The sanctions consist of the prohibition of trading in certain Russian securities and engaging in certain private transactions, the prohibition of doing business with certain Russian corporate entities, large financial institutions, officials and oligarchs, and the freezing of Russian assets. The sanctions include a commitment by certain countries and the European Union to remove selected Russian banks from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunications, commonly called “SWIFT,” the electronic network that connects banks globally, and imposed restrictive measures to prevent the Russian Central Bank from undermining the impact of the sanctions. A number of large corporations and U.S. states have also announced plans to divest interests or otherwise curtail business dealings with certain Russian businesses.

The imposition of these current sanctions (and potential further sanctions in response to continued Russian military activity) and other actions undertaken by countries and businesses may adversely impact various sectors of the Russian economy, including but not limited to, the financials, energy, metals and mining, engineering, and defense and defense-related materials sectors. Such actions also may result in the decline of the value and liquidity of Russian securities, a weakening of the ruble, and could impair the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, receive, or deliver those securities. Moreover, the measures could adversely affect global financial and energy markets and thereby negatively affect the value of a Fund's investments beyond any direct exposure to Russian issuers or those of adjoining geographic regions. In response to sanctions, the Russian Central Bank raised its interest rates and banned sales of local securities by foreigners. Russia may take additional counter measures or retaliatory actions, which may further impair the value and liquidity of Russian securities and Fund investments. Such actions could, for example, include restricting gas exports to other countries, seizure of U.S. and European residents' assets, or undertaking or provoking other military conflict elsewhere in Europe, any of which could exacerbate negative consequences on global financial markets and the economy. The actions discussed above could have a negative effect on the performance of funds that have exposure to Russia. While diplomatic efforts have been ongoing, the conflict between Russia and Ukraine is currently unpredictable and has the potential to result in broadened military actions. The duration of ongoing hostilities and corresponding sanctions and related events cannot be predicted and may result in a negative impact on performance and the value of Fund investments, particularly as it relates to Russia exposure.

Due to difficulties transacting in impacted securities, a Fund may experience challenges liquidating the applicable positions to continue to seek a Fund’s investment objective. Additionally, due to current and potential future sanctions or potential market closure impacting the ability to trade Russian securities, a Fund may experience higher transaction costs.

Risks Related to Israel-Hamas War. In October 2023, armed conflict broke out between Israel and the militant group Hamas after Hamas infiltrated Israel’s southern border from the Gaza Strip. In response, Israel declared war on Hamas and Israeli Defense Forces invaded the Gaza Strip. Events in Israel, Gaza, and the greater Middle East region are rapidly evolving, and the extent and duration of the Israel-Hamas war are impossible to predict.

Both actual hostilities, including the Israel-Hamas war described above, and the threat of future hostilities may have a significant adverse effect on Israel’s economy, including increased volatility in the share price of companies based in or with operations in Israel, local securities trading suspensions, local securities market closures (including for extended periods), a lack of transparency concerning Israeli issuers or other local market information, and increased restrictions on foreign investment or repatriation of capital. Such hostilities or an attack also may escalate into a more wide-scale conflict with the potential for greater and far-reaching adverse effects in the region and globally. While it is not possible to predict the extent and duration of any such conflict, the resulting market disruptions could be significant, including in certain industries or sectors, such as the oil and natural gas markets, and may negatively affect global supply chains, inflation and global growth. These and any related events could significantly impact a Fund’s performance and the value of an investment in the Fund, even if the Fund does not have direct exposure to Israeli issuers or issuers in other countries affected by the war.

Initial Public Offerings

Except for the Nationwide Bond Portfolio, the Funds may participate in initial public offerings (“IPOs”). Securities issued in initial public offerings have no trading history, and information about the companies may be available for very limited periods. The volume of IPOs and the levels at which the newly issued stocks trade in the secondary market are affected by the performance of the stock market overall. If IPOs are brought to the market, availability may be limited and a Fund may not be able to buy any shares at the offering price, or if it is able to buy shares, it may not be able to buy as many shares at the offering price as it would like. In addition, the prices of securities involved in IPOs are often subject to greater and more unpredictable price changes than more established stocks.

Interfund Borrowing and Lending Program

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC dated June 13, 2016, the Funds may lend money to, and borrow money for temporary purposes from, other funds advised by the Funds' investment adviser, NFA. Generally, a Fund will borrow money through the program only when the costs are equal to or lower than the cost of bank loans. Interfund borrowings can have a maximum duration of seven days. Loans may be called on one day’s notice. There is no assurance that a Fund will be able to borrow or lend under the program at any time, and a Fund may have to borrow from a bank at a higher interest rate if an interfund loan is unavailable, called, or not renewed.

Lending Portfolio Securities

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions, provided it receives collateral, with respect to each loan of U.S. securities, equal to at least 102% of the value of the portfolio securities loaned, and, with respect to each loan of non-U.S. securities, collateral of at least 105% of the value of the portfolio securities loaned, and at all times thereafter shall require the borrower to mark-to-market such collateral on a daily basis so that the market value of such collateral does not fall below 100% of the market value of the portfolio securities so loaned. By lending its portfolio securities, a Fund can increase its income through the investment of the collateral. For the purposes of this policy, a Fund considers collateral consisting of cash, U.S. government securities or letters of credit issued by banks whose securities meet the standards for investment by the Fund to be the equivalent of cash. From time to time, a Fund may return to the borrower or a third party which is unaffiliated with it, and which is acting as a “placing broker,” a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral received for securities loaned.

The SEC currently requires that the following conditions must be met whenever portfolio securities are loaned: (1) a Fund must receive from the borrower collateral equal to at least 100% of the value of the portfolio securities loaned; (2) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities loaned rises above the level of such collateral; (3) a Fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (4) a Fund must receive a reasonable rate of return on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions payable on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (5) a Fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (6) while any voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, the Board of Trustees must be able to terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities if a material event adversely affecting the investment occurs. In addition, a Fund may not have on loan securities representing more than one-third of its total assets at any given time. The collateral that a Fund receives may be included in calculating the Fund’s total assets. A Fund generally will not seek to vote proxies relating to the securities on loan, unless it is in the best interests of the applicable Fund to do so. These conditions may be subject to future modification. Loan agreements involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other party including possible delays or restrictions upon the Fund’s ability to recover the loaned securities or dispose of the collateral for the loan.

Investment of Securities Lending Collateral. The cash collateral received from a borrower as a result of a Fund’s securities lending activities will be used to purchase both fixed-income securities and other securities with debt-like characteristics that are rated A1 or P1 on a fixed-rate or floating-rate basis, including: bank obligations; commercial paper; investment agreements, funding agreements, or guaranteed investment contracts entered into with, or guaranteed by, an insurance company; loan participations; master notes; medium-term notes; repurchase agreements; and U.S. government securities. Except for the investment agreements, funding agreements or guaranteed investment contracts guaranteed by an insurance company, master notes, and medium-term notes (which are described below), these types of investments are described elsewhere in this SAI. Collateral may also be invested in a money market mutual fund or short-term collective investment trust.

Investment agreements, funding agreements, or guaranteed investment contracts entered into with, or guaranteed by, an insurance company are agreements in which an insurance company either provides for the investment of the Fund’s assets or provides for a minimum guaranteed rate of return to the investor.

Master notes are promissory notes issued usually with large, creditworthy broker-dealers on either a fixed-rate or floating-rate basis. Master notes may or may not be collateralized by underlying securities. If the master note is issued by an unrated subsidiary of a broker-dealer, then an unconditional guarantee is provided by the issuer’s parent.

Medium-term notes are unsecured, continuously offered corporate debt obligations. Although medium-term notes may be offered with a maturity from one to ten years, in the context of securities lending collateral, the maturity of the medium-term note generally will not exceed two years.

LIBOR Risk

The Funds may be exposed to financial instruments that are tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies or investment value. The Funds' investments may pay interest at floating rates based on LIBOR or may be subject to interest caps or floors based on LIBOR. The Funds may also obtain financing at floating rates based on LIBOR. Derivative instruments utilized by the Funds may also reference LIBOR.

The United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”), which regulates LIBOR, has ceased publishing all LIBOR settings. In April 2023, the FCA directed that certain USD LIBOR settings would continue to be published under a synthetic methodology, a practice that ceased on September 30, 2024. Actions by regulators have resulted in the establishment of alternative reference rates in most major currencies. The U.S. Federal Reserve, based on the recommendations of Alternative Reference Rates Committee, has begun publishing the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) that is intended to replace U.S. dollar LIBOR. Proposals for alternative reference rates for other currencies have also been announced or have already begun publication. Markets are slowly developing in response to these new reference rates.

Neither the effect of the LIBOR transition process nor its ultimate success can yet be known. The transition process might lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets for, and reduce the effectiveness of new hedges placed against, instruments whose terms currently include LIBOR. While some existing LIBOR-based instruments may contemplate a scenario where LIBOR is no longer available by providing for an alternative rate-setting methodology, there may be significant uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies to replicate LIBOR. Not all existing LIBOR-based instruments may have alternative rate-setting provisions and there remains uncertainty regarding the willingness and ability of issuers to add alternative rate-setting provisions in certain existing instruments. In addition, a liquid market for newly-issued instruments that use a reference rate other than LIBOR still may be developing. There may also be challenges for the Funds to enter into hedging transactions against such newly-issued instruments until a market for such hedging transactions develops. All of the aforementioned may adversely affect the Funds' performance or net asset value.

Medium-Quality, Lower-Quality and High-Yield Securities

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may invest in medium-quality securities and also in lower-quality and high-yield securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”) (hereinafter referred to as “lower-quality securities”).

Medium-Quality Securities. Medium-quality securities are obligations rated in the fourth highest rating category by any NRSRO. Medium-quality securities, although considered investment grade, may have some speculative characteristics and may be subject to greater fluctuations in value than higher-rated securities. In addition, the issuers of medium-quality securities may be more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances than issuers of higher-rated securities.

Lower-Quality/High-Yield Securities. Non-investment grade debt or lower-quality/rated securities include: (i) bonds rated as low as C by Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s, or Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”); (ii) commercial paper rated as low as C by Standard & Poor’s, Not Prime by Moody’s or Fitch 4 by Fitch; and (iii) unrated debt securities of comparable quality. Lower-quality securities, while generally offering higher yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, involve greater risks, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy. There is more risk associated with these investments because of reduced creditworthiness and increased risk of default. Under NRSRO guidelines, lower-quality securities and comparable unrated securities will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. Lower-quality securities are considered to have extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, to have a current identifiable vulnerability to default or to be in default, to be unlikely to have the capacity to make required interest payments and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, or to be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal. They are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The special risk considerations in connection with investments in these securities are discussed below.

Effect of Interest Rates and Economic Changes. Interest-bearing securities typically experience appreciation when interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise. The market values of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities tend to reflect individual corporate developments to a greater extent than do higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities. As a result, they generally involve more credit risks than securities in the higher-rated categories. During an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient revenues to meet their payment obligations. The issuer’s ability to service its debt obligations may also be adversely affected by specific corporate developments, the issuer’s inability to meet specific projected business forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due to default by an issuer of these securities is significantly greater than that of issuers of higher-rated securities also because such securities are generally unsecured and are often subordinated

to other creditors. Further, if the issuer of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security defaulted, a Fund might incur additional expenses to seek recovery. Periods of economic uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in the market prices of these securities and thus in a Fund’s net asset value.

As previously stated, the value of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security will generally decrease in a rising interest rate market, and accordingly so will the Fund's net asset value. If a Fund experiences unexpected net redemptions in such a market, it may be forced to liquidate a portion of its portfolio securities without regard to their investment merits. Due to the limited liquidity of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities (discussed below), a Fund may be forced to liquidate these securities at a substantial discount which would result in a lower rate of return to the Fund.

Payment Expectations. Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities typically contain redemption, call or prepayment provisions which permit the issuer of such securities containing such provisions to, at its discretion, redeem the securities. During periods of falling interest rates, issuers of these securities are likely to redeem or prepay the securities and refinance them with debt securities at a lower interest rate. To the extent an issuer is able to refinance the securities, or otherwise redeem them, a Fund may have to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which would result in a lower return for the Fund.

Liquidity and Valuation. A Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain lower-quality and comparable unrated securities because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. Because not all dealers maintain markets in all lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, there may be no established retail secondary market for many of these securities. The Fund anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or institutional investors. To the extent a secondary trading market does exist, it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated securities. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the market price of the security. As a result, a Fund’s net asset value and ability to dispose of particular securities, when necessary to meet the Fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, may be impacted. The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may also make it more difficult for a Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing that Fund’s portfolio. Market quotations are generally available on many lower-quality and comparable unrated issues only from a limited number of dealers and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such dealers or prices for actual sales. During periods of thin trading, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly. In addition, adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, especially in a thinly traded market.

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may invest in mortgage- and asset-backed securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent direct or indirect participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property. Mortgage-backed securities come in different forms. The simplest form of mortgage-backed securities is pass-through certificates. Such securities may be issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities or may be issued by private issuers, generally originators in mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment bankers, and special purpose entities (collectively, “private lenders”). The purchase of mortgage-backed securities from private lenders may entail greater risk than mortgage-backed securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Mortgage-backed securities issued by private lenders may be supported by pools of mortgage loans or other mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, or they may be issued without any governmental guarantee of the underlying mortgage assets but with some form of non-governmental credit enhancement. These credit enhancements may include letters of credit, reserve funds, over-collateralization, or guarantees by third parties. There is no guarantee that these credit enhancements, if any, will be sufficient to prevent losses in the event of defaults on the underlying mortgage loans. Additionally, mortgage-backed securities purchased from private lenders are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, mortgage-backed securities held in a Fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loan.

Through its investments in mortgage-backed securities, including those issued by private lenders, a Fund may have some exposure to subprime loans, as well as to the mortgage and credit markets generally. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these

reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had, in many cases, higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements. The risk of non-payment is greater for mortgage-backed securities issued by private lenders that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans.

Since privately-issued mortgage certificates are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. Such credit enhancement falls into two categories: (i) liquidity protection; and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provisions of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default enhances the likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches.

The ratings of mortgage-backed securities for which third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or protection against losses from default are generally dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of such securities could be subject to reduction in the event of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the delinquency loss experienced on the underlying pool of assets is better than expected. There can be no assurance that the private issuers or credit enhancers of mortgage-backed securities will meet their obligations under the relevant policies or other forms of credit enhancement.

Examples of credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include “senior-subordinated securities” (multiclass securities with one or more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class), creation of “reserve funds” (where cash or investments sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying assets are held in reserve against future losses) and “over-collateralization” (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information with respect to the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in such security.

Private lenders or government-related entities may also create mortgage loan pools offering pass-through investments where the mortgages underlying these securities may be alternative mortgage instruments, that is, mortgage instruments whose principal or interest payments may vary or whose terms to maturity may be shorter than was previously customary. As new types of mortgage-related securities are developed and offered to investors, a Fund, consistent with its investment objective and policies, may consider making investments in such new types of securities.

The yield characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from those of traditional debt obligations. Among the principal differences are that interest and principal payments are made more frequently on mortgage-backed securities, usually monthly, and that principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if a Fund purchases these securities at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing the yield to maturity. Conversely, if a Fund purchases these securities at a discount, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will increase yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will reduce yield to maturity. Accelerated prepayments on securities purchased by the Fund at a premium also impose a risk of loss of principal because the premium may not have been fully amortized at the time the principal is prepaid in full.

Unlike fixed rate mortgage-backed securities, adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities are collateralized by or represent interest in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These variable rates of interest reset periodically to align themselves with market rates. A Fund will not benefit from increases in interest rates to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of the underlying adjustable rate mortgages to exceed any maximum allowable annual or lifetime reset limits (or “cap rates”) for a particular mortgage. In this event, the value of the adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities in a Fund would likely decrease. Also, a Fund’s net asset value could vary to the extent that current yields on adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities are different than market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates or if the timing of changes to the index upon which the rate for the underlying mortgage is based lags

behind changes in market rates. During periods of declining interest rates, income to a Fund derived from adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities which remain in a mortgage pool will decrease in contrast to the income on fixed rate mortgage-backed securities, which will remain constant. Adjustable rate mortgages also have less potential for appreciation in value as interest rates decline than do fixed rate investments.

There are a number of important differences among the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that issue mortgage-backed securities and among the securities that they issue. Mortgage-backed securities issued by GNMA include GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Ginnie Maes”), which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by GNMA, and such guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. GNMA certificates also are supported by the authority of GNMA to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee. Mortgage-backed securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) include FNMA Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as “Fannie Maes”), which are solely the obligations of FNMA, and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States. Fannie Maes are guaranteed as to timely payment of the principal and interest by FNMA. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLMC include FHLMC Mortgage Participation Certificates (also known as “Freddie Macs” or “PCs”). FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the United States, created pursuant to an Act of Congress, which is owned entirely by Federal Home Loan Banks. Securities issued by FHLMC do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Macs entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by the FHLMC. FHLMC guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When the FHLMC does not guarantee timely payment of principal, FHLMC may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable.

In 2012 the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) initiated a strategic plan to develop a program of credit risk transfer intended to reduce Fannie Mae's and Freddie Mac's overall risk through the creation of credit risk transfer assets (“CRTs”). CRTs come in two primary series: Structured Agency Credit Risk (“STACRs”) for Freddie Mac and Connecticut Avenue Securities (“CAS”) for Fannie Mae, although other series may be developed in the future. CRTs are typically structured as unsecured general obligations of either entities guaranteed by a government-sponsored stockholder-owned corporation, though not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (such as by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac (collectively, the “GSEs”)) or special purpose entities, and their cash flows are based on the performance of a pool of reference loans. Unlike traditional residential MBS securities, bond payments typically do not come directly from the underlying mortgages. Instead, the GSEs either make the payments to CRT investors, or the GSEs make certain payments to the special purpose entities and the special purpose entities make payments to the investors. In certain structures, the special purpose entities make payments to the GSEs upon the occurrence of credit events with respect to the underlying mortgages, and the obligation of the special purpose entity to make such payments to the GSE is senior to the obligation of the special purpose entity to make payments to the CRT investors. CRTs are typically floating rate securities and may have multiple tranches with losses first allocated to the most junior or subordinate tranche. This structure results in increased sensitivity to dramatic housing downturns, especially for the subordinate tranches. Many CRTs also have collateral performance triggers (e.g., based on credit enhancement, delinquencies or defaults, etc.) that could shut off principal payments to subordinate tranches. Generally, GSEs have the ability to call all of the CRT tranches at par in 10 years.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) and Multiclass Pass-Through Securities. CMOs are a more complex form of mortgage-backed security in that they are multiclass debt obligations which are collateralized by mortgage loans or pass-through certificates. As a result of changes prompted by the Tax Reform Act of 1986, most CMOs are today issued as Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”). From the perspective of the investor, REMICs and CMOs are virtually indistinguishable. However, REMICs differ from CMOs in that REMICs provide certain tax advantages for the issuer of the obligation. Multiclass pass-through securities are interests in a trust composed of whole loans or private pass-throughs (collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”). Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include REMICs and multiclass pass-through securities.

Often, CMOs are collateralized by GNMA, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Certificates, but also may be collateralized by Mortgage Assets. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include REMICs and multiclass pass-through securities. Payments of principal and interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, provide the funds to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities.

CMOs may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.

In order to form a CMO, the issuer assembles a package of traditional mortgage-backed pass-through securities, or actual mortgage loans, and uses them as collateral for a multiclass security. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specified fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semiannual basis. The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in innumerable ways. In one structure, payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets are applied to the classes of a CMO in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of CMOs until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity or final distribution date have been paid in full. As market conditions change, and particularly during periods of rapid or unanticipated changes in market interest rates, the attractiveness of the CMO classes and the ability of the structure to provide the anticipated investment characteristics may be significantly reduced. Such changes can result in volatility in the market value, and in some instances reduced liquidity, of the CMO class.

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may also invest in, among other types of CMOs, parallel pay CMOs and Planned Amortization Class CMOs (“PAC Bonds”). Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or a final distribution date but may be retired earlier. PAC Bonds are a type of CMO tranche or series designed to provide relatively predictable payments of principal provided that, among other things, the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans falls within a predefined range. If the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans is at a rate faster or slower than the predefined range or if deviations from other assumptions occur, principal payments on the PAC Bond may be earlier or later than predicted. The magnitude of the predefined range varies from one PAC Bond to another; a narrower range increases the risk that prepayments on the PAC Bond will be greater or smaller than predicted. Because of these features, PAC Bonds generally are less subject to the risks of prepayment than are other types of mortgage-backed securities.

Stripped Mortgage Securities. Stripped mortgage securities are derivative multiclass mortgage securities. Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities. Although stripped mortgage securities are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, stripped mortgage securities are generally illiquid.

Stripped mortgage securities are structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have at least one class receiving only a small portion of the interest and a larger portion of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive primarily interest and only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (“IO” or interest-only class), while the other class will receive the entire principal (“PO” or principal-only class). The yield to maturity on IOs, POs and other mortgage-backed securities that are purchased at a substantial premium or discount generally are extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such securities’ yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities even if the securities have received the highest rating by an NRSRO.

In addition to the stripped mortgage securities described above, the Nationwide Bond Portfolio may invest in similar securities such as Super POs and Levered IOs which are more volatile than POs, IOs and IOettes. Risks associated with instruments such as Super POs are similar in nature to those risks related to investments in POs. IOettes represent the right to receive interest payments on an underlying pool of mortgages with similar risks as those associated with IOs. Unlike IOs, the owner also has the right to receive a very small portion of the principal. Risks connected with Levered IOs and IOettes are

similar in nature to those associated with IOs. The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may also invest in other similar instruments developed in the future that are deemed consistent with its investment objective, policies and restrictions. See “Additional General Tax Information for All Funds” in this SAI.

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may also purchase stripped mortgage-backed securities for hedging purposes to protect such Fund against interest rate fluctuations. For example, since an IO will tend to increase in value as interest rates rise, it may be utilized to hedge against a decrease in value of other fixed-income securities in a rising interest rate environment. Stripped mortgage-backed securities may exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the manner in which their principal and interest are returned to investors. The market value of the class consisting entirely of principal payments can be extremely volatile in response to changes in interest rates. The yields on stripped mortgage-backed securities that receive all or most of the interest are generally higher than prevailing market yields on other mortgage-backed obligations because their cash flow patterns are also volatile and there is a greater risk that the initial investment will not be fully recouped. The market for CMOs and other stripped mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid if these securities lose their value as a result of changes in interest rates; in that case, a Fund may have difficulty in selling such securities.

TBA Commitments. The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may enter into “to be announced” or “TBA” commitments. TBA commitments are forward agreements for the purchase or sale of securities, including mortgage-backed securities for a fixed price, with payment and delivery on an agreed upon future settlement date. The specific securities to be delivered are not identified at the trade date. However, delivered securities must meet specified terms, including issuer, rate and mortgage terms. Under recently finalized rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), the TBA market is subject to mandatory margin requirements that require a Fund to post collateral in connection with its TBA transactions. Throughout the duration of each transaction, a Fund or the counterparty will make payments as collateral values fluctuate to maintain full collateralization for the term of the transaction. Collateral will be marked-to-market each business day. In the event a counterparty defaults on the transaction or declares bankruptcy or insolvency, a Fund may incur expenses in enforcing its rights, or the Fund may experience delay and costs in recovering collateral or may sustain a loss if the value of the collateral declines. See “When-Issued Securities and Delayed-Delivery Transactions” below.

Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities have structural characteristics similar to mortgage-backed securities. However, the underlying assets are not first-lien mortgage loans or interests therein; rather the underlying assets are often consumer or commercial debt contracts such as motor vehicle installment sales contracts, other installment loan contracts, home equity loans, leases of various types of property and receivables from credit card and other revolving credit arrangements. However, almost any type of fixed-income assets may be used to create an asset-backed security, including other fixed-income securities or derivative instruments such as swaps. Payments or distributions of principal and interest on asset-backed securities may be supported by non-governmental credit enhancements similar to those utilized in connection with mortgage-backed securities. Asset-backed securities, though, present certain risks that are not presented by mortgage-backed securities. The credit quality of most asset-backed securities depends primarily on the credit quality of the assets underlying such securities, how well the entity issuing the security is insulated from the credit risk of the originator or any other affiliated entities, and the amount and quality of any credit enhancement of the securities. To the extent a security interest exists, it may be more difficult for the issuer to enforce the security interest as compared to mortgage-backed securities.

Municipal Securities

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may invest in municipal securities. Municipal securities include debt obligations issued by governmental entities to obtain funds for various public purposes, such as the construction of a wide range of public facilities, the refunding of outstanding obligations, the payment of general operating expenses, and the extension of loans to other public institutions and facilities. Private activity bonds that are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to finance various privately-operated facilities are deemed to be municipal securities, only if the interest paid thereon is exempt from federal taxes. 2017 legislation commonly known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) repealed the exclusion from gross income for interest paid on pre-refunded municipal securities effective for such bonds issued after December 31, 2017.

Other types of municipal securities include short-term General Obligation Notes, Tax Anticipation Notes, Bond Anticipation Notes, Revenue Anticipation Notes, Project Notes, Tax-Exempt Commercial Paper, Construction Loan Notes and other forms of short-term tax-exempt loans. Such instruments are issued with a short-term maturity in anticipation of the receipt of tax funds, the proceeds of bond placements or other revenues.

Project Notes are issued by a state or local housing agency and are sold by the Department of Housing and Urban Development. While the issuing agency has the primary obligation with respect to its Project Notes, they are also secured by the full faith and credit of the United States through agreements with the issuing authority which provide that, if required, the federal government will lend the issuer an amount equal to the principal of and interest on the Project Notes.

The two principal classifications of municipal securities consist of “general obligation” and “revenue” issues. The Fund may also acquire “moral obligation” issues, which are normally issued by special purpose authorities. There are, of course, variations in the quality of municipal securities, both within a particular classification and between classifications, and the yields on municipal securities depend upon a variety of factors, including the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. Ratings represent the opinions of an NRSRO as to the quality of municipal securities. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality, and municipal securities with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different yields, while municipal securities of the same maturity and interest rate with different ratings may have the same yield. Subsequent to purchase, an issue of municipal securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase. The Fund's portfolio management will consider such an event in determining whether the Fund should continue to hold the obligation.

An issuer’s obligations under its municipal securities are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency, and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, such as the federal bankruptcy code, and laws, if any, which may be enacted by Congress or state legislatures extending the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or imposing other constraints upon the enforcement of such obligations or upon the ability of municipalities to levy taxes. The power or ability of an issuer to meet its obligations for the payment of interest on and principal of its municipal securities may be materially adversely affected by litigation or other conditions.

General Obligation Bonds. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest. The taxing power of any governmental entity may be limited, however, by provisions of its state constitution or laws, and an entity’s creditworthiness will depend on many factors, including potential erosion of its tax base due to population declines, natural disasters, declines in the state’s industrial base or inability to attract new industries, economic limits on the ability to tax without eroding the tax base, state legislative proposals or voter initiatives to limit ad valorem real property taxes and the extent to which the entity relies on federal or state aid, access to capital markets or other factors beyond the state’s or entity’s control. Accordingly, the capacity of the issuer of a general obligation bond as to the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal when due is affected by the issuer’s maintenance of its tax base.

Revenue Bonds. Revenue bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source such as payments from the user of the facility being financed; accordingly, the timely payment of interest and the repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the revenue or special obligation bond is a function of the economic viability of such facility or such revenue source.

Revenue bonds issued by state or local agencies to finance the development of low-income, multi-family housing involve special risks in addition to those associated with municipal bonds generally, including that the underlying properties may not generate sufficient income to pay expenses and interest costs. Such bonds are generally non-recourse against the property owner, may be junior to the rights of others with an interest in the properties, may pay interest that changes based in part on the financial performance of the property, may be prepayable without penalty and may be used to finance the construction of housing developments which, until completed and rented, do not generate income to pay interest. Increases in interest rates payable on senior obligations may make it more difficult for issuers to meet payment obligations on subordinated bonds.

Private activity bonds. Private activity bonds (“PABs”) are, in most cases, tax-exempt securities issued by states, municipalities or public authorities to provide funds, usually through a loan or lease arrangement, to a private entity for the purpose of financing construction or improvement of a facility to be used by the entity. Such bonds are secured primarily by revenues derived from loan repayments or lease payments due from the entity, which may or may not be guaranteed by a parent company or otherwise secured. PABs generally are not secured by a pledge of the taxing power of the issuer of such bonds. Therefore, an investor should understand that repayment of such bonds generally depends on the revenues of a private entity and be aware of the risks that such an investment may entail. The continued ability of an entity to generate sufficient

revenues for the payment of principal and interest on such bonds will be affected by many factors including the size of the entity, its capital structure, demand for its products or services, competition, general economic conditions, government regulation and the entity’s dependence on revenues for the operation of the particular facility being financed.

Natural Disaster/Epidemic Risk

Natural or environmental disasters, such as earthquakes, fires, floods, hurricanes, tsunamis and other severe weather-related phenomena generally, and widespread disease, including pandemics and epidemics, have been and can be highly disruptive to economies and markets, adversely impacting individual companies, sectors, industries, markets, currencies, interest and inflation rates, credit ratings, investor sentiment, and other factors affecting the value of the Funds' investments. Given the increasing interdependence among global economies and markets, conditions in one country, market, or region are increasingly likely to adversely affect markets, issuers, and/or foreign exchange rates in other countries, including the U.S. These disruptions could prevent the Funds from executing advantageous investment decisions in a timely manner and negatively impact the Funds' ability to achieve their investment objectives. Any such event(s) could have a significant adverse impact on the value and risk profile of the Funds.

The spread of the human coronavirus disease beginning in 2019 (“COVID-19”) is an example. COVID-19 has resulted in instances of market closures and dislocations, extreme volatility, liquidity constraints and increased trading costs. Efforts to contain its spread resulted in travel restrictions, disruptions of healthcare systems, business operations (including business closures) and supply chains, layoffs, lower consumer demand and employee availability, and defaults and credit downgrades, among other significant economic impacts that disrupted global economic activity across many industries. Such economic impacts may exacerbate other pre-existing political, social and economic risks locally or globally and cause general concern and uncertainty. Although the WHO and the United States ended their declarations of COVID-19 as a global health emergency in May 2023, the full economic impact and ongoing effects of COVID-19 (or other future epidemics or pandemics) at the macro-level and on individual businesses are unpredictable and may result in significant and prolonged effects on the Funds' performance.

Operational and Technology Risk/Cyber Security Risk

A Fund, its service providers, and other market participants depend on complex information technology and communications systems to conduct business functions. These systems are subject to a number of different threats or risks that could adversely affect a Fund and its shareholders, despite the efforts of a Fund and its service providers to adopt technologies, processes, and practices intended to mitigate these risks.

For example, a Fund and its service providers may be susceptible to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber incidents. In general, cyber incidents can result from deliberate attacks or unintentional events. Cyber attacks include, but are not limited to, gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through “hacking” or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption. Cyber attacks also may be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on websites (i.e., efforts to make network services unavailable to intended users). Cyber security failures or breaches by a Fund's adviser, and other service providers (including, but not limited to, Fund accountants, custodians, subadvisers, transfer agents and administrators), and the issuers of securities in which the Funds invest, have the ability to cause disruptions and impact business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses, interference with a Fund's ability to calculate its net asset value, impediments to trading, the inability of a Fund's shareholders to transact business, violations of applicable privacy and other laws, regulatory fines, penalties, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, or additional compliance costs. In addition, substantial costs may be incurred in order to prevent any cyber incidents in the future. While a Fund and its service providers have established business continuity plans in the event of, and systems designed to reduce the risks associated with, such cyber attacks, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems including the possibility that certain risks have not been identified.

In addition, power or communications outages, acts of God, information technology equipment malfunctions, operational errors, and inaccuracies within software or data processing systems may also disrupt business operations or impact critical data. Market events also may trigger a volume of transactions that overloads current information technology and communication systems and processes, impacting the ability to conduct a Fund's operations.

The Funds cannot control the cyber security plans and systems put in place by service providers to the Funds and issuers in which the Funds invest. The Funds and their shareholders could be negatively impacted as a result.

Artificial Intelligence (“AI”). The rapid development and increasingly widespread use of certain AI technologies, including machine learning models and generative AI, may adversely impact markets, the overall performance of a Fund's investments, or the services provided to a Fund by its service providers. For example, issuers in which a Fund invests and/or service providers to the Funds may use and/or expand the use of AI technologies in their business operations, and the challenges with properly managing its use could result in reputational harm, competitive harm, legal liability, and/or an adverse effect on business operations.

AI technologies are highly reliant on the collection and analysis of large amounts of data and complex algorithms, and it is possible that the information provided through the use of AI could be insufficient, incomplete, inaccurate or biased and lead to adverse effects for a Fund, including, potentially, operational errors and investment losses. Additionally, the use of AI technologies could impact the market as a whole, including through the use of AI by malicious actors for market manipulation, fraud and cyberattacks. The use of AI technologies may face regulatory scrutiny in the future, which could limit the development of AI and impede the growth of companies that develop and use AI. Actual usage of AI technologies by a Fund's service providers and issuers in which a Fund invests will vary. AI technologies and their current and potential future applications, and the regulatory frameworks within which they operate, continue to rapidly evolve, and it is impossible to predict the full extent of future applications or regulations and the associated risks to a Fund.

Preferred Stocks, Convertible Securities and Other Equity Securities

The Funds may invest in preferred stocks and other types of convertible securities. In some instances, a Fund may receive common stock, warrants or other types of equity securities resulting from a corporate action by or bankruptcy of an issuer of debt securities held by the Fund. In such instances, unless such equity securities are preferred stocks or convertible securities, the Fund will sell such equity securities as soon as reasonably practicable. Preferred stocks, like many debt obligations, are generally fixed-income securities. Shareholders of preferred stocks normally have the right to receive dividends at a fixed rate when and as declared by the issuer’s board of directors, but do not participate in other amounts available for distribution by the issuing corporation. In some countries, dividends on preferred stocks may be variable, rather than fixed. Dividends on the preferred stock may be cumulative, and all cumulative dividends usually must be paid prior to common shareholders of common stock receiving any dividends. Because preferred stock dividends must be paid before common stock dividends, preferred stocks generally entail less risk than common stocks. Upon liquidation, preferred stocks are entitled to a specified liquidation preference, which is generally the same as the par or stated value, and are senior in right of payment to common stock. Preferred stocks are, however, equity securities in the sense that they do not represent a liability of the issuer and, therefore, do not offer as great a degree of protection of capital or assurance of continued income as investments in corporate debt securities. Preferred stocks are generally subordinated in right of payment to all debt obligations and creditors of the issuer, and convertible preferred stocks may be subordinated to other preferred stock of the same issuer.

Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, preferred stocks, or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for a specified amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. Convertible securities have general characteristics similar to both debt obligations and equity securities. The value of a convertible security is a function of its “investment value” (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege) and its “conversion value” (the security’s worth, at market value, if converted into the underlying common stock). The investment value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, the credit standing of the issuer and other factors. The market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tends to increase as interest rates decline. The conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of the underlying common stock. The market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying common stock and therefore will react to variations in the general market for equity securities. If the conversion value is low relative to the investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally by its investment value. Generally, the conversion value decreases as the convertible security approaches maturity. To the extent the market price of the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its conversion value. A convertible security generally will sell at a premium over its conversion

value by the extent to which investors place value on the right to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed-income security. While no securities investments are without risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in common stock of the same issuer.

A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest normally paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted, or exchanged. Convertible securities have unique investment characteristics in that they generally (i) have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable non-convertible securities, (ii) are less subject to fluctuation in value than the underlying stock since they have fixed-income characteristics, and (iii) provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the underlying common stock increases. Most convertible securities currently are issued by U.S. companies, although a substantial Eurodollar convertible securities market has developed, and the markets for convertible securities denominated in local currencies are increasing.

A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument. If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption, the Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party.

Convertible securities generally are subordinated to other similar but non-convertible securities of the same issuer, although convertible bonds, as corporate debt obligations, generally enjoy seniority in right of payment to all equity securities, and convertible preferred stock is senior to common stock of the same issuer. Because of the subordination feature, however, some convertible securities typically are rated below investment grade or are not rated, depending on the general creditworthiness of the issuer.

The Funds may invest in convertible preferred stocks that offer enhanced yield features, such as Preferred Equity Redemption Cumulative Stocks (“PERCS”), which provide an investor, such as a Fund, with the opportunity to earn higher dividend income than is available on a company’s common stock. PERCS are preferred stocks that generally feature a mandatory conversion date, as well as a capital appreciation limit, which is usually expressed in terms of a stated price. Most PERCS expire three years from the date of issue, at which time they are convertible into common stock of the issuer. PERCS are generally not convertible into cash at maturity. Under a typical arrangement, after three years PERCS convert into one share of the issuer’s common stock if the issuer’s common stock is trading at a price below that set by the capital appreciation limit, and into less than one full share if the issuer’s common stock is trading at a price above that set by the capital appreciation limit. The amount of that fractional share of common stock is determined by dividing the price set by the capital appreciation limit by the market price of the issuer’s common stock. PERCS can be called at any time prior to maturity, and hence do not provide call protection. If called early, however, the issuer must pay a call premium over the market price to the investor. This call premium declines at a preset rate daily, up to the maturity date.

A Fund may also invest in other classes of enhanced convertible securities. These include but are not limited to Automatically Convertible Equity Securities (“ACES”), Participating Equity Preferred Stock (“PEPS”), Preferred Redeemable Increased Dividend Equity Securities (“PRIDES”), Stock Appreciation Income Linked Securities (“SAILS”), Term Convertible Notes (“TECONS”), Quarterly Income Cumulative Securities (“QICS”), and Dividend Enhanced Convertible Securities (“DECS”). ACES, PEPS, PRIDES, SAILS, TECONS, QICS, and DECS all have the following features: they are issued by the company, the common stock of which will be received in the event the convertible preferred stock is converted; unlike PERCS they do not have a capital appreciation limit; they seek to provide the investor with high current income with some prospect of future capital appreciation; they are typically issued with three- or four-year maturities; they typically have some built-in call protection for the first two to three years; and, upon maturity, they will convert into either cash or a specified number of shares of common stock.

Similarly, there may be enhanced convertible debt obligations issued by the operating company, whose common stock is to be acquired in the event the security is converted, or by a different issuer, such as an investment bank. These securities may be identified by names such as Equity Linked Securities (“ELKS”) or similar names. Typically they share most of the salient characteristics of an enhanced convertible preferred stock but will be ranked as senior or subordinated debt in the issuer’s corporate structure according to the terms of the debt indenture. There may be additional types of convertible securities not specifically referred to herein, which may be similar to those described above in which a Fund may invest, consistent with its goals and policies.

An investment in an enhanced convertible security or any other security may involve additional risks to the Fund. A Fund may have difficulty disposing of such securities because there may be a thin trading market for a particular security at any given time. Reduced liquidity may have an adverse impact on market price and a Fund’s ability to dispose of particular securities, when necessary, to meet the Fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as the deterioration in the creditworthiness of an issuer. Reduced liquidity in the secondary market for certain securities may also make it more difficult for a Fund to obtain market quotations based on actual trades for purposes of valuing the Fund’s portfolio. The Nationwide Bond Portfolio, however, intends to acquire liquid securities, though there can be no assurances that it will always be able to do so. The Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio, Nationwide International Equity Portfolio, Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio and the Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio may hold up to 15% of its respective portfolio in illiquid securities.

The Funds may also invest in zero coupon convertible securities. Zero coupon convertible securities are debt securities which are issued at a discount to their face amount and do not entitle the holder to any periodic payments of interest prior to maturity. Rather, interest earned on zero coupon convertible securities accretes at a stated yield until the security reaches its face amount at maturity. Zero coupon convertible securities are convertible into a specific number of shares of the issuer’s common stock. In addition, zero coupon convertible securities usually have put features that provide the holder with the opportunity to sell the securities back to the issuer at a stated price before maturity. Generally, the prices of zero coupon convertible securities may be more sensitive to market interest rate fluctuations than conventional convertible securities. For more information about zero coupon securities generally, see “Zero Coupon Securities, Step-Coupon Securities, Pay-In-Kind Bonds (“PIK Bonds”) and Deferred Payment Securities” below.

Current federal income tax law requires the holder of zero coupon securities to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Accordingly, to avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, a Fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

Contingent Convertible Securities. A contingent convertible security (“CoCo”) is a hybrid debt security typically issued by a non-U.S. bank that, upon the occurrence of a specified trigger event, may be (i) convertible into equity securities of the issuer at a predetermined share price; or (ii) written down in liquidation value. Trigger events are identified in the document’s requirements. CoCos are designed to behave like bonds in times of economic health yet absorb losses when the trigger event occurs.

With respect to CoCos that provide for conversion of the CoCo into common shares of the issuer in the event of a trigger event, the conversion would deepen the subordination of the investor, subjecting the Fund to a greater risk of loss in the event of bankruptcy. In addition, because the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in such instruments could experience reduced yields (or no yields at all). With respect to CoCos that provide for the write-down in liquidation value of the CoCo in the event of a trigger event, it is possible that the liquidation value of the CoCo may be adjusted downward to below the original par value or written off entirely under certain circumstances. For instance, if losses have eroded the issuer’s capital levels below a specified threshold, the liquidation value of the CoCo may be reduced in whole or in part. The write-down of the CoCo’s par value may occur automatically and would not entitle holders to institute bankruptcy proceedings against the issuer. In addition, an automatic write-down could result in a reduced income rate if the dividend or interest payment associated with the CoCo is based on par value. Coupon payments on CoCos may be discretionary and may be canceled by the issuer for any reason or may be subject to approval by the issuer’s regulator and may be suspended in the event there are insufficient distributable reserves.

CoCos are subject to the credit, interest rate, high-yield securities, foreign securities and market risks associated with bonds and equity securities, and to the risks specified to convertible securities in general. They are also subject to other specific risks. CoCos typically are structurally subordinated to traditional convertible bonds in the issuer’s capital structure, which increases the risk that the Fund may experience a loss. In certain scenarios, investors in CoCos may suffer a loss of capital ahead of equity holders or when equity holders do not. CoCos are generally speculative and the prices of CoCos may be volatile. There is no guarantee that the Fund will receive return of principal on CoCos.

Put Bonds

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may invest in “put” bonds. “Put” bonds are securities (including securities with variable interest rates) that may be sold back to the issuer of the security at face value at the option of the holder prior to their stated maturity. The Fund’s portfolio management intends to purchase only those “put” bonds for which the “put” option is an integral part of the security as originally issued. The option to “put” the bond back to the issuer prior to the stated final maturity can cushion the price decline of the bond in a rising interest rate environment. However, the premium paid, if any, for an option to put will have the effect of reducing the yield otherwise payable on the underlying security. For the purpose of determining the “maturity” of securities purchased subject to an option to put, and for the purpose of determining the dollar weighted average maturity of a Fund holding such securities, the Fund will consider “maturity” to be the first date on which it has the right to demand payment from the issuer.

Publicly Traded Limited Partnerships and Limited Liability Companies

Entities such as limited partnerships, limited liability companies, business trusts and companies organized outside the United States may issue securities comparable to common or preferred stock. Except for the Nationwide Bond Portfolio, the Funds may invest in interests in limited liability companies, as well as publicly traded limited partnerships (limited partnership interests or units), which represent equity interests in the assets and earnings of the company’s or partnership’s trade or business. Unlike common stock in a corporation, limited partnership interests have limited or no voting rights. However, many of the risks of investing in common stocks are still applicable to investments in limited partnership interests. In addition, limited partnership interests are subject to risks not present in common stock. For example, income derived from a limited partnership deemed not to be a “qualified publicly traded partnership” will be treated as “qualifying income” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Internal Revenue Code”) only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the Fund. See “Additional General Tax Information for All Funds” below. Also, since publicly traded limited partnerships and limited liability companies are a less common form of organizational structure than corporations, their units may be less liquid than publicly traded common stock. Also, because of the difference in organizational structure, the fair value of limited liability company or limited partnership units in the Fund’s portfolio may be based either upon the current market price of such units, or if there is no current market price, upon the pro rata value of the underlying assets of the company or partnership. Limited partnership units also have the risk that the limited partnership might, under certain circumstances, be treated as a general partnership giving rise to broader liability exposure to the limited partners for activities of the partnership. Further, the general partners of a limited partnership may be able to significantly change the business or asset structure of a limited partnership without the limited partners having any ability to disapprove any such changes. In certain limited partnerships, limited partners may also be required to return distributions previously made in the event that excess distributions have been made by the partnership, or in the event that the general partners, or their affiliates, are entitled to indemnification.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Although the Funds will not invest in real estate directly, the Funds may invest in securities of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and other real estate industry companies or companies with substantial real estate investments and, as a result, such Funds may be subject to certain risks associated with direct ownership of real estate and with the real estate industry in general. These risks include, among others: possible declines in the value of real estate; possible lack of availability of mortgage funds; extended vacancies of properties; risks related to general and local economic conditions; overbuilding; increases in competition, property taxes and operating expenses; changes in zoning laws; costs resulting from the clean-up of, and liability to third parties for damages resulting from, environmental problems; casualty or condemnation losses; uninsured damages from floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters; limitations on and variations in rents; and changes in interest rates.

REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in income-producing real estate or real estate-related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the investment strategies of equity REITs and mortgage REITs. REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with several requirements of the Internal Revenue Code. The Funds pay the fees and expenses of the REITs, which, ultimately, are paid by a Fund’s shareholders.

Repurchase Agreements

The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements. In connection with the purchase by a Fund of a repurchase agreement from member banks of the Federal Reserve System or certain non-bank dealers, the Fund’s custodian, or a sub-custodian, will have custody of, and will earmark or segregate securities acquired by the Fund under such repurchase agreement. Repurchase agreements are contracts under which the buyer of a security simultaneously commits to resell the security to the seller at an agreed-upon price and date. Any portion of a repurchase agreement that is not collateralized fully is considered by the staff of the SEC to be a loan by the Fund. To the extent that a repurchase agreement is not collateralized fully, a Fund will include any collateral that the Fund receives in calculating the Fund’s total assets in determining whether a Fund has loaned more than one-third of its assets. Repurchase agreements may be entered into with respect to securities of the type in which the Fund may invest or government securities regardless of their remaining maturities, and will require that additional securities be deposited as collateral if the value of the securities purchased should decrease below resale price. Repurchase agreements involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency by the other party, including possible delays or restrictions upon a Fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities, the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which a Fund seeks to assert its rights to them, the risk of incurring expenses associated with asserting those rights and the risk of losing all or part of the income from the repurchase agreement. A Fund’s portfolio management reviews the creditworthiness of those banks and other recognized financial institutions with which a Fund enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate these risks.

In December 2023, the SEC adopted rule amendments that require any covered clearing agency (“CCA”) for U.S. Treasury securities to mandate that each of its direct participants (generally banks and broker-dealers that meet certain membership criteria) submit for clearance and settlement all eligible secondary market U.S. Treasury securities transactions to which they are a counterparty. The clearing requirement extends to all repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements of such direct participants that are collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities (collectively, “Treasury repo transactions”) of a type accepted for clearing by a registered CCA, including both bilateral Treasury repo transactions and triparty Treasury repo transactions for which a bank acts as agent for custody, collateral management, and settlement services. These transactions had not historically been subject to mandatory central clearing, and voluntary central clearing of such transactions has generally been limited.

Treasury repo transactions entered into by a Fund with any direct participant of a CCA will be subject to this mandatory clearing requirement. Compliance with the clearing mandate for Treasury repo transactions will be required by June 30, 2027, at which time a Fund will be obligated to clear all or substantially all of its Treasury repo transactions. There are, at present, significant regulatory and operational uncertainties related to the implementation of these requirements, which may affect the cost, terms, and/or availability of cleared Treasury repo transactions.

Restricted, Non-Publicly Traded and Illiquid Securities

Each Fund may not invest more than 15% of its net assets, in the aggregate, in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements which have a maturity of longer than seven days, time deposits maturing in more than seven days and securities that are illiquid because of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale or other factors limiting the marketability of the security. Repurchase agreements subject to demand are deemed to have a maturity equal to the notice period.

Historically, illiquid securities have included securities subject to contractual or legal restrictions on resale because they have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements having a maturity of longer than seven days. In addition, a security is illiquid if it cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. Securities which have not been registered under the Securities Act are referred to as private placements or restricted securities and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Unless subsequently registered for sale, these securities can only be sold in privately negotiated transactions or pursuant to an exemption from registration. The Funds typically do not hold a significant amount of these restricted or other illiquid securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities, and a Fund might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. A Fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.

A large institutional market exists for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments.

The SEC has adopted Rule 144A, which allows for a broader institutional trading market for securities otherwise subject to restriction on resale to the general public. Rule 144A establishes a “safe harbor” from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for resales of certain securities to qualified institutional buyers.

Any such restricted securities will be considered to be illiquid for purposes of a Fund’s limitations on investments in illiquid securities unless, pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees, a Fund’s portfolio management has determined such securities to be liquid because such securities are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A and are readily saleable, or if such securities may be readily saleable in foreign markets. To the extent that qualified institutional buyers may become uninterested in purchasing Rule 144A securities, a Fund’s level of illiquidity may increase.

A Fund’s portfolio management will monitor the liquidity of restricted securities in the portion of a Fund it manages. In reaching liquidity decisions, the following factors are considered: (1) the unregistered nature of the security; (2) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security; (3) the number of dealers wishing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential purchasers; (4) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and (5) the nature of the security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

Pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act, a Fund assesses, manages, and periodically reviews its liquidity risk.

Private Placement Commercial Paper. Commercial paper eligible for resale under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (“Section 4(2) paper”) is offered only to accredited investors. Rule 506 of Regulation D in the Securities Act lists investment companies as an accredited investor.

Section 4(2) paper not eligible for resale under Rule 144A under the Securities Act shall be deemed liquid if: (1) the Section 4(2) paper is not traded flat or in default as to principal and interest; (2) the Section 4(2) paper is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by at least two NRSROs, or if only one NRSRO rates the security, it is rated in one of the two highest categories by that NRSRO; and (3) the Fund’s portfolio management believes that, based on the trading markets for such security, such security can be disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Mortgage Dollar Rolls

With the exception of the Nationwide International Equity Portfolio and Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio, the Funds may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate portfolio liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for arbitrage transactions discussed below. In a reverse repurchase agreement, a Fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the security at a specified future date and price. A Fund generally retains the right to interest and principal payments on the security. Since a Fund receives cash upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be considered a borrowing under the 1940 Act (see “Borrowing”). When required by guidelines of the SEC, a Fund will segregate or earmark permissible liquid assets to secure its obligations to repurchase the security. At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will establish and maintain segregated or earmarked liquid assets with an approved custodian having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). The segregated or earmarked liquid assets will be marked-to-market daily and additional assets will be segregated or earmarked on any day in which the assets fall below the repurchase price (plus accrued interest). A Fund's liquidity and ability to manage its assets might be affected when it sets aside cash or portfolio securities to cover such commitments. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale may decline below the price of the securities the Fund has sold but is obligated to repurchase. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities, and the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such determination.

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio also may invest in mortgage dollar rolls, which are arrangements in which the Fund would sell mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. While a Fund would forego principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities during the roll period, the Fund would be compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds of the initial sale. A Fund also could be compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be considered a borrowing by the Fund (see “Borrowing”).

Mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements may be used as arbitrage transactions in which a Fund will maintain an offsetting position in investment grade debt obligations or repurchase agreements that mature on or before the settlement date on the related mortgage dollar roll or reverse repurchase agreements. Since a Fund will receive interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it invests the transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage. However, since such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality and will mature on or before the settlement date of the mortgage dollar roll or reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund’s portfolio management believes that such arbitrage transactions do not present the risks to the Fund that are associated with other types of leverage.

Securities of Investment Companies

As permitted by the 1940 Act, a Fund may generally invest up to 10% of its total assets, calculated at the time of investment, in the securities of other open-end or closed-end investment companies. No more than 5% of a Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one investment company nor may it acquire more than 3% of the voting securities of any other investment company. Notwithstanding these restrictions, the Fund may invest any amount, pursuant to Rule 12d1-1 under the 1940 Act, in affiliated or unaffiliated investment companies that hold themselves out as “money market funds” and which operate in accordance with Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act. In addition, a Fund may invest in other investment companies in excess of these limits pursuant to Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act. A Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees paid by an investment company in which it invests in addition to the advisory fee paid by the Fund. Some of the countries in which a Fund may invest may not permit direct investment by outside investors. Investments in such countries may only be permitted through foreign government-approved or government-authorized investment vehicles, which may include other investment companies.

Exchange-Traded Funds. The Funds may invest in exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). ETFs are regulated as registered investment companies under the 1940 Act. Many ETFs acquire and hold securities of all of the companies or other issuers, or a representative sampling of companies or other issuers that are components of a particular index. Such ETFs typically are intended to provide investment results that, before expenses, generally correspond to the price and yield performance of the corresponding market index, and the value of their shares should, under normal circumstances, closely track the value of the index’s underlying component securities. Because an ETF has operating expenses and transaction costs, while a market index does not, ETFs that track particular indices typically will be unable to match the performance of the index exactly. ETF shares may be purchased and sold in the secondary trading market on a securities exchange, in lots of any size, at any time during the trading day. More recently, actively managed ETFs have been created that are managed similarly to other investment companies.

The shares of an ETF may be assembled in a block known as a creation unit and redeemed in-kind for a portfolio of the underlying securities (based on the ETF’s net asset value) together with a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends as of the date of redemption. Conversely, a creation unit may be purchased from the ETF by depositing a specified portfolio of the ETF’s underlying securities, as well as a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends of the securities (net of expenses) up to the time of deposit. ETF shares, as opposed to creation units, are generally purchased and sold by smaller investors in a secondary market on a securities exchange. ETF shares can be traded in lots of any size, at any time during the trading day. Although a Fund, like most other investors in ETFs, intends to purchase and sell ETF shares primarily in the secondary trading market, a Fund may redeem creation units for the underlying securities (and any applicable cash), and may assemble a portfolio of the underlying securities and use it (and any required cash) to purchase creation units, if the investment manager believes it is in the Fund’s best interest to do so.

An investment in an ETF is subject to all of the risks of investing in the securities held by the ETF and has the same risks as investing in a closed-end fund. In addition, because of the ability of large market participants to arbitrage price differences by purchasing or redeeming creation units, the difference between the market value and the net asset value of ETF shares should in most cases be small. An ETF may be terminated and need to liquidate its portfolio securities at a time when the prices for those securities are falling.

Short Selling of Securities

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio, Nationwide International Equity Portfolio, Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio and the Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio may engage in short selling of securities consistent with their respective strategies. In a short sale of securities, a Fund sells stock which it does not own, making delivery with securities “borrowed” from a broker. The Fund is then obligated to replace the borrowed security by purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement. This price may or may not be less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay the lender any dividends or interest which accrue during the period of the loan. In order to borrow the security, the Fund also may have to pay a premium and/or interest which would increase the cost of the security sold. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. In addition, the broker may require the deposit of collateral (generally, up to 50% of the value of the securities sold short).

A Fund will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security. A Fund will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those two dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased and the amount of any loss will be increased by any premium or interest the Fund may be required to pay in connection with the short sale. When a cash dividend is declared on a security for which a Fund has a short position, the Fund incurs the obligation to pay an amount equal to that dividend to the lender of the shorted security. However, any such dividend on a security sold short generally reduces the market value of the shorted security, thus increasing the Fund’s unrealized gain or reducing the Fund’s unrealized loss on its short-sale transaction. Whether a Fund will be successful in utilizing a short sale will depend, in part, on its portfolio management’s ability to correctly predict whether the price of a security it borrows to sell short will decrease.

In a short sale, the seller does not immediately deliver the securities sold and is said to have a short position in those securities until delivery occurs.

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio, Nationwide International Equity Portfolio, Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio and the Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio also may engage in short sales if at the time of the short sale the Fund owns or has the right to obtain without additional cost an equal amount of the security being sold short. This investment technique is known as a short sale “against the box.” The Funds do not intend to engage in short sales against the box for investment purposes. A Fund may, however, make a short sale as a hedge, when it believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Fund (or a security convertible or exchangeable for such security), or when the Fund wants to sell the security at an attractive current price. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position should be offset by a gain in the short position and, conversely, any gain in the long position should be reduced by a loss in the short position. The extent to which such gains or losses are reduced will depend upon the amount of the security sold short relative to the amount the Fund owns. There will be certain additional transaction costs associated with short sales against the box. For tax purposes a Fund that enters into a short sale “against the box” may be treated as having made a constructive sale of an “appreciated financial position” causing the Fund to realize a gain (but not a loss).

Short-Term Instruments

The Funds may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments. Short-term instruments may include the following types of instruments:

●shares of money market mutual funds, including those that may be advised by a Fund’s portfolio management;

●obligations issued or guaranteed as to interest and principal by the U.S. government, its agencies, or instrumentalities, or any federally chartered corporation;

●obligations of sovereign foreign governments, their agencies, instrumentalities and political subdivisions;

●obligations of municipalities and states, their agencies and political subdivisions;

●high-quality asset-backed commercial paper;

●repurchase agreements;

●bank or savings and loan obligations;

●high-quality commercial paper (including asset-backed commercial paper), which are short-term unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. It also may be issued by foreign issuers, such as foreign governments, states and municipalities;

●high-quality bank loan participation agreements representing obligations of corporations having a high-quality short-term rating, at the date of investment, and under which a Fund will look to the creditworthiness of the lender bank, which is obligated to make payments of principal and interest on the loan, as well as to creditworthiness of the borrower;

●high-quality short-term corporate obligations;

●certain variable-rate and floating-rate securities with maturities longer than 397 days, but which are subject to interest rate resetting provisions and demand features within 397 days;

●extendable commercial notes, which differ from traditional commercial paper because the issuer can extend the maturity of the note up to 397 days with the option to call the note any time during the extension period. Because extension will occur when the issuer does not have other viable options for lending, these notes may be considered illiquid, particularly during the extension period; and

●unrated short-term debt obligations that are determined by a Fund’s portfolio management to be of comparable quality to the securities described above.

Bank Obligations. Bank obligations include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits. A certificate of deposit is a short-term negotiable certificate issued by a commercial bank against funds deposited in the bank and is either interest-bearing or purchased on a discount basis. A bankers’ acceptance is a short-term draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction. The borrower is liable for payment as is the bank, which unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Fixed time deposits are obligations of branches of U.S. banks or foreign banks which are payable at a stated maturity date and bear a fixed rate of interest. Although fixed time deposits do not have a market, there are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in the deposit to a third party.

Bank obligations may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by government regulation. Bank obligations may be issued by domestic banks (including their branches located outside the United States), domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks and savings and loan associations.

Eurodollar and Yankee Obligations. Eurodollar bank obligations are dollar-denominated certificates of deposit and time deposits issued outside the U.S. capital markets by foreign branches of U.S. banks and by foreign banks. Yankee bank obligations are dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign banks.

Eurodollar and Yankee bank obligations are subject to the same risks that pertain to domestic issues, notably credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Additionally, Eurodollar (and to a limited extent, Yankee) bank obligations are subject to certain sovereign risks and other risks associated with foreign investments. One such risk is the possibility that a sovereign country might prevent capital, in the form of dollars, from flowing across their borders. Other risks include: adverse political and economic developments; the extent and quality of government regulation of financial markets and institutions; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes, and the expropriation or nationalization of foreign issues. However, Eurodollar and Yankee bank obligations held in a Fund will undergo the same credit analysis as domestic issuers in which the Fund invests, and will have at least the same financial strength as the domestic issuers approved for the Fund.

Small- and Medium-Cap Companies and Emerging Growth Stocks

Except for the Nationwide Bond Portfolio, the Funds may invest in small- and medium-cap companies and emerging growth stocks. Investing in securities of small-sized companies, including micro-capitalization companies and emerging growth companies, may involve greater risks than investing in the stocks of larger, more established companies, including possible risk of loss. Also, because these securities may have limited marketability, their prices may be more volatile than securities of larger, more established companies or the market averages in general. Because small-sized, medium-cap and emerging growth companies normally have fewer shares outstanding than larger companies, it may be more difficult for a Fund to buy or sell significant numbers of such shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. Small-sized and emerging growth companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources and may lack management depth.

In addition, small-sized, medium-cap and emerging growth companies are typically subject to wider variations in earnings and business prospects than are larger, more established companies. There is typically less publicly available information concerning small-sized, medium-cap and emerging growth companies than for larger, more established ones.

Special Situation Companies

The Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio, Nationwide International Equity Portfolio, Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio and the Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio may invest in “special situation companies,” which include those involved in an actual or prospective acquisition or consolidation; reorganization; recapitalization; merger, liquidation or distribution of cash, securities or other assets; a tender or exchange offer; a breakup or workout of a holding company; or litigation which, if resolved favorably, would improve the value of the company’s stock. If the actual or prospective situation does not materialize as anticipated, the market price of the securities of a “special situation company” may decline significantly. Therefore, an investment in a fund that invests a significant portion of its assets in these securities may involve a greater degree of risk than an investment in other mutual funds that seek long-term growth of capital by investing in better-known, larger companies. The portfolio management of the Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio, Nationwide International Equity Portfolio, Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio and the Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio believe, however, that if they analyze “special situation companies” carefully and invest in the securities of these companies at the appropriate time, the Fund may achieve capital growth. There can be no assurance, however, that a special situation that exists at the time the Fund makes its investment will be consummated under the terms and within the time period contemplated, if it is consummated at all.

Standby Commitment Agreements

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may enter into standby commitment agreements. Standby commitment agreements commit a Fund, for a stated period of time, to purchase a stated amount of fixed-income securities that may be issued and sold to the Fund at the option of the issuer. The price and coupon of the security is fixed at the time of the commitment. At the time of entering into the agreement the Fund is paid a commitment fee, regardless of whether or not the security is ultimately issued. A Fund may enter into such agreements for the purpose of investing in the security underlying the commitment at a yield and price that is considered advantageous to the Fund.

There can be no assurance that the securities subject to a standby commitment will be issued and the value of the security, if issued, on the delivery date may be more or less than its purchase price. Since the issuance of the security underlying the commitment is at the option of the issuer, a Fund may bear the risk of a decline in the value of such security and may not benefit from appreciation in the value of the security during the commitment period if the security is not ultimately issued.

The purchase of a security subject to a standby commitment agreement and the related commitment fee will be recorded on the date on which the security can reasonably be expected to be issued, and the value of the security will thereafter be reflected in the calculation of the Fund's net asset value. The cost basis of the security will be adjusted by the amount of the commitment fee. In the event the security is not issued, the commitment fee will be recorded as income on the expiration date of the standby commitment.

Strip Bonds

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may invest in strip bonds. Strip bonds are debt securities that are stripped of their interest (usually by a financial intermediary) after the securities are issued. The market value of these securities generally fluctuates more in response to changes in interest rates than interest paying securities of comparable maturity.

Supranational Entities

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may invest in debt securities of supranational entities. Examples of such entities include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (World Bank), the European Steel and Coal Community, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. The government members, or “stockholders,” usually make initial capital contributions to the supranational entity and in many cases are committed to make additional capital

contributions if the supranational entity is unable to repay its borrowings. There is no guarantee that one or more stockholders of a supranational entity will continue to make any necessary additional capital contributions. If such contributions are not made, the entity may be unable to pay interest or repay principal on its debt securities, and the Fund may lose money on such investments.

Temporary Investments

Generally, each of the Funds will be fully invested in accordance with its investment objective and strategies. However, pending investment of cash balances, in anticipation of redemptions, or for other cash management purposes, or if a Fund’s adviser or subadviser(s) believes that business, economic, political or financial conditions warrant, a Fund may invest without limit in high-quality fixed-income securities, cash or money market cash equivalents, including short-term instruments, as described herein and, subject to the limits of the 1940 Act, shares of other investment companies that invest in securities in which the Fund may invest. Should this occur, a Fund will not be pursuing its investment objective and may miss potential market upswings. See also “Short-Term Instruments.”

U.S. Government Securities and U.S. Government Agency Securities

The Funds may invest in a variety of securities which are issued or guaranteed as to the payment of principal and interest by the U.S. government (including U.S. Treasury securities), and by various agencies or instrumentalities which have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government.

U.S. Treasury securities are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the United States. Securities issued or guaranteed by federal agencies and U.S. government-sponsored instrumentalities may or may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, investors in such securities look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, and may not be able to assert a claim against the United States itself in the event the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitment. Agencies which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States include the Export-Import Bank, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Financing Bank, and others. Certain agencies and instrumentalities, such as the GNMA, are, in effect, backed by the full faith and credit of the United States through provisions in their charters that they may make “indefinite and unlimited” drawings on the U.S. Treasury if needed to service its debt. Debt from certain other agencies and instrumentalities, including the Federal Home Loan Banks and FNMA, are not guaranteed by the United States, but those institutions are protected by the discretionary authority for the U.S. Treasury to purchase certain amounts of their securities to assist the institutions in meeting their debt obligations. Finally, other agencies and instrumentalities, such as the Farm Credit System and the FHLMC, are federally chartered institutions under U.S. government supervision, but their debt securities are backed only by the creditworthiness of those institutions, not the U.S. government.

Some of the U.S. government agencies that issue or guarantee securities include the Export-Import Bank of the United States, Farmers Home Administration, Federal Housing Administration, Maritime Administration, Small Business Administration, and the Tennessee Valley Authority.

An instrumentality of a U.S. government agency is a government agency organized under Federal charter with government supervision. Instrumentalities issuing or guaranteeing securities include, among others, Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal Land Banks, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks and the FNMA.

The maturities of such securities usually range from three months to 30 years. While such securities may be guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government or its instrumentalities, their market values may fluctuate and are not guaranteed, which may, along with the other securities in a Fund's portfolio, cause the Fund’s daily net asset value to fluctuate.

The Federal Reserve creates STRIPS (Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities) by separating the coupon payments and the principal payment from an outstanding Treasury security and selling them as individual securities. To the extent a Fund purchases the principal portion of STRIPS, the Fund will not receive regular interest payments. Instead STRIPS are sold at a deep discount from their face value. Because the principal portion of the STRIPS does not pay current income, its price can be volatile when interest rates change. In calculating its dividend, a Fund takes into account as income a portion of the difference between the principal portion of the STRIPS’ purchase price and its face value.

In September 2008, the U.S. Treasury Department and the Federal Housing Finance Administration (“FHFA”) placed FNMA and FHLMC into a conservatorship under FHFA. As conservator, the FHFA assumed all the powers of the shareholders, directors and officers with the goal of preserving and conserving the assets and property of FNMA and FHLMC. However, FNMA and FHLMC continue to operate legally as business corporations and FHFA has delegated to the Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors the responsibility for much of the day-to-day operations of the companies. FNMA and FHLMC must follow the laws and regulations governing financial disclosure, including SEC requirements. The long-term effect that this conservatorship will have on these companies’ debt and equity securities is unclear. The future status and role of FNMA and FHLMC could be impacted by various actions and developments, including actions taken by the FHFA in FHFA's role as conservator, restrictions placed on FNMA and FHLMC, and future legislative and regulatory actions and developments that alter the operations, ownership, structure and/or mission of FNMA and FHLMC. Such developments may, in turn, impact the value of securities issued or guaranteed by FNMA and FHLMC, which could cause a Fund to lose value.

The total public debt of the United States and other countries around the globe as a percent of gross domestic product has grown rapidly since the beginning of the 2008 financial downturn and has accelerated in connection with the U.S. government's response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Although high debt levels do not necessarily indicate or cause economic problems, they may create certain systemic risks if sound debt management practices are not implemented. A high national debt level may increase market pressures to meet government funding needs, which may drive debt cost higher and cause a country to sell additional debt, thereby increasing refinancing risk. A high national debt also raises concerns that a government will not be able to make principal or interest payments when they are due.

Unsustainable debt levels can cause devaluations of currency, prevent a government from implementing effective counter-cyclical fiscal policy in economic downturns, and contribute to market volatility. In addition, the high and rising national debt may adversely impact the U.S. economy and securities in which a Fund may invest. From time to time, uncertainty regarding the status of negotiations in the U.S. government to increase the statutory debt ceiling could: increase the risk that the U.S. government may default on payments on certain U.S. government securities; cause the credit rating of the U.S. government to be downgraded or increase volatility in both stock and bond markets; result in higher interest rates; reduce prices of U.S. Treasury securities; and/or increase the costs of certain kinds of debt. For example, in May 2025, the long-term sovereign credit rating of the U.S. government was downgraded by Fitch and Moody's, citing a combination of expected fiscal deterioration, a high and growing federal debt, rising interest rates, and an erosion of governance relative to peers. Future downgrades could similarly contribute to increased volatility in U.S. and international financial markets, lead to higher interest rates, put downward pressure on the market value of U.S. Treasury securities, and raise the cost of borrowing across a range of debt instruments.

Inflation-Protected Bonds. Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (“TIPS”) are fixed-income securities issued by the U.S. Treasury whose principal value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. The U.S. Treasury uses a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. TIPS bonds typically pay interest on a semiannual basis, equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted amount.

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. A Fund may also invest in other inflation-related bonds which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increased at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

Investors in an inflation-indexed mutual fund who do not reinvest the portion of the income distribution that is attributable to inflation adjustments will not maintain the purchasing power of the investment over the long term. This is because interest earned depends on the amount of principal invested, and that principal will not grow with inflation if the investor fails to reinvest the principal adjustment paid out as part of a Fund's income distributions.

While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed securities issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index, calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

Any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be considered taxable ordinary income, even though investors do not receive their principal until maturity.

Warrants and Rights

Except for the Nationwide Bond Portfolio, the Funds may invest in or hold warrants and rights. Warrants are securities giving the holder the right, but not the obligation, to buy the stock of an issuer at a given price (generally higher than the value of the stock at the time of issuance), on a specified date, during a specified period, or perpetually. Rights are similar to warrants, but normally have a shorter duration. Warrants and rights may be acquired separately or in connection with the acquisition of securities. Warrants and rights do not carry with them the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities that they entitle their holder to purchase, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. As a result, warrants and rights may be considered more speculative than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a warrant or right does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities, and a warrant or right ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.

When-Issued Securities and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may invest in when-issued securities and engage in delayed-delivery transactions. When securities are purchased on a “when-issued” basis or purchased for delayed delivery, payment and delivery occur beyond the normal settlement date at a stated price and yield. When-issued transactions normally settle within 45 days. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on when-issued securities are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. Due to fluctuations in the value of securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, the yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered to the buyers. The greater a Fund’s outstanding commitments for these securities, the greater the exposure to potential fluctuations in the net asset value of the Fund. Purchasing when-issued or delayed-delivery securities may involve the additional risk that the yield or market price available in the market when the delivery occurs may be higher or the market price lower than that obtained at the time of commitment.

When a Fund engages in when-issued or delayed-delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of the seller to do so may result in the Fund incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price considered to be advantageous.

Zero Coupon Securities, Step-Coupon Securities, Pay-In-Kind Bonds (“PIK Bonds”) and Deferred Payment Securities

The Nationwide Bond Portfolio may invest in zero coupon securities and step-coupon securities. In addition, the Fund may also invest in PIK Bonds and deferred payment securities. Zero coupon securities are debt securities that pay no cash income but are sold at substantial discounts from their value at maturity. Step-coupon securities are debt securities that do not

make regular cash interest payments and are sold at a deep discount to their face value. When a zero coupon security is held to maturity, its entire return, which consists of the amortization of discount, comes from the difference between its purchase price and its maturity value. This difference is known at the time of purchase, so that investors holding zero coupon securities until maturity know at the time of their investment what the expected return on their investment will be. Zero coupon securities may have conversion features. PIK bonds pay all or a portion of their interest in the form of debt or equity securities. Deferred payment securities are securities that remain zero coupon securities until a predetermined date, at which time the stated coupon rate becomes effective and interest becomes payable at regular intervals. Deferred payment securities are often sold at substantial discounts from their maturity value.

Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities tend to be subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than are ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The value of zero coupon securities appreciates more during periods of declining interest rates and depreciates more during periods of rising interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities may be issued by a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers. Although these instruments are generally not traded on a national securities exchange, they are widely traded by brokers and dealers and, to such extent, will not be considered illiquid for the purposes of a Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Current federal income tax law requires the holder of zero coupon securities, certain PIK bonds and deferred payment securities acquired at a discount (such as Brady Bonds) to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Accordingly, to avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, a Fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

Portfolio Turnover

The portfolio turnover rate for each Fund is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases and sales of portfolio securities for the year by the monthly average value of the portfolio securities, excluding securities whose maturities at the time of purchase were one year or less. High portfolio turnover rates generally will result in higher brokerage expenses, and may increase the volatility of the Fund. The table below shows any significant variation in the Funds' portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025 and 2024, or any anticipated variation in the portfolio turnover rate from that reported for the last fiscal year:

Fund	For the Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2025	For the Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2024
Nationwide Bond Portfolio1	219.87%	311.73%
Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio1	89.34%	105.69%

1 The portfolio managers for the Fund are not limited by portfolio turnover in their management style, and the Fund’s portfolio turnover will fluctuate based on particular market conditions and stock valuations. In the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the portfolio managers made fewer changes than they deemed necessary during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2024.

Investment Restrictions

The following are fundamental investment restrictions of each Fund which cannot be changed without the vote of the majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund for which a change is proposed. The vote of the majority of the outstanding shares means the vote of (A) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy or (B) a majority of the outstanding voting securities, whichever is less.

Each of the Funds:

●May not purchase securities of any one issuer, other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, if, immediately after such purchase, more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in such issuer or the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer, except that 25% or less of the Fund’s total assets may be invested without regard to such limitations. There is no limit to the percentage of assets that may be invested in U.S. Treasury bills, notes, or other obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

●May not borrow money or issue senior securities, except that the Fund may sell securities short, enter into reverse repurchase agreements and may otherwise borrow money and issue senior securities as and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any rule, order or interpretation thereunder.

●May not act as an underwriter of another issuer’s securities, except to the extent that the Fund may be deemed an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities.

●May not purchase or sell commodities or commodities contracts, except to the extent disclosed in the current Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information of the Fund.

●May not (except the Nationwide International Equity Portfolio, Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio and Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio) purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, 25% or more (taken at current value) of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers, the principal activities of which are in the same industry. This limitation does not apply to securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities. The following industries are considered separate industries for purposes of this investment restriction: electric, natural gas distribution, natural gas pipeline, combined electric and natural gas, telephone utilities, captive borrowing conduit, equipment finance, premium finance, leasing finance, consumer finance and other finance.

●May not lend any security or make any other loan, except that the Fund may in accordance with its investment objective and policies (i) lend portfolio securities, (ii) purchase and hold debt securities or other debt instruments, including but not limited to loan participations and subparticipations, assignments, and structured securities, (iii) make loans secured by mortgages on real property, (iv) enter into repurchase agreements, and (v) make time deposits with financial institutions and invest in instruments issued by financial institutions, and enter into any other lending arrangement as and to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any rule, order or interpretation thereunder.

●May not purchase or sell real estate, except that the Fund may (i) acquire real estate through ownership of securities or instruments and sell any real estate acquired thereby, (ii) purchase or sell instruments secured by real estate (including interests therein), and (iii) purchase or sell securities issued by entities or investment vehicles that own or deal in real estate (including interests therein).

Under the 1940 Act, investments of more than 25% of a fund's total assets in one or more issuers in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. The policy described above in the fifth bullet under “Investment Restrictions” will be interpreted in accordance with public interpretations of the SEC and its staff pertaining to concentration from time to time, and therefore the reference to “industry” in such policy shall be read to include a group of related industries. The policy will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among either industries or groups of related industries. The Fund currently utilizes any one or more industry classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by the Adviser.

For those Funds listed above as exceptions to the investment restrictions, see the discussion below regarding each such Fund’s applicable investment restriction.

The Nationwide International Equity Portfolio, Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio and Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio:

●May not purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, 25% or more (taken at current value) of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of issuers, the principal activities of which are in the same industry. This limitation does not apply to securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities.

The following are the non-fundamental operating policies of the Funds, which may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval:

Each Fund may not:

●Sell securities short unless it covers such short sales or segregates or earmarks liquid assets as required by the current rules and positions of the SEC or its staff, and provided that short positions in forward currency contracts, options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, or other derivative instruments are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

●Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may use margin to the extent necessary to engage in short sales of securities and to obtain such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions; and provided that margin deposits in connection with options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and transactions in currencies or other derivative instruments shall not constitute purchasing securities on margin.

●Purchase or otherwise acquire any security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities that are illiquid.

●Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any assets owned by the Fund except as may be necessary in connection with permissible borrowings or investments and then such pledging, mortgaging, or hypothecating may not exceed 33 1∕3% of the Fund’s total assets.

●Purchase securities of other investment companies except (a) in connection with a merger, consolidation, acquisition, reorganization or offer of exchange, or (b) to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or any rules or regulations thereunder or pursuant to any exemptions therefrom.

A Fund’s obligation not to pledge, mortgage, or hypothecate assets in excess of 33 1∕3% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to permissible borrowings or investments, as described above, is a continuing obligation and such asset segregation and coverage must be maintained on an ongoing basis. For any other percentage restriction or requirement described above that is satisfied at the time of investment, a later increase or decrease in such percentage resulting from a change in net asset value will not constitute a violation of such restriction or requirement. However, should a change in net asset value or other external events cause the Fund’s investments in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements with maturities in excess of seven days, to exceed the limit set forth above for the Fund’s investment in illiquid securities, the Fund will act to cause the aggregate amount of such securities to come within such limit as soon as reasonably practicable. In such event, however, the Fund would not be required to liquidate any portfolio securities where the Fund would suffer a loss on the sale of such securities.

Each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy, as required by Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act, to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of its net assets in the type of investment suggested by its name (“80 Percent Policy”). The scope of the 80 Percent Policy includes fund names suggesting that the Fund focuses its investments in: (i) a particular type of investment or investments; (ii) a particular industry or group of industries; (iii) certain countries or geographic regions; or (iv) investments that have, or whose issuers have, particular characteristics. For purposes of the 80 Percent Policy, 80% of the Fund’s net assets shall mean 80% of the Fund’s net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes. Each Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such investment policy.

Internal Revenue Code Restrictions

In addition to the investment restrictions above, each Fund must be diversified according to Internal Revenue Code requirements. Specifically, at each tax quarter end, each Fund’s holdings must be diversified so that (a) at least 50% of the market value of its total assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other U.S.-regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers, limited so that no one issuer has a value greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and that the Fund holds no more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s assets is invested in the securities (other than those of the U.S. government or other U.S. regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or, in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

The Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures regarding the disclosure of portfolio holdings information to protect the interests of Fund shareholders and to address potential conflicts of interest that could arise between the interests of Fund shareholders and the interests of the Funds' investment adviser, principal underwriter or affiliated persons of the Funds' investment adviser or principal underwriter. The Trust’s overall policy with respect to the release of portfolio holdings is to release such information consistent with applicable legal requirements and the fiduciary duties owed to shareholders. Subject to the limited exceptions described below, the Trust will not make available to anyone non-public information with respect to its portfolio holdings until such time as the information is made available to all shareholders or the general public.

The policies and procedures are applicable to NFA and any subadviser to the Funds. Pursuant to the policy, the Funds, NFA, any subadviser, and any service provider acting on their behalf are obligated to:

●Act in the best interests of Fund shareholders by protecting non-public and potentially material portfolio holdings information;

●Ensure that portfolio holdings information is not provided to a favored group of clients or potential clients; and

●Adopt such safeguards and controls around the release of client information so that no client or group of clients is unfairly disadvantaged as a result of such release.

Portfolio holdings information that is not publicly available will be released selectively only pursuant to the exceptions described below. In most cases, even where an exception applies, the release of portfolio holdings is strictly prohibited until the information is at least 15 calendar days old. Nevertheless, NFA’s Leadership Team or its duly authorized delegate may authorize, where circumstances dictate, the release of more current portfolio holdings information.

Each Fund discloses its complete portfolio holdings information to the SEC using Form N-PORT within 60 days of the end of the third month of the first and third quarters of the Funds' fiscal year and on Form N-CSR on the second and fourth quarters of the Funds' fiscal year.

Exceptions to the portfolio holdings release policy described above can only be authorized by NFA’s Leadership Team or its duly authorized delegate and will be made only when:

●A Fund has a legitimate business purpose for releasing portfolio holdings information in advance of release to all shareholders or the general public;

●The recipient of the information provides written assurances that the non-public portfolio holdings information will remain confidential and that persons with access to the information will be prohibited from trading based on the information; and

●The release of such information would not otherwise violate the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws or the Funds' fiduciary duties.

Under this policy, the receipt of compensation by a Fund, NFA, a subadviser, or an affiliate as consideration for disclosing non-public portfolio holdings information will not be deemed a legitimate business purpose.

The Funds have ongoing arrangements to distribute information about the Funds' portfolio holdings to the Funds' third-party service providers described herein (e.g., investment adviser, subadvisers, registered independent public accounting firm, administrator, transfer agent, sub-administrator, sub-transfer agent, custodian and legal counsel) as well as Wolters Kluwer Financial Services, Inc. (GainsKeeper); SunGard Financial Systems (Wall Street Concepts); Style Research, Inc.; Synthesis Technology; Ernst & Young, LLP; Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc.; Lipper Inc., Morningstar, Inc.; Bloomberg LP; Global Trading Analytics; RiskMetrics Group, Inc.; FactSet Research Systems, Inc.; the Investment Company Institute; AllVue Everest; Amazon Web Services (AWS); Confluence/InvestmentMetrics/Style Analytics; Microsoft; SmartStream Technologies; Snowflake; Trioptima; TS Imagine Inc.; Bank of New York; MSCI Inc.; ICE Data Pricing & Reference Data LLC; GTA Babelfish, LLC; KPMG LLC; Qontigo (Axioma Risk System); Financial Recovery Technologies; Steeleye, Limited; Proxymity Limited; Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.; Glass Lewis & Co, LLC; Advent Software, Inc.; SWIFT SC; Access Fintech, Inc.; FilePoint EDGAR Services, LLC; PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP; S&P Global Inc.; EquiLend LLC; WTax (VAT IT Group Ltd); SitusAMC Holdings Corp.; and, on occasion, to transition managers such as BlackRock Institutional Trust Company; Capital Institutional Services; State Street Bank and Trust Company; Electra Information Systems; or Citigroup, Inc.; where such transition manager provides portfolio transition management assistance (e.g., upon change of subadviser, etc.). These organizations are required to keep such information confidential, and are prohibited from trading based on the information or otherwise using the information except as necessary in providing services to the Funds. No compensation or other consideration is received by the Funds, NFA or any other party in connection with each such ongoing arrangement.

NFA conducts periodic reviews of compliance with the policy and the Funds' Chief Compliance Officer provides annually a report to the Board of Trustees regarding the operation of the policy and any material changes recommended as a result of such review. NFA’s compliance staff also will submit annually to the Board of Trustees a list of exceptions granted to the policy, including an explanation of the legitimate business purpose of the Fund that was served as a result of the exception.

Trustees and Officers of the Trust

Management Information

Each Trustee who is deemed an “interested person,” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, is referred to as an “Interested Trustee.” Currently, there are no Trustees who are interested persons of the Trust. Those Trustees who are not “interested persons,” as such term is defined in the 1940 Act, are referred to as “Independent Trustees.” The name, year of birth, position and length of time served with the Trust, number of portfolios overseen, principal occupation(s) and other directorships/trusteeships held during the past five years, and additional information related to experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills of each Trustee and Officer are shown below. There are 45 series of the Trust, all of which are overseen by the Board of Trustees and Officers of the Trust. The address for each Trustee and Officer is c/o Nationwide Investment Management Group, One Nationwide Plaza, Mail Code 1-18-102, Columbus, OH 43215.

Independent Trustees

Tracy Bollin
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Trust and Length of Time Served1	Number of Portfolios Overseen in the Nationwide Fund Complex
1970	Trustee since July 2025	114
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer) From 2015 until 2021, Mr. Bollin served as Vice President and CFO of Principal Funds, Managing Director of Fund Operations for Principal Global Investors, and President of Principal Shareholder Services.
Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years2 Board member of On With Life since September 2024.
Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership Mr. Bollin has held multiple roles in the financial services industry, including positions in capital markets, finance, operations, and as a board member.
Kristina Junco Bradshaw
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Trust and Length of Time Served1	Number of Portfolios Overseen in the Nationwide Fund Complex
1980	Trustee since January 2023	114
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer) Retired. Ms. Bradshaw was a Portfolio Manager on the Dividend Value team at Invesco from August 2006 to August 2020. Prior to this time, Ms. Bradshaw was an investment banker in the Global Energy & Utilities group at Morgan Stanley from June 2002 to July 2004.
Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years2 Board Member of Southern Smoke Foundation from August 2020 to 2023, Board Member of Houston Ballet from July 2011 to present and President from July 2022 to July 2024 and Chair since July 2024, and Board Member of Hermann Park Conservancy from July 2011 to present, serving as Board Chair from 2020 to 2024.
Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership Ms. Bradshaw has significant board experience; significant portfolio management experience in the investment management industry and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.
Lorn C. Davis
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Trust and Length of Time Served1	Number of Portfolios Overseen in the Nationwide Fund Complex
1968	Trustee since January 2021	114
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer) Mr. Davis has been a Managing Partner of College Hill Capital Partners, LLC (private equity) since June 2016. From September 1998 until May 2016, Mr. Davis originated and managed debt and equity investments for John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)/Hancock Capital Management, LLC, serving as a Managing Director from September 2003 through May 2016.

Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years2 Board Member of The Pine Street Inn from 2009 to present, Member of the Advisory Board (non-fiduciary) of Mearthane Products Corporation from 2021 to 2022, Trustee of The College of the Holy Cross since July 2022, and Member of Board of Managers of the College Circle Creamery Holdings since February 2023.
Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership Mr. Davis has significant board experience; significant past service at a large asset management company and significant experience in the investment management industry. Mr. Davis is a Chartered Financial Analyst and earned a Certificate of Director Education from the National Association of Corporate Directors in 2008.
Keith F. Karlawish
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Trust and Length of Time Served1	Number of Portfolios Overseen in the Nationwide Fund Complex
1964	Trustee since March 2012; Chairman since January 2021	114
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer) Retired. Mr. Karlawish was a Partner, and Senior Wealth Advisor with Curi RMB Capital from August 2022 to October 2025. Previously, he was Senior Director of Wealth Management with Curi Wealth Management which acquired Park Ridge Asset Management, LLC in August 2022. Prior to this time, Mr. Karlawish was a partner with Park Ridge Asset Management, LLC since December 2008 and also served as a portfolio manager. From May 2002 until October 2008, Mr. Karlawish was the President of BB&T Asset Management, Inc., and was President of the BB&T Mutual Funds and BB&T Variable Insurance Funds from February 2005 until October 2008.
Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years2 None
Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership Mr. Karlawish has significant board experience, including past service on the boards of BB&T Mutual Funds and BB&T Variable Insurance Funds; significant executive experience, including past service at a large asset management company and significant experience in the investment management industry.
Carol A. Kosel
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Trust and Length of Time Served1	Number of Portfolios Overseen in the Nationwide Fund Complex
1963	Trustee since March 2013	114
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer) Retired. Ms. Kosel was a consultant to the Evergreen Funds Board of Trustees from October 2005 to December 2007. She was Senior Vice President, Treasurer, and Head of Fund Administration of the Evergreen Funds from April 1997 to October 2005.
Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years2 None
Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership Ms. Kosel has significant board experience, including past service on the boards of Evergreen Funds and Sun Capital Advisers Trust; significant executive experience, including past service at a large asset management company and significant experience in the investment management industry.
Charlotte Tiedemann Petersen
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Trust and Length of Time Served1	Number of Portfolios Overseen in the Nationwide Fund Complex
1960	Trustee since January 2023	114
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer) Self-employed as a private real estate investor/principal since January 2011. Ms. Petersen served as Chief Investment Officer at Alexander Capital Management from April 2006 to December 2010. From July 1993 to June 2002, Ms. Petersen was a Portfolio Manager, Partner and Management Committee member of Denver Investment Advisors LLC.
Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years2 Investment Committee for the University of Colorado Foundation from February 2015 to June 2022.
Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership Ms. Petersen has significant board experience including past service as a Trustee of Scout Funds and Director of Fischer Imaging, where she chaired committees for both entities; significant experience in the investment management industry and is a Chartered Financial Analyst.

David E. Wezdenko
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Trust and Length of Time Served1	Number of Portfolios Overseen in the Nationwide Fund Complex
1963	Trustee since January 2021	114
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer) Mr. Wezdenko is a Co-Founder and Managing Partner of Blue Leaf Ventures (venture capital firm, founded May 2018). From November 2008 until December 2017, Mr. Wezdenko was Managing Director of JPMorgan Chase & Co.
Other Directorships held During the Past Five Years2 Independent Trustee for National Philanthropic Trust from October 2021 to present and Board Member for Saint Vincent de Paul of Palm Beach County from May 2023 to present.
Experience, Qualifications, Attributes, and Skills for Board Membership Mr. Wezdenko has significant board experience; significant past service at a large asset and wealth management company and significant experience in the investment management industry.

Length of time served includes time served with the Trust’s predecessors. The tenure of each Trustee is subject to the Board’s retirement policy, which states that a Trustee shall retire from the Boards of Trustees of the Trusts effective on December 31 of the calendar year during which he or she turns 75 years of age; provided this policy does not apply to a person who became a Trustee prior to September 11, 2019.

Directorships held in: (1) any other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act, (2) any company with a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or (3) any company subject to the requirements of Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, which are required to be disclosed in this SAI. In addition, certain other directorships not meeting the aforementioned requirements may be included for certain Trustees such as board positions on non-profit organizations.

Officers of the Trust

Joseph N. Aniano
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served
1978	President, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer since November 2025
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer) Mr. Aniano is President and Chief Executive Officer of Nationwide Investment Management Group and is a Senior Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company.1 He previously served as President of Nationwide Securities, LLC, and before that as Head of Investment Management Group Product Lifecycle Management.
Lee T. Cummings
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served
1963	Senior Vice President and Head of Fund Operations since December 2015
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer) Mr. Cummings is Senior Vice President and Head of Fund Operations of Nationwide Investment Management Group, and is a Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company.1 He previously served as the Trust’s Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer, and served temporarily as the Trust’s President, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer from September 2022 until March 2023.
David Majewski
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served
1976	Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer since September 2022
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer) Mr. Majewski is Senior Director, Financial Administration of Nationwide Investment Management Group. Mr. Majewski previously served as the Trust’s Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer.
Nicholas T. Graham
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served
1982	Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer since December 2025
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer)Mr. Graham is Vice President of NFA and Chief Compliance Officer of NFA and the Trust. He previously served as AVP, Chief Compliance Officer for the Nationwide Office of Investments and its registered investment adviser, Nationwide Asset Management, LLC.1
Stephen R. Rimes
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served
1970	Secretary, Senior Vice President and General Counsel since December 2019

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer) Mr. Rimes is Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Secretary for Nationwide Investment Management Group, and Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company.1 He previously served as Assistant General Counsel for Invesco from 2000-2019.
Christopher C. Graham
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served
1971	Senior Vice President, Head of Investment Strategies, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager since September 2016
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer) Mr. Graham is Senior Vice President, Head of Investment Strategies and Portfolio Manager for Nationwide Investment Management Group, and is a Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company.1
Benjamin Hoecherl
Year of Birth	Positions Held with Funds and Length of Time Served
1976	Senior Vice President, Head of Business and Product Development since December 2023
Principal Occupation(s) During the Past Five Years (or Longer) Mr. Hoecherl is Vice President, Head of Business and Product Development for Nationwide Investment Management Group, and is a Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company.1He previously served as AVP for Nationwide ProAccount within Nationwide Retirement Solutions.

These positions are held with an affiliated person or principal underwriter of the Funds.

Responsibilities of the Board of Trustees

The Board of Trustees (the “Board”) has oversight responsibility for the conduct of the affairs of the Trust. The Board approves policies and procedures regarding the operation of the Trust, regularly receives and reviews reports from NFA regarding the implementation of such policies and procedures, and elects the Officers of the Trust to perform the daily functions of the Trust. The Chairman of the Board is an Independent Trustee.

Board Leadership Structure

The Board approves financial arrangements and other agreements between the Funds, on the one hand, and NFA, any subadvisers or other affiliated parties, on the other hand. The Independent Trustees meet regularly as a group in executive session and with independent legal counsel. The Board has determined that the efficient conduct of the Board’s affairs makes it desirable to delegate responsibility for certain specific matters to Committees of the Board (“Committees”), as described below. The Committees meet as often as necessary, either in conjunction with regular meetings of the Board or otherwise. The membership and chair of each Committee are appointed by the Board upon recommendation of the Nominating and Fund Governance Committee.

This structure is reviewed by the Board periodically, and the Board believes it to be appropriate and effective. The Board also completes an annual self-assessment during which it reviews its leadership and Committee structure, and considers whether its structure remains appropriate in light of the Funds' current operations.

Each Trustee shall hold office for the lifetime of the Trust or until such Trustee’s earlier death, resignation, removal, retirement, or inability otherwise to serve, or, if sooner than any of such events, until the next meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing Trustees or consent of shareholders in lieu thereof for the election of Trustees, and until the election and qualification of his or her successor. The Board may fill any vacancy on the Board provided that, after such appointment, at least two-thirds of the Trustees have been elected by shareholders. Any Trustee may be removed by the Board, with or without cause, by action of a majority of the Trustees then in office, or by a vote of shareholders at any meeting called for that purpose. In addition to conducting an annual self-assessment, the Board completes biennial peer evaluations, which focus on the performance and effectiveness of the individual members of the Board.

The Officers of the Trust are appointed by the Board, or, to the extent permitted by the Trust’s By-laws, by the President of the Trust, and each shall serve at the pleasure of the Board, or, to the extent permitted by the Trust’s By-laws, and except for the Chief Compliance Officer, at the pleasure of the President of the Trust, subject to the rights, if any, of an Officer under any contract of employment. The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer must be approved by a majority of the Independent

Trustees. Subject to the rights, if any, of an Officer under any contract of employment, any Officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board, or, to the extent permitted by the Trust’s By-laws, by the President of the Trust; provided, that only the Board may remove, with or without cause, the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust.

Board Oversight of Trust Risk

The Board’s role is one of oversight, including oversight of the Funds' risks, rather than active management. The Trustees believe that the Board’s Committee structure enhances the Board’s ability to focus on the oversight of risk as part of its broader oversight of the Funds' affairs. While risk management is the primary responsibility of NFA and the Funds' subadvisers, the Trustees regularly receive reports from NFA, Nationwide Fund Management LLC (“NFM”), and various service providers, including the subadvisers, regarding investment risks and compliance risks. The Committee structure allows separate Committees to focus on different aspects of these risks and their potential impact on some or all of the Nationwide Funds and to discuss with NFA or the Funds’ subadvisers how they monitor and control such risks. In addition, the Officers of the Funds, all of whom are employees of NFA, including the President and Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Operating Officer, report to the Board and to the Chairs of its Committees on a variety of risk-related matters, including the risks inherent in each Officer’s area of responsibility, at regular meetings of the Board and on an ad hoc basis.

The Funds have retained NFA as the Funds' investment adviser and NFM as the Funds' administrator. NFA and NFM are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the Funds. NFA has delegated the day-to-day management of the investment activities of each Fund, with the exception of the Fund-of-Funds, to one or more subadvisers. NFA and NFM are primarily responsible for the Funds' operations and for supervising the services provided to the Funds by each service provider, including risk management services provided by the Funds' subadvisers, if any. The Board also meets periodically with the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer to receive reports regarding the compliance of each Fund with the federal securities laws and the Fund’s internal compliance policies and procedures. The Board also reviews the Chief Compliance Officer’s annual report, including the Chief Compliance Officer’s compliance risk assessments for the Funds. The Board meets periodically with the portfolio managers of the Funds to receive reports regarding the management of the Funds, including each Fund’s investment risks.

Committees of the Board

The Board has three standing committees: Audit and Operations Committee, Nominating and Fund Governance Committee, and Investment Committee. The function of each Committee is oversight. In addition, each Committee may from time to time delegate certain of its functions to an ad hoc committee comprised of members of the Board that will report to the Committee or the Board with its recommendations, as determined at the time of such delegation.

The purposes of the Audit and Operations Committee are to: (a) oversee the Trust's accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, its internal controls and, as appropriate, the internal controls of certain of its service providers; it is the intention of the Board that it is management’s responsibility to maintain appropriate systems for accounting and internal control, and the independent auditors’ responsibility to plan and carry out a proper audit–the independent auditors are ultimately accountable to the Board and the Committee, as representatives of the Trust’s shareholders; (b) oversee the quality and integrity of the Trust's financial statements and the independent audit thereof, including periodic review of the performance of the independent auditors; (c) ascertain the independence of the Trust's independent auditors; (d) act as a liaison between the Trust's independent auditors and the Board; (e) approve the engagement of the Trust's independent auditors; (f) meet and consider the reports of the Trust's independent auditors; (g) oversee the Trust’s written policies and procedures adopted under Rule 38a-1 of the 1940 Act and oversee the appointment and performance of the Trust’s designated Chief Compliance Officer; (h) review information provided to the Committee regarding SEC examinations of the Trust and its service providers; (i) to review and oversee the actions of the principal underwriter and investment advisers with respect to distribution of the Nationwide Funds’ shares including the operation of the Trust’s 12b-1 Plans and Administrative Services Plans; (j) review and evaluate the transfer agency services, administrative services, custody services, and such other services as may be assigned from time to time to the Committee by the Board; (k) assist the Board in the design and oversight of the process for reviewing and evaluating payments made from the assets of any of the Funds to financial intermediaries for sub-transfer agency services, shareholder services, administrative services, and similar services; (l) assist the board in its oversight and evaluation of policies, procedures, and activities of the Trust and of service providers to the Trust relating to cybersecurity and data security; (m) review and evaluate the services received by the Trust in respect of, and the Trust’s

contractual arrangements relating to, securities lending services; (n) assist the Board in its review, consideration and oversight of any credit facilities entered into for the benefit of the Trust or any of the Funds and the use thereof by the Funds, including any interfund lending facility; (o) assist the Board in its review and consideration of insurance coverages to be obtained by or for the benefit of the Trust or the Trustees of the Trust; and (p) undertake such other responsibilities as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board. The Audit and Operations Committee met five times during the past fiscal year, and currently consists of the following Trustees: Mr. Bollin, Ms. Petersen and Mr. Wezdenko (Chair), each of whom is not an interested person of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act.

The purposes of the Nominating and Fund Governance Committee are to: (a) assist the Board in its review and oversight of governance matters; (b) assist the Board with the selection and nomination of candidates to serve on the Board; (c) oversee legal counsel; (d) assist the Board in its review and oversight of shareholder communications to the Board; and (e) undertake such other responsibilities as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board. The Nominating and Fund Governance Committee met four times during the past fiscal year, and consists of all the Independent Trustees.

The Nominating and Fund Governance Committee has adopted procedures regarding its review of recommendations for trustee nominees, including those recommendations presented by shareholders. When considering whether to add additional or substitute trustees to the Board, the Trustees shall take into account any proposals for candidates that are properly submitted to the Trust's Secretary. Shareholders wishing to present one or more candidates for trustee for consideration may do so by submitting a signed written request to the Trust's Secretary at Attn: Secretary, Nationwide Mutual Funds, One Nationwide Plaza, Mail Code 1-18-102, Columbus, OH 43215, which includes the following information: (i) name and address of the shareholder and, if applicable, name of broker or record holder; (ii) number of shares owned; (iii) name of Fund(s) in which shares are owned; (iv) whether the proposed candidate(s) consent to being identified in any proxy statement utilized in connection with the election of Trustees; (v) the name, background information, and qualifications of the proposed candidate(s); and (vi) a representation that the candidate or candidates are willing to provide additional information about themselves, including assurances as to their independence.

The purposes of the Investment Committee are to: (a) assist the Board in its review and oversight of the Funds’ performance; (b) assist the Board in the design and oversight of the process for the renewal and amendment of the Funds' investment advisory and subadvisory contracts subject to the requirements of Section 15 of the 1940 Act; (c) assist the Board in its oversight of a liquidity risk management program for the Funds pursuant to Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act; (d) assist the Board in its review and oversight of the valuation of the Trust’s portfolio assets; (e) assist the Board with its review and oversight of the implementation and operation of the Trust’s various policies and procedures relating to money market funds under Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (f) review and oversee the investment advisers’ brokerage practices, including the use of “soft dollars”; (g) assist the Board with its review and oversight of the implementation and operation of the Trust’s various policies and procedures relating to transactions involving affiliated persons of a Trust, or affiliated persons of such affiliated persons; (h) assist the Board in its review and oversight of proxy voting by the series of the Trust; and (i) undertake such other responsibilities as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board. The Investment Committee met four times during the past fiscal year, and currently consists of the following Trustees: Ms. Bradshaw, Mr. Davis (Chair), Mr. Karlawish and Ms. Kosel, each of whom is an Independent Trustee.

Ownership of Shares of Nationwide Mutual Funds as of December 31, 2025

Name of Trustee	Dollar Range of Equity Securities and/or Shares in the Funds	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities and/or Shares in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Independent Trustees
Tracy Bollin	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
Kristina Bradshaw	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
Lorn C. Davis	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
Keith F. Karlawish	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
Carol A. Kosel	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
Charlotte Petersen	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
David E. Wezdenko	Over $100,000	Over $100,000

Ownership in the Fund's Investment Adviser1, Subadvisers2 or Distributor3 as of December 31, 2025

Trustees who are not Interested Persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust

Name of Trustee	Name of Owners and Relationships to Trustee	Name of Company	Title of Class of Security	Value of Securities	Percent of Class
Tracy Bollin	N/A	N/A	N/A	None	N/A
Kristina Bradshaw	N/A	N/A	N/A	None	N/A
Lorn C. Davis	N/A	N/A	N/A	None	N/A
Keith F. Karlawish	N/A	N/A	N/A	None	N/A
Carol A. Kosel	N/A	N/A	N/A	None	N/A
Charlotte Petersen	N/A	N/A	N/A	None	N/A
David E. Wezdenko	N/A	N/A	N/A	None	N/A

Nationwide Fund Advisors.

As of December 31, 2025, subadvisers to the Trust included: Bailard, Inc.; BlackRock Investment Management, LLC; Dreyfus, a division of Mellon Investments Corporation; Geneva Capital Management LLC; Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.; GQG Partners LLC; Invesco Advisers Inc.; Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc.; J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.; Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P.; Los Angeles Capital Management LLC; Mellon Investments Corporation; Nationwide Asset Management, LLC; Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC; Newton Investment Management North America, LLC; Schroder Investment Management North America Inc.; Victory Capital Management Inc.; WCM Investment Management, LLC; and Wellington Management Company LLP.

Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC or any company, other than an investment company, that controls a Fund’s adviser or distributor.

Compensation of Trustees

The Independent Trustees receive fees and reimbursement for expenses of attending board meetings from the Trust. The Compensation Table below sets forth the total compensation paid to the Independent Trustees, before reimbursement of any expenses incurred by them, for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025. In addition, the Compensation Table sets forth the total compensation paid to the Independent Trustees from all the funds in the Fund Complex for the twelve months ended October 31, 2025. Trust officers receive no compensation from the Trust in their capacity as officers. The Adviser or an affiliate of the Adviser pays the fees, if any, and expenses of any Trustees who are interested persons of the Trust. Currently, there are no Trustees who are interested persons of the Trust.

The Trust does not maintain any pension or retirement plans for the Officers or Trustees of the Trust.

Name of Trustee	Aggregate Compensation from the Trust	Pension Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Trust Expenses	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement	Total Compensation from the Fund Complex1
Tracy Bollin	$38,721	N/A	N/A	$149,500
Kristina Bradshaw	100,229	N/A	N/A	390,000
Lorn C. Davis	105,696	N/A	N/A	411,250
Keith F. Karlawish	127,220	N/A	N/A	495,000
Carol A. Kosel	104,089	N/A	N/A	405,000
Douglas F. Kridler2	101,197	N/A	N/A	393,750
Barbara I. Jacobs2	99,913	N/A	N/A	388,750
Charlotte Petersen	98,941	N/A	N/A	385,000
David E. Wezdenko	106,660	N/A	N/A	415,000

As of October 31, 2025, the Fund Complex included two trusts comprised of 114 investment company funds or series.

Mr. Kridler and Ms. Jacobs retired as Trustees effective December 31, 2025.

Each of the Trustees and officers and their families are eligible to purchase Class A shares at net asset value without any sales charge. Each Trustee is also eligible to purchase Class R6 shares at net asset value. Class R6 shares are sold without a sales charge and are not subject to Rule 12b-1 fees or administrative services fees.

Code of Ethics

Federal law requires the Trust, each of its investment advisers and subadvisers, and its principal underwriter to adopt codes of ethics which govern the personal securities transactions of their respective personnel. Accordingly, each such entity has adopted a code of ethics pursuant to which their respective personnel may invest in securities for their personal accounts (including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust). Copies of these Codes of Ethics are on file with the SEC and are available to the public.

Proxy Voting Guidelines

Federal law requires the Trust and each of its investment advisers and subadvisers to adopt procedures for voting proxies (the “Proxy Voting Guidelines”) and to provide a summary of those Proxy Voting Guidelines used to vote the securities held by a Fund. The Funds' proxy voting policies and procedures and information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 are available without charge (i) upon request, by calling 800-848-0920, (ii) on the Funds' website at https://www.nationwide.com/personal/investing/mutual-funds/proxy-voting/, or (iii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The summary of such Proxy Voting Guidelines is attached as Appendix B to this SAI.

Investment Advisory and Other Services

Trust Expenses

The Trust, on behalf of the Funds, pays the compensation of the Trustees who are not interested persons (as described in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and all expenses (other than those assumed by NFA), including governmental fees, interest charges, taxes, membership dues in the Investment Company Institute allocable to the Trust; investment advisory fees; fees under the Trust’s Fund Administration and Transfer Agency Agreement, which includes the expenses of calculating the Funds' net asset value; fees and expenses of independent certified public accountants and legal counsel of the Trust and to the Independent Trustees; expenses of preparing, printing, and mailing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements, and reports to governmental offices and commissions; expenses connected with the execution, recording, and settlement of portfolio security transactions; short sale dividend expenses; insurance premiums; fees and expenses of the custodian for all services to the Trust; expenses, if any, of shareholder meetings; and expenses relating to the issuance, registration, and qualification of shares of the Trust. NFA may, from time to time, agree to voluntarily or contractually waive advisory fees, and if necessary reimburse expenses, in order to limit total operating expenses for the Funds, as described below.

Investment Adviser

NFA, located at One Nationwide Plaza, 1-18-102, Columbus, OH 43215, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Nationwide Financial Services, Inc. (“NFS”), a holding company which is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Nationwide Corporation. All of the common stock of Nationwide Corporation is held by Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company, which is a mutual company owned by its policy holders.

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Agreement”) with the Trust, NFA manages the Funds in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Board. NFA operates primarily as a “Manager-of-Managers” under which NFA, rather than managing most Funds directly, instead oversees one or more subadvisers.

NFA provides investment management evaluation services in initially selecting and monitoring on an ongoing basis the performance of one or more subadvisers who manage the investment portfolio of a particular Fund. NFA is also authorized to select and place portfolio investments on behalf of such subadvised Funds; however, NFA does not intend to do so as a routine matter at this time. The Adviser and the Trust have received two exemptive orders from the SEC for a multimanager structure. The first order allows the Adviser, subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees, to hire, replace or terminate a subadviser (excluding hiring a subadviser which is an affiliate of the Adviser) without the approval of shareholders. The first order also allows the Adviser to revise a subadvisory agreement with an unaffiliated subadviser with the approval of the Board of Trustees but without shareholder approval. The second order allows the aforementioned approvals to be taken at a Board of Trustees meeting held via any means of communication that allows the Trustees to hear each other simultaneously during the meeting.

If a new unaffiliated subadviser is hired for a Fund, shareholders will receive information about the new subadviser within 90 days of the change. The exemptive orders allow the Funds greater flexibility, enabling them to operate more efficiently.

All of the Funds to which this SAI relates are subadvised.

NFA pays the compensation of the officers of the Trust employed by NFA and pays the compensation and expenses of any Trustees who are interested persons of the Trust. NFA also furnishes, at its own expense, all necessary administrative services, office space, equipment, and clerical personnel for servicing the investments of the Trust and maintaining its investment advisory facilities, and executive and supervisory personnel for managing the investments and effecting the portfolio transactions of the Trust. In addition, NFA pays, out of its legitimate profits, broker-dealers, trust companies, transfer agents and other financial institutions in exchange for their selling of shares of the Trust’s series or for recordkeeping or other shareholder related services.

The Agreement also specifically provides that NFA, including its directors, officers, and employees, shall not be liable for any error of judgment, or mistake of law, or for any loss arising out of any investment, or for any act or omission in the execution and management of the Trust, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the Agreement. The Agreement continues in effect for an initial period of no more than two years and thereafter shall continue automatically for successive annual periods provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Trustees, or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, and, in either case, by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Agreement or interested persons of any such party. The Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its “assignment,” as defined under the 1940 Act. It may be terminated at any time as to a Fund, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that Fund, by the Board of Trustees or NFA on not more than 60 days’ written notice. The Agreement further provides that NFA may render similar services to others.

For services provided under the Agreement, NFA receives an annual fee paid monthly based on average daily net assets of the applicable Fund according to the following schedule:

Fund	Assets	Investment Advisory Fee
Nationwide Bond Portfolio	Up to $500 million $500 million up to $1 billion $1 billion and more	0.265% 0.255% 0.245%
Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio	All assets	0.22%
Nationwide International Equity Portfolio	Up to $500 million $500 million up to $1 billion $1 billion and more	0.465% 0.440% 0.415%
Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio	Up to $500 million $500 million up to $1 billion $1 billion and more	0.41% 0.39% 0.37%
Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio	Up to $200 million $200 million up to $500 million $500 million and more	0.93% 0.73% 0.68%

Limitation of Fund Expenses

In the interest of limiting the expenses of the Funds, NFA may from time to time waive some, or all, of its investment advisory fee or reimburse other fees for any of the Funds. In this regard, NFA has entered into an expense limitation agreement with the Trust on behalf of certain of the Funds (the “Expense Limitation Agreement”). Pursuant to the Expense Limitation Agreement, NFA has agreed to waive or limit its fees and to assume other expenses to the extent necessary to limit the total annual operating expenses of each class of each such Fund to the limits described below. The waiver of such fees will cause the total return and yield of a Fund to be higher than they would otherwise be in the absence of such a waiver.

NFA may request and receive reimbursement from the Funds for the advisory fees waived or limited and other expenses reimbursed by NFA pursuant to the Expense Limitation Agreement at a later date when a Fund has reached a sufficient asset size to permit reimbursement to be made without causing the total annual operating expense ratio of the Fund to exceed the

limits that were in the Expense Limitation Agreement at the time that NFA waived the fees or reimbursed the expenses. No reimbursement will be made to a Fund unless: (i) such Fund’s assets exceed $100 million; (ii) the total annual expense ratio of the class making such reimbursement is less than the limit set forth above; and (iii) the payment of such reimbursement is made no more than three years from the date in which the corresponding waiver or reimbursement to the Fund was made. Except as provided for in the Expense Limitation Agreement, reimbursement of amounts previously waived or assumed by NFA is not permitted.

Until at least February 28, 2027, NFA has agreed contractually to waive advisory fees and, if necessary, reimburse expenses in order to limit total annual fund operating expenses, excluding any taxes, interest, brokerage commissions and other costs incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, acquired fund fees and expenses, compensation payable to parties not affiliated with NFA for the recovery of tax reclaims, short sale dividend expenses, Rule 12b-1 fees, fees paid pursuant to an Administrative Services Plan, fees paid to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (as the Trust’s sub-administrator) related to the SEC’s Financial Reporting Modernization and Liquidity Risk Management Program Rules, as provided for in Amendment No. 10 to the Sub-Administration Agreement between JPMorgan and Nationwide Fund Management LLC, dated July 1, 2018, other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, expenses incurred by a Fund in connection with any merger or reorganization and may exclude other nonroutine expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of the Fund’s business, for all share classes of the following Fund of the Trust:

●Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio to 0.89%

●Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio to 0.49%

Investment Advisory Fees Paid

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Funds paid NFA fees for investment advisory services, after waivers and reimbursements, as follows:

	Years Ended October31,
	2025		2024		2023
Fund	Gross Fees	Net Fees	Gross Fees	Net Fees	Gross Fees	Net Fees
Nationwide Bond Portfolio	$2,421,014	$2,421,014	$2,317,928	$2,317,928	$2,367,384	$2,367,384
Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio1	6,145,624	6,028,656	3,924,269	3,924,269	511,177	511,177
Nationwide International Equity Portfolio2	2,912,523	2,891,189	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio3	802,125	802,125	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A
Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio	3,659,385	1,896,911	3,621,136	1,929,806	3,702,354	1,900,812

Fund commenced operations on July 24, 2023.

Fund commenced operations on November 25, 2024.

Fund commenced operations on August 25, 2025.

Subadvisers

The subadvisers for the Funds are as follows:

Fund	Subadviser
Nationwide Bond Portfolio	Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio	Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC
Nationwide International Equity Portfolio	Los Angeles Capital Management LLC
Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio	Los Angeles Capital Management LLC
Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio	Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc.

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM”), located at 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., a publicly held financial holding company and a global investment banking, securities and investment management firm, and an affiliate of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC.

Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc. (“Jacobs Levy”) was established in 1986 as a New Jersey corporation and is located at 100 Campus Drive, Florham Park, NJ 07932. Jacobs Levy is an independent investment advisory firm registered with the SEC. Principals Bruce I. Jacobs and Kenneth N. Levy own Jacobs Levy.

Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“Los Angeles Capital”), was founded in 2002 and is a California limited liability company. Los Angeles Capital is located at 11150 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 200, Los Angeles, CA 90025. Los Angeles Capital is 100% employee owned through its parent companies.

Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC (“NBIA”) is located at 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10104. NBIA is an indirect subsidiary of Neuberger Berman Group LLC (“NBG”).

Subject to oversight by NFA and the Board of Trustees, each of the subadvisers will manage all or a portion of the assets of the Funds listed above in accordance with each Fund’s investment objectives and policies. Each subadviser makes investment decisions for the Fund and, in connection with such investment decisions, places purchase and sell orders for securities. For the investment management services they provide to the Funds, the subadvisers receive annual fees from NFA, calculated at an annual rate based on the average daily net assets of the Funds.

Each subadviser provides investment advisory services to one or more Funds pursuant to a Subadvisory Agreement. Each of the Subadvisory Agreements specifically provides that the subadviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment, or mistake of law, or for any loss arising out of any investment, or for any act or omission in the execution and management of the Fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under such agreement.

After an initial period of not more than two years, each Subadvisory Agreement must be approved each year by the Trust’s Board of Trustees or by shareholders in order to continue. The Subadvisory Agreements may be terminated, at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, by “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), or by the Adviser, in each case, upon not more than 60 days’ written notice to the subadviser, or by the subadviser upon not less than 120 days’ written notice to the Adviser and the Trust. Each Subadvisory Agreement terminates automatically if it is assigned.

Subadvisory Fees Paid

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, NFA paid to the subadvisers of the Funds, the following amounts:

	Fiscal Year Ended October 31,
Fund	2025	2024	2023
Nationwide Bond Portfolio1	$743,895	$711,548	$727,022
Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio	2,678,655	1,778,201	230,034
Nationwide International Equity Portfolio2	1,505,200	N/A	N/A

	Fiscal Year Ended October 31,
Fund	2025	2024	2023
Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio3	442,860	N/A	N/A
Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio	1,267,638	1,269,944	1,304,332

Fund commenced operations on July 24, 2023.

Fund commenced operations on November 25, 2024.

Fund commenced operations on August 25, 2025.

Manager-of-Managers Structure

NFA and the Trust have received from the SEC two exemptive orders for a manager-of-managers structure. The first order allows NFA, subject to the approval of the Board of Trustees, to hire, replace or terminate unaffiliated subadvisers without the approval of shareholders. The first order also allows NFA to revise a subadvisory agreement with an unaffiliated subadviser without shareholder approval. The second order allows the aforementioned approvals to be taken at a Board of Trustees meeting held via any means of communication that allows the Trustees to hear each other simultaneously during the meeting. If a new unaffiliated subadviser is hired, the change will be communicated to shareholders within 90 days of such change, and all changes are subject to approval by the Board of Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust or NFA. The orders are intended to facilitate the efficient operation of the Funds and afford the Trust increased management flexibility.

Pursuant to the exemptive orders, NFA monitors and evaluates any subadvisers, which includes performing initial due diligence on prospective subadvisers for the Funds and thereafter monitoring the performance of the subadvisers through quantitative and qualitative analysis as well as periodic in-person, telephonic and written consultations with the subadvisers. NFA has responsibility for communicating performance expectations and evaluations to the subadviser and ultimately recommending to the Board of Trustees whether a subadviser’s contract should be renewed, modified or terminated; however, NFA does not expect to recommend changes of subadvisers frequently. NFA will regularly provide written reports to the Board of Trustees regarding the results of their evaluation and monitoring functions. Although NFA will monitor the performance of the subadvisers, there is no certainty that the subadvisers or the Funds will obtain favorable results at any given time.

Portfolio Managers

Appendix C contains the following information regarding the portfolio managers identified in the Funds' Prospectuses: (i) the dollar range of the portfolio manager’s investments in each Fund; (ii) a description of the portfolio manager’s compensation structure; and (iii) information regarding other accounts managed by the portfolio manager and potential conflicts of interest that might arise from the management of multiple accounts.

Distributor

Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC (“NFD” or the “Distributor”), One Nationwide Plaza, Mail Code 1-18-102, Columbus, OH 43215, serves as underwriter for each Fund in the continuous distribution of its shares pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement dated May 1, 2007 (the “Underwriting Agreement”). Unless otherwise terminated, the Underwriting Agreement will continue for an initial period of two years and from year to year thereafter for successive annual periods, if, as to each Fund, such continuance is approved at least annually by (i) the Board of Trustees or by the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of that Fund, and (ii) the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to the Underwriting Agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Underwriting Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Underwriting Agreement may be terminated in the event of any assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act. NFD is a wholly owned subsidiary of NFS Distributors, Inc., which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of NFS. The following entities or people are affiliates of the Trust and are also affiliates of NFD:

Nationwide Fund Advisors
Nationwide Fund Management LLC
Nationwide Life Insurance Company
Nationwide Life and Annuity Insurance Company
Jefferson National Life Insurance Company

Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.
Nationwide Corporation
Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company
Christopher Graham
Nicholas T. Graham
Joseph N. Aniano
Lee T. Cummings
Stephen R. Rimes
David Majewski
Benjamin Hoecherl

In its capacity as Distributor, NFD solicits orders for the sale of shares, advertises and pays the costs of distributions, advertising, office space and the personnel involved in such activities. NFD receives no compensation under the Underwriting Agreement with the Trust, but may retain all or a portion of the 12b-1 fee, if any, imposed on sales of shares of each Fund.

Fund Administration and Transfer Agency Services

Under the terms of the Joint Fund Administration and Transfer Agency Agreement (the “Joint Administration Agreement”) dated May 1, 2010, Nationwide Fund Management LLC (“NFM”), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of NFS, provides various administration and accounting services to the Trust and Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust (another trust also advised by NFA), including daily valuation of the Funds' shares, preparation of financial statements, tax returns, and regulatory reports, and presentation of quarterly reports to the Board of Trustees. NFM also serves as transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent for the Funds. NFM is located at One Nationwide Plaza, Mail Code 1-18-102, Columbus, OH 43215. Under the Joint Administration Agreement, NFM is paid an annual fee for fund administration and transfer agency services based on the sum of the following: (i) the amount payable by NFM to J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”) under the Sub-Administration Agreement between NFM and JPMorgan (see “Sub-Administration” below); and (ii) the amount payable by NFM to U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC dba U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (“US Bancorp”) under the Sub-Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement between NFM and US Bancorp (see “Sub-Transfer Agency” below); and (iii) a percentage of the combined average daily net assets of the Trust and Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust. In addition, the Trust also pays out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by NFM in providing services to the Funds and Trust, including, but not limited to, the cost of pricing services that NFM utilizes.

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, NFM earned fund administration and transfer agency fees, including reimbursement for payment of networking fees, from the Funds, as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended October 31,
Fund	2025	2024	2023
Nationwide Bond Portfolio	$377,854	$386,340	$350,665
Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio1	810,855	472,543	50,684
Nationwide International Equity Portfolio2	192,438	N/A	N/A
Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio3	51,319	N/A	N/A
Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio	171,241	170,634	206,490

Fund commenced operations on July 24, 2023.

Fund commenced operations on November 25, 2024.

Fund commenced operations on August 25, 2025.

Securities Lending Agent

The Board has approved certain Funds’ participation in a securities lending program. Under the securities lending program, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. served as the Funds’ securities lending agent (the “Securities Lending Agent”) during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the income earned by those Funds that engaged in securities lending, as well as the fees and/or compensation earned by such Funds (in dollars) pursuant to a securities lending agreement between the Trust with respect to the Funds and the respective Securities Lending Agent, were as follows:

Fund	Gross Income from Securities Lending Activities	Fees Paid to Securities Lending Agent from Revenue Split	Fees Paid for Cash Collateral Management Services (including fees deducted from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) not included in Revenue Split	Rebates Paid to Borrowers	Aggregate Fees/ Compensation for Securities Lending Activities	Net Income from Securities Lending Activities
Nationwide Bond Portfolio	$503,664	$(3,140)	$-	$(472,018)	$(475,158)	$28,506
Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio	1,394,315	(9,235)	-	(1,301,937)	(1,311,172)	83,143

The Funds paid no administrative, indemnification or other fees not included in the revenue split with the Securities Lending Agent.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Securities Lending Agent performed various services related to securities lending, including the following:

●lending a Fund’s portfolio securities to institutions that are approved borrowers;

●determining whether a loan of a portfolio security shall be made and negotiating and establishing the terms and conditions of the loan with the borrower;

●ensuring that all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to loaned securities are credited to the applicable Fund’s account;

●receiving and holding, on behalf of a Fund, or transferring to a Fund’s custodial account, collateral from borrowers to secure obligations of borrowers with respect to any loan of available portfolio securities;

●marking-to-market each business day the market value of securities loaned relative to the market value of the collateral posted by the borrowers;

●obtaining additional collateral, to the extent necessary, in order to maintain the value of collateral at the levels required by the Securities Lending Agency Agreement, relative to the market value of securities loaned;

●at the termination of a loan, returning the collateral to the borrower upon the return of the loaned securities;

●investing cash collateral in permitted investments as directed by the Funds; and

●maintaining records relating to the Funds’ securities lending activities and providing the Funds monthly statements describing, among other things, the loans made during the period, the income derived from the loans (or losses incurred) and the amounts of any fees or payments paid with respect to each loan.

Sub-Administration

NFM has entered into a Sub-Administration Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., dated May 22, 2009, to provide certain fund sub-administration services for each Fund. NFM pays JPMorgan a fee for these services.

Sub-Transfer Agency

NFM has entered into a Sub-Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement with U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC dba U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, dated September 1, 2012, to provide certain sub-transfer agency services for each Fund. NFM pays US Bancorp a fee for these services.

Custodian

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 383 Madison Avenue, Floor 11, New York, NY 10179, is the custodian for the Funds and makes all receipts and disbursements under a Global Custody Agreement. The custodian performs no managerial or policy-making functions for the Funds.

Legal Counsel

Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP, 2000 K Street, N.W., Suite 700, Washington, D.C. 20006-1871, serves as the Trust’s legal counsel.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Two Commerce Square, 2001 Market St., Suite 1800, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the Trust.

Brokerage Allocation

NFA or a subadviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities and other investments for the Funds, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of brokerage commissions, if any. In transactions on stock and commodity exchanges in the United States, these commissions are negotiated, whereas on foreign stock and commodity exchanges these commissions are generally fixed and are generally higher than brokerage commissions in the United States. In the case of securities or derivatives traded on the over-the-counter markets or for securities traded on a principal basis, there is generally no commission, but the price includes a spread between the dealer’s purchase and sale price. This spread is the dealer’s profit. Bilaterally negotiated derivatives may include a fee payable to a Fund’s counterparty. In underwritten offerings, the price includes a disclosed, fixed commission or discount. Most short-term obligations are normally traded on a “principal” rather than agency basis. This may be done through a dealer (e.g., a securities firm or bank) who buys or sells for its own account rather than as an agent for another client, or directly with the issuer.

Except as described below, the primary consideration in portfolio security transactions is best price and execution of the transaction, i.e., execution at the most favorable prices and in the most effective manner possible. “Best price-best execution” encompasses many factors affecting the overall benefit obtained by the client account in the transaction including, but not necessarily limited to, the price paid or received for a security, the commission charged, the promptness, availability and reliability of execution, the confidentiality and placement accorded the order, and customer service. Therefore, “best price-best execution” does not necessarily mean obtaining the best price alone but is evaluated in the context of all the execution services provided. NFA and any subadvisers have complete freedom as to the markets in and the broker-dealers through which they seek this result.

Subject to the primary consideration of seeking best price-best execution and as discussed below, securities may be bought or sold through broker-dealers who have furnished statistical, research, and other information or services to NFA or a subadviser. In placing orders with such broker-dealers, NFA or the subadviser will, where possible, take into account the comparative usefulness of such information. Such information is useful to NFA or a subadviser even though its dollar value may be indeterminable, and its receipt or availability generally does not reduce NFA’s or a subadviser’s normal research activities or expenses.

There may be occasions when portfolio transactions for a Fund are executed as part of concurrent authorizations to purchase or sell the same security for trusts or other accounts (including other mutual funds) served by NFA or a subadviser or by an affiliated company thereof. Although such concurrent authorizations potentially could be either advantageous or disadvantageous to a Fund, they are effected only when NFA or the subadviser believes that to do so is in the interest of the Fund. When such concurrent authorizations occur, the executions will be allocated in an equitable manner.

In purchasing and selling investments for the Funds, it is the policy of NFA or a subadviser to seek to obtain best execution at the most favorable prices through responsible broker-dealers. The determination of what may constitute best execution in a securities transaction by a broker involves a number of considerations, including the overall direct net economic result to the Fund (involving both price paid or received and any commissions and other costs paid), the efficiency with which the transaction is effected, the ability to effect the transaction at all when a large block is involved, the availability

of the broker to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future, the professionalism of the broker, and the financial strength and stability of the broker. These considerations are judgmental and are weighed by NFA or a subadviser in determining the overall reasonableness of securities executions and commissions paid. In selecting broker-dealers, NFA or a subadviser will consider various relevant factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of the transaction; the nature and character of the markets for the security or asset to be purchased or sold; the execution efficiency, settlement capability, and financial condition of the broker-dealer’s firm; the broker-dealer’s execution services, rendered on a continuing basis; and the reasonableness of any commissions.

NFA or a subadviser may cause a Fund to pay a broker-dealer who furnishes brokerage and/or research services a commission that is in excess of the commission another broker-dealer would have received for executing the transaction if it is determined, pursuant to the requirements of Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, that such commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided. Such research services may include, among other things, analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, analytic or modeling software, market data feeds and historical market information. Any such research and other information provided by brokers to NFA or a subadviser is considered to be in addition to and not in lieu of services required to be performed by it under the respective advisory or subadvisory agreement. The fees paid to NFA or a subadviser pursuant to the respective advisory or subadvisory agreement are not reduced by reason of its receiving any brokerage and research services. The research services provided by broker-dealers can be useful to NFA or a subadviser in serving its other clients. All research services received from the brokers to whom commissions are paid are used collectively, meaning such services may not actually be utilized in connection with each client account that may have provided the commission paid to the brokers providing such services. NFA and any subadviser are prohibited from considering a broker-dealer’s sale of shares of any fund for which it serves as investment adviser or subadviser, except as may be specifically permitted by law.

Commission Recapture Program. NFA may instruct subadvisers to direct certain brokerage transactions, using best efforts, and subject always to seeking to obtain best execution, to broker-dealers in connection with a commission recapture program that is used to offset a Fund's operating expenses. Commission recapture is a form of institutional discount brokerage that returns commission dollars directly to a Fund. It provides a way to gain control over the commission expenses incurred by a subadviser, which can be significant over time, and thereby reduces expenses. If a subadviser does not believe it can obtain best execution from such broker-dealers, there is no obligation to execute portfolio transactions through such broker-dealers. Commissions recaptured by a Fund will be included in realized gain (loss) on securities in a Fund's appropriate financial statements.

Fund portfolio transactions may be effected with broker-dealers who have assisted investors in the purchase of variable annuity contracts or variable insurance policies issued by Nationwide Life Insurance Company, Nationwide Life & Annuity Insurance Company or Jefferson National Insurance Company. However, neither such assistance nor sale of other investment company shares is a qualifying or disqualifying factor in a broker-dealer’s selection, nor is the selection of any broker-dealer based on the volume of shares sold.

Under the 1940 Act, “affiliated persons” of a Fund are prohibited from dealing with it as a principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless an exemptive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC. However, a Fund may purchase securities from underwriting syndicates of which a subadviser or any of its affiliates, as defined in the 1940 Act, is a member under certain conditions, in accordance with Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act.

Each of the Funds contemplates that, consistent with the policy of seeking to obtain best execution, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated brokers or dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, commissions paid by a fund to an “affiliated broker or dealer” in connection with a purchase or sale of securities offered on a securities exchange may not exceed the usual and customary broker’s commission. Accordingly, it is the Funds' policy that the commissions to be paid to an affiliated broker-dealer must, in the judgment of NFA or the appropriate subadviser, be (1) at least as favorable as those that would be charged by other brokers having comparable execution capability and (2) at least as favorable as commissions contemporaneously charged by such broker or dealer on comparable transactions for the broker’s or dealer’s most favored unaffiliated customers. NFA and the subadvisers do not necessarily deem it practicable or in a Fund's best interests to solicit competitive bids for commissions on each transaction. However, NFA and the subadvisers regularly give consideration to information concerning the prevailing level of commissions charged on comparable transactions by other brokers during comparable periods of time.

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the following Fund(s), through their respective subadvisers, directed the dollar amount of transactions and related commissions for transactions to a broker because of research services provided, as summarized in the table below1:

Fund Name	Total Dollar Amount of Transactions	Total Commissions Paid on Such Transactions
Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio	$4,046,420,932	$885,966
Nationwide International Equity Portfolio	1,275,707,072	123,723,168
Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio	1,317,627,585	33,362,968

This information has been provided by the respective Fund’s subadviser(s) and the information is believed to be reliable; however, the Funds have not independently verified it.

During the fiscal years ended October 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the following brokerage commissions were paid by the Funds listed below:

	Fiscal Year Ended October 31,
Fund Name	2025	2024	2023
Nationwide Bond Portfolio	$59,389	$63,945	$55,199
Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio1	1,104,272	815,014	201,633
Nationwide International Equity Portfolio2	562,819	N/A	N/A
Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio3	177,753	N/A	N/A
Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio	34,460	35,863	36,460

Fund commenced operations on July 24, 2023.

Fund commenced operations on November 25, 2024.

Fund commenced operations on August 25, 2025.

During the fiscal periods ended October 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Funds did not pay brokerage commissions to affiliated brokers of NFA.

As of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2025, the Funds listed below held investments in securities of their regular broker-dealers as follows:

Fund	Approximate Aggregate Value of Issuer's Securities Owned by the Fund as of fiscal year end October 31, 2025	Name of Broker or Dealer
Nationwide Bond Portfolio	$1,814,515.21	Barclays Capital, Inc.
	8,970,946.56	BofA Securities, Inc.
	3,548,573.33	Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
	146,985.70	Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
	1,119,243.95	J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
	5,631,334.56	Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
	371,526.05	Wells Fargo Securities, LLC
Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio	17,558,912.95	BofA Securities, Inc.
	7,148,660.14	Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
	33,870,389.92	J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
	7,613,700.00	Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
	1,827,561.06	Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio	4,953,202.80	Virtu Americas LLC

Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Each Fund currently offers one class of shares (Class R6 shares). There is no minimum initial or subsequent investment amount for a Fund. Shares of each Fund are currently available only to other investment companies advised by NFA in private placement transactions that do not involve any “public offering” within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2) of the 1933 Act. An

investor may purchase or redeem shares of a Fund on any day the Fund is open for business at the net asset value per share next determined after a purchase or redemption request in good order is received by the Fund.

In-Kind Redemptions

As described in the Prospectuses, each Fund reserves the right, in circumstances where in its sole discretion it determines that cash redemption payments would be undesirable, taking into account the best interests of all Fund shareholders, to honor any redemption request by transferring some of the securities held by the Fund directly to a redeeming shareholder (“redemption in-kind”). Redemptions in-kind generally will be pro-rata slices of a Fund’s portfolio or a representative basket of securities. Redemptions in-kind may also be used in stressed market conditions.

The Board has adopted procedures for redemptions in-kind to affiliated persons of a Fund. Affiliated persons of a Fund include shareholders who are affiliates of a Fund’s investment adviser and shareholders of a Fund owning 5% or more of the outstanding shares of that Fund. These procedures provide that a redemption in-kind shall be effected at approximately the affiliated shareholder’s proportionate share of the distributing Fund’s current net assets, and they are designed so that redemptions will not favor the affiliated shareholder to the detriment of any other shareholder. The procedures also require that the distributed securities be valued in the same manner as they are valued for purposes of computing the distributing Fund’s net asset value and that neither the affiliated shareholder nor any other party with the ability and pecuniary incentive to influence the redemption in-kind selects, or influences the selection of, the distributed securities. Use of the redemption in-kind procedures will allow a Fund to avoid having to sell significant portfolio assets to raise cash to meet the shareholder’s redemption request, thus limiting the potential adverse effect on the distributing Fund’s net asset value.

Valuation of Shares

All investments in the Trust are credited to the shareholder’s account in the form of full and fractional shares of the designated Fund (rounded to the nearest 1/1000 of a share). The Trust does not issue share certificates. Subject to the sole discretion of NFA, each Fund may accept payment for shares in the form of securities that are permissible investments for such Fund.

The net asset value per share (“NAV”) of each Fund is determined once daily, as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) (generally 4 p.m. Eastern time) on each business day the Exchange is open for regular trading (the “Valuation Time”). To the extent that a Fund’s investments are traded in markets that are open when the Exchange is closed, the value of the Funds’ investments may change on days when shares cannot be purchased or redeemed.

The Trust will not compute NAV for the Funds on customary national business holidays, including the following: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth National Independence Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, and other days when the Exchange is closed.

Each Fund reserves the right to not determine NAV when: (i) a Fund has not received any orders to purchase, sell or exchange shares and (ii) changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio do not affect the Fund’s NAV.

The offering price for orders placed before the close of the Exchange, on each business day the Exchange is open for trading, will be based upon calculation of the NAV at the close of regular trading on the Exchange. For orders placed after the close of regular trading on the Exchange, or on a day on which the Exchange is not open for trading, the offering price is based upon NAV at the close of the Exchange on the next day thereafter on which the Exchange is open for trading. The NAV of each class of a Fund on which offering and redemption prices are based is determined by adding the value of all securities and other assets of a Fund attributable to the class, deducting liabilities attributable to that class, and dividing by the number of that class’ shares outstanding. Each Fund may reject any order to buy shares and may suspend the sale of shares at any time.

Securities for which market-based quotations are readily available are valued as of Valuation Time. Equity securities are generally valued at the last quoted sale price, or if there is no sale price, the last quoted bid price provided by a third-party pricing service approved by the Board. Securities traded on NASDAQ generally are valued at the NASDAQ Official Closing Price. Prices are taken from the primary market or exchange in which each security trades. Debt and other fixed-income securities are generally valued at the bid price provided by a third-party pricing service, the use of which has been approved by the Board.

Securities for which market-based quotations are either unavailable (e.g., third-party pricing service does not provide a value) or are deemed unreliable, in the judgment of NFA or designee, are generally valued at fair value by the Trustees, or persons to whom the Board has delegated its responsibilities pursuant to procedures approved by the Board (in this case, the Fair Valuation Committee). In addition, fair value determinations are required for securities whose value is affected by a significant event that will materially affect the value of a security and which occurs subsequent to the time of the close of the principal market on which such security trades but prior to the calculation of the Funds’ NAVs. The Fair Valuation Committee monitors the results of fair valuation determinations and regularly reports the results to the Board or a committee of the Board. Fair value determinations may require subjective determinations. There can be no assurance that the fair value of an asset is the price at which the asset could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair value was used in determining a Fund’s NAV.

The Fair Valuation Committee monitors the continuing appropriateness of the valuation methodology with respect to each security. In the event that NFA or a subadviser believes that the valuation methodology being used to value a security does not produce a fair value for such security, the Fair Valuation Committee is notified so that it may meet to determine what adjustment should be made.

To the extent that a Fund invests in foreign securities, the following would be applicable. Generally, trading in foreign securities markets is completed each day at various times prior to the Valuation Time. Due to the time differences between the closings of the relevant foreign securities exchanges and the time that a Fund’s NAV is calculated, a Fund may fair value its foreign investments more frequently than it does other securities. When fair value prices are utilized, these prices will attempt to reflect the impact of the financial markets’ perceptions and trading activities on the Fund’s investments since their last closing prices were calculated on their primary securities markets or exchanges. Pursuant to the Valuation Procedures, a Fund’s foreign investments generally will be fair valued daily by a third-party pricing service using models designed to estimate likely changes in the values of those investments between the times in which the trading in those securities is substantially completed and the close of the Exchange. When a Fund uses fair value pricing, the values assigned to the Fund’s foreign equity investments may not be the quoted or published prices of the investments on their primary markets or exchanges.

In addition to performing fair value determinations, the Adviser, as the valuation designee, is responsible for periodically assessing any material risks associated with the determination of the fair value of a Fund's investments; establishing and applying fair value methodologies; testing the appropriateness of fair value methodologies; and overseeing and evaluating third-party pricing services. The Adviser has established a fair value committee to assist with its designated responsibilities as valuation designee.

Additional Information

Description of Shares

The Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust permits the Board to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of each Fund and to divide or combine such shares into a greater or lesser number of shares without thereby exchanging the proportionate beneficial interests in the Trust. Each share of a Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in that Fund with each other share. The Trust reserves the right to create and issue a number of different funds. Shares of each Fund would participate equally in the earnings, dividends, and assets of that particular fund. Upon liquidation of a Fund, shareholders are entitled to share pro rata in the net assets of such Fund available for distribution to shareholders.

The Trust is authorized to offer the following series of shares of beneficial interest, without par value and with the various classes listed:

Series	Share Classes
Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund*	Class A, Class M, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Bailard Small Cap Value Fund*1	Class A, Class M, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Bailard Technology Fund*2	Class A, Class M, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide BNY Mellon Dynamic U.S. Core Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class, Eagle Class

Series	Share Classes
Nationwide BNY Mellon Dynamic U.S. Equity Income Fund*	Class A, Class K, Class R6, Institutional Service Class, Eagle Class
Nationwide Bond Index Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Bond Portfolio	Class R6
Nationwide Destination 2030 Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Destination 2035 Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Destination 2040 Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Destination 2045 Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Destination 2050 Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Destination 2055 Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Destination 2060 Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Destination 2065 Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Destination 2070 Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Destination Retirement Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio	Class R6
Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund*	Class A, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund*	Class A, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Government Money Market Fund*	Investor Shares, Class R6, Service Class
Nationwide GQG US Quality Equity Fund*	Class A, Class R6, Institutional Service Class, Eagle Class
Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund*	Class A, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide International Equity Portfolio	Class R6
Nationwide International Index Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide International Small Cap Fund*	Class A, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Invesco Core Plus Bond Fund*3	Class A, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Investor Destinations Aggressive Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class, Service Class
Nationwide Investor Destinations Conservative Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class, Service Class
Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderate Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class, Service Class
Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Aggressive Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class, Service Class
Nationwide Investor Destinations Moderately Conservative Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class, Service Class
Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio	Class R6
Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund*	Class A, Class R6, Institutional Service Class, Eagle Class
Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund*	Class A, Class R6, Institutional Service Class, Eagle Class
Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund*	Class A, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund*	Class A, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Renaissance Small Cap Growth Fund*4	Class A, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Service Class, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Schroders Global Equity Fund*5	Class A, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund*	Class A, Class R, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide Strategic Income Fund*6	Class A, Class R6, Institutional Service Class
Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio	Class R6

Information on these Nationwide Funds is contained in separate Statements of Additional Information.

1 Name change effective February 28, 2026. Formerly, Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund.

2 Name change effective February 28, 2026. Formerly, Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund.

3 Name change effective May 12, 2025. Formerly, Nationwide BNY Mellon Core Plus Bond Fund.

4 Name change effective February 23, 2026. Formerly, Nationwide WCM Focused Small Cap Fund.

5 Name change effective November 17, 2025. Formerly, Nationwide Global Sustainable Equity Fund.

6 Name change effective June 26, 2025. Formerly, Nationwide Amundi Strategic Income Fund.

You have an interest only in the assets of the Fund whose shares you own. Shares of a particular class are equal in all respects to the other shares of that class. In the event of liquidation of a Fund, shares of the same class will share pro rata in the distribution of the net assets of the Fund with all other shares of that class. All shares are without par value and when issued and paid for, are fully paid and nonassessable by the Trust. Shares may be exchanged or converted as described in this SAI and in the Prospectus but will have no other preference, conversion, exchange or pre-emptive rights.

Voting Rights

Shareholders of each class of shares have one vote for each share held and a proportionate fractional vote for any fractional share held. Shareholders may vote in the election of Trustees and on other matters submitted to meetings of shareholders. Shares, when issued, are fully paid and nonassessable. Generally, amendment may not be made to the Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust without the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust. The Trustees may, however, further amend the Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust without the vote or consent of shareholders to:

(1)

designate series of the Trust; or

(2)

change the name of the Trust; or

(3)

apply any omission, cure, correct, or supplement any ambiguous, defective, or inconsistent provision to conform the Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust to the requirements of applicable federal laws or regulations if they deem it necessary.

An annual or special meeting of shareholders to conduct necessary business is not required by the Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, the 1940 Act or other authority, except, under certain circumstances, to amend the Second Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, the Investment Advisory Agreement, fundamental investment objectives, investment policies and investment restrictions, to elect and remove Trustees, to reorganize the Trust or any series or class thereof and to act upon certain other business matters. In regard to termination, sale of assets, modification or change of the Investment Advisory Agreement, or change of investment restrictions with respect to a Fund, the right to vote is limited to the holders of shares of that Fund. However, shares of all Nationwide Funds vote together, and not by Fund, in the election of Trustees. If an issue must be approved by a majority as defined in the 1940 Act, a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” means the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting when the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares. For the election of Trustees only a plurality is required. Holders of shares subject to a Rule 12b-1 fee will vote as a class and not with holders of any other class with respect to the approval of the Rule 12b-1 Plan.

Additional General Tax Information for All Funds

The following is a summary of certain additional tax considerations generally affecting the Fund and its shareholders that are not described in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the tax treatment of the Fund or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning.

This “Additional General Tax Information For All Funds” section is based on the Internal Revenue Code and applicable regulations in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative, regulatory or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the tax rules applicable to the Fund and its shareholders. Any of these changes or court decisions may have a retroactive effect.

This is for general information only and not tax advice. All investors should consult their own tax advisors as to the federal, state, local and foreign tax provisions applicable to them.

Taxation of the Fund. The Fund has elected and intends to qualify, or, if newly organized, intends to elect and qualify, each year as a regulated investment company (sometimes referred to as a “regulated investment company,” “RIC” or “fund”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. If the Fund so qualifies, the Fund will not be subject to federal income

tax on the portion of its investment company taxable income (that is, generally, taxable interest, dividends, net short-term capital gains, and other taxable ordinary income, net of expenses, without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (that is, the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that it distributes to shareholders.

In order to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company, the Fund must satisfy the following requirements:

●Distribution Requirement– the Fund must distribute an amount equal to the sum of at least 90% of its investment company taxable income and 90% of its net tax-exempt income, if any, for the tax year (including, for purposes of satisfying this distribution requirement, certain distributions made by the Fund after the close of its taxable year that are treated as made during such taxable year).

●Income Requirement– the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived from its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from qualified publicly traded partnerships (“QPTPs”).

●Asset Diversification Test– the Fund must satisfy the following asset diversification test at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s tax year: (1) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets must consist of cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and securities of other issuers (as to which the Fund has not invested more than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets in securities of an issuer and as to which the Fund does not hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer); and (2) no more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) or of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses, or, in the securities of one or more QPTPs.

In some circumstances, the character and timing of income realized by the Fund for purposes of the Income Requirement or the identification of the issuer for purposes of the Asset Diversification Test is uncertain under current law with respect to a particular investment, and an adverse determination or future guidance by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) with respect to such type of investment may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to satisfy these requirements. See, “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions” below with respect to the application of these requirements to certain types of investments. In other circumstances, the Fund may be required to sell portfolio holdings in order to meet the Income Requirement, Distribution Requirement, or Asset Diversification Test, which may have a negative impact on the Fund’s income and performance.

The Fund may use “equalization” (in lieu of making some cash distributions) in determining the portion of its income and gains that has been distributed. If the Fund uses equalization, it will allocate a portion of its undistributed investment company taxable income and net capital gain to redemptions of Fund shares and will correspondingly reduce the amount of such income and gains that it distributes in cash. If the IRS determines that the Fund’s allocation is improper and that the Fund has under-distributed its income and gain for any taxable year, the Fund may be liable for federal income and/or excise tax. If, as a result of such adjustment, the Fund fails to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, the Fund will not qualify that year as a regulated investment company the effect of which is described in the following paragraph.

If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of its taxable income (including its net capital gain) would be subject to tax at the corporate income tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders, and the dividends would be taxable to the shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Failure to qualify as a regulated investment company would thus have a negative impact on the Fund’s income and performance. Subject to savings provisions for certain inadvertent failures to satisfy the Income Requirement or Asset Diversification Test which, in general, are limited to those due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect, it is possible that the Fund will not qualify as a regulated investment company in any given tax year. Even if such savings provisions apply, the Fund may be subject to a monetary sanction of $50,000 or more. Moreover, the Board of Trustees reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company if it determines such a course of action to be beneficial to shareholders.

Portfolio turnover. For investors that hold their Fund shares in a taxable account, a high portfolio turnover rate may result in higher taxes. This is because a fund with a high turnover rate is likely to accelerate the recognition of capital gains and more of such gains are likely to be taxable as short-term rather than long-term capital gains in contrast to a comparable fund with a low turnover rate. Any such higher taxes would reduce the Fund’s after-tax performance. See, “Taxation of Fund Distributions– Distributions of capital gains” below. For non-U.S. investors, any such acceleration of the recognition of capital gains that results in more short-term and less long-term capital gains being recognized by the Fund may cause such investors to be subject to increased U.S. withholding taxes. See, “Non-U.S. Investors– In general” below.

Capital loss carryovers. The capital losses of the Fund, if any, do not flow through to shareholders. Rather, the Fund may use its capital losses, subject to applicable limitations, to offset its capital gains without being required to pay taxes on or distribute to shareholders such gains that are offset by the losses. If the Fund has a “net capital loss” (that is, capital losses in excess of capital gains), the excess (if any) of the Fund's net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gains is treated as a short-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund's next taxable year, and the excess (if any) of the Fund's net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gains is treated as a long-term capital loss arising on the first day of the Fund's next taxable year. Any such net capital losses of the Fund that are not used to offset capital gains may be carried forward indefinitely to reduce any future capital gains realized by the Fund in succeeding taxable years. The amount of capital losses that can be carried forward and used in any single year is subject to an annual limitation if there is a more than 50% “change in ownership” of the Fund. An ownership change generally results when shareholders owning 5% or more of the Fund increase their aggregate holdings by more than 50% over a three-year look-back period. An ownership change could result in capital loss carryovers being used at a slower rate, thereby reducing the Fund’s ability to offset capital gains with those losses. An increase in the amount of taxable gains distributed to the Fund’s shareholders could result from an ownership change. The Fund undertakes no obligation to avoid or prevent an ownership change, which can occur in the normal course of shareholder purchases and redemptions or as a result of engaging in a tax-free reorganization with another fund. Moreover, because of circumstances beyond the Fund’s control, there can be no assurance that the Fund will not experience, or has not already experienced, an ownership change. In addition, if the Fund engages in a tax-free reorganization with another fund, the effect of these and other rules not discussed herein may be to disallow or postpone the use by the Fund of its capital loss carryovers (including any current year losses and built-in losses when realized) to offset its own gains or those of the other fund, or vice versa, thereby reducing the tax benefits Fund shareholders would otherwise have enjoyed from use of such capital loss carryovers.

Deferral of late year losses. The Fund may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Fund’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Fund distributions for any calendar year (see, “Taxation of Fund Distributions– Distributions of capital gains” below). A “qualified late year loss” includes:

●any net capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, or, if there is no such loss, any net long-term capital loss or any net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year (“post-October capital losses”), and

●the sum of (1) the excess, if any, of (a) specified losses incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) specified gains incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) ordinary losses incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year, over (b) the ordinary income incurred after December 31 of the current taxable year.

The terms “specified losses” and “specified gains” mean ordinary losses and gains from the sale, exchange, or other disposition of property (including the termination of a position with respect to such property), foreign currency losses and gains, and losses and gains resulting from holding stock in a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for which a mark-to-market election is in effect. The terms “ordinary losses” and “ordinary income” mean other ordinary losses and income that are not described in the preceding sentence. Since the Fund has a fiscal year ending in October, the amount of qualified late-year losses (if any) is computed without regard to any items of income, gain, or loss that are (a) post-October losses, (b) specified losses, and (c) specified gains.

Undistributed capital gains. The Fund may retain or distribute to shareholders its net capital gain for each taxable year. The Fund currently intends to distribute net capital gains. If the Fund elects to retain its net capital gain, the Fund will be taxed thereon (except to the extent of any available capital loss carryovers) at the corporate income tax rate. If the Fund elects to retain its net capital gain, it is expected that the Fund also will elect to have shareholders treated as if each received a

distribution of its pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will be required to report its pro rata share of such gain on its tax return as long-term capital gain, will receive a refundable tax credit for its pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain, and will increase the tax basis for its shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

Federal excise tax. To avoid a 4% non-deductible excise tax, the Fund must distribute by December 31 of each year an amount equal to at least: (1) 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of capital gain net income (that is, the excess of the gains from sales or exchanges of capital assets over the losses from such sales or exchanges) for the one-year period ended on October 31 of such calendar year, and (3) any prior year undistributed ordinary income and capital gain net income. The Fund may elect to defer to the following year any net ordinary loss incurred for the portion of the calendar year which is after the beginning of the Fund’s taxable year. Also, the Fund will defer any “specified gain” or “specified loss” which would be properly taken into account for the portion of the calendar year after October 31. Any net ordinary loss, specified gain, or specified loss deferred shall be treated as arising on January 1 of the following calendar year. Generally, the Fund intends to make sufficient distributions prior to the end of each calendar year to avoid any material liability for federal income and excise tax, but can give no assurances that all or a portion of such liability will be avoided. In addition, under certain circumstances, temporary timing or permanent differences in the realization of income and expense for book and tax purposes can result in the Fund having to pay an excise tax.

Foreign income tax. Investment income received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign income tax withheld at the source and the amount of tax withheld generally will be treated as an expense of the Fund. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries, which entitle the Fund to a reduced rate of, or exemption from, tax on such income. Some countries require the filing of a tax reclaim or other forms to receive the benefit of the reduced tax rate; whether or when the Fund will receive the tax reclaim is within the control of the individual country. Information required on these forms may not be available such as shareholder information; therefore, the Fund may not receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries have conflicting and changing instructions and restrictive timing requirements which may cause the Fund not to receive the reduced treaty rates or potential reclaims. Other countries may subject capital gains realized by the Fund on sale or disposition of securities of that country to taxation. These and other factors may make it difficult for the Fund to determine in advance the effective rate of foreign tax on its investments in certain countries. Under certain circumstances, the Fund may elect to pass-through certain eligible foreign income taxes paid by the Fund to shareholders, although it reserves the right not to do so. If the Fund makes such an election and obtains a refund of foreign taxes paid by the Fund in a prior year, the Fund may be eligible to reduce the amount of foreign taxes reported by the Fund to its shareholders, generally by the amount of the foreign taxes refunded, for the year in which the refund is received. See, “Taxation of Fund Distributions–Pass-through of foreign tax credits.”

Taxation of Fund Distributions. The Fund anticipates distributing substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain for each taxable year. Distributions by the Fund will be treated in the manner described below regardless of whether such distributions are paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Fund (or of another fund). The Fund will send you information annually as to the federal income tax consequences of distributions made (or deemed made) during the year.

Distributions of net investment income. The Fund receives ordinary income generally in the form of dividends and/or interest on its investments. The Fund also may recognize ordinary income from other sources, including, but not limited to, certain gains on foreign currency-related transactions. This income, less expenses incurred in the operation of the Fund, constitutes the Fund’s net investment income from which dividends may be paid to you. If you are a taxable investor, distributions of net investment income generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits. A portion of the income dividends paid to you may be qualified dividends eligible to be taxed to noncorporate taxpayers at reduced rates or for the dividends-received deduction available to corporations. See the discussion below under the headings, “— Qualified dividend income for individuals” and “—Dividends-received deduction for corporations.”

Distributions of capital gains. The Fund may derive capital gain and loss in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities. Distributions derived from the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions paid from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the Fund. Any net short-term or long-term capital gain realized by the Fund (net of any capital loss carryovers) generally will be distributed once each year and may be distributed more frequently, if necessary, in order to reduce or eliminate federal excise or income taxes on the Fund.

Returns of capital. Distributions by the Fund that are not paid from earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of (and in reduction of) the shareholder’s tax basis in his shares; any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of his shares. Thus, the portion of a distribution that constitutes a return of capital will decrease the shareholder’s tax basis in his Fund shares (but not below zero), and will result in an increase in the amount of gain (or decrease in the amount of loss) that will be recognized by the shareholder for tax purposes on the later sale of Fund shares. Return of capital distributions can occur for a number of reasons including, among others, the Fund over-estimates the income to be received from certain investments such as those classified as partnerships or equity real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) (see, “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions–Investments in U.S. REITs” below).

Qualified dividend income for individuals. Ordinary income dividends reported by the Fund to shareholders as derived from qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals and other noncorporate shareholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain. “Qualified dividend income” means dividends paid to the Fund (a) by domestic corporations, (b) by foreign corporations that are either (i) incorporated in a possession of the United States, or (ii) are eligible for benefits under certain income tax treaties with the United States that include an exchange of information program, or (c) with respect to stock of a foreign corporation that is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Both the Fund and the investor must meet certain holding period requirements to qualify Fund dividends for this treatment. Specifically, the Fund must hold the stock for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, investors must hold their Fund shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the Fund distribution goes ex-dividend. Income derived from investments in derivatives, fixed-income securities, PFICs, and income received “in lieu of” dividends in a securities lending transaction generally is not eligible for treatment as qualified dividend income. If the qualifying dividend income received by the Fund is equal to or greater than 95% of the Fund’s gross income (exclusive of net capital gain) in any taxable year, all of the ordinary income dividends paid by the Fund will be qualifying dividend income.

Qualified REIT dividends. Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”), “qualified REIT dividends” (i.e., ordinary REIT dividends other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income) are treated as eligible for a 20% deduction by noncorporate taxpayers. This deduction, if allowed in full, equates to a maximum effective tax rate of 29.6% (37% top rate applied to income after 20% deduction). The Fund may choose to report the special character of “qualified REIT dividends” to its shareholders, provided both the Fund and the shareholder meet certain holding period requirements. The amount of a RIC’s dividends eligible for the 20% deduction for a taxable year is limited to the excess of the RIC’s qualified REIT dividends for the taxable year over allocable expenses. A noncorporate shareholder receiving such dividends would treat them as eligible for the 20% deduction, provided the shareholder meets certain holding period requirements for its shares in the RIC (i.e., generally, RIC shares must be held by the shareholder for more than 45 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the date on which the shares become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend).

Business interest income. Under Section 163(j) of the Internal Revenue Code, enacted by the TCJA, generally, the amount of business interest that a taxpayer can deduct for any year is limited to the taxpayer’s (i) business interest income (which is the amount of interest includible in the gross income of the taxpayer which is properly allocable to a trade or business, but does not include investment income) plus (ii) 30% of adjusted taxable income (but not less than zero) plus (iii) floor plan financing interest. The Fund is permitted to pass-through its net business interest income (generally the Fund’s interest income less applicable expenses and deductions) as a “Section 163(j) interest dividend.” The amount passed through to shareholders is considered interest income and can then be used to determine such shareholder’s business interest deduction under Section 163(j), if any, subject to holding period requirements and other limitations. The Fund may choose not to report such Section 163(j) interest dividends.

Dividends-received deduction for corporations. For corporate shareholders, a portion of the dividends paid by the Fund may qualify for the 50% corporate dividends-received deduction. The portion of dividends paid by the Fund that so qualifies will be reported by the Fund to shareholders each year and cannot exceed the gross amount of dividends received by the Fund from domestic (U.S.) corporations. The availability of the dividends-received deduction is subject to certain holding period and debt financing restrictions that apply to both the Fund and the investor. Specifically, the amount that the Fund may report as eligible for the dividends-received deduction will be reduced or eliminated if the shares on which the dividends earned by the Fund were debt-financed or held by the Fund for less than a minimum period of time, generally 46 days during a 91-day period beginning 45 days before the stock becomes ex-dividend. Similarly, if your Fund shares are debt-financed or held by

you for less than a 46-day period then the dividends-received deduction for Fund dividends on your shares also may be reduced or eliminated. Income derived by the Fund from investments in derivatives, fixed-income and foreign securities, and income received “in lieu of ” dividends in a securities lending transaction generally is not eligible for this treatment.

Impact of realized but undistributed income and gains, and net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities. At the time of your purchase of shares, the Fund’s net asset value may reflect undistributed income, undistributed capital gains, or net unrealized appreciation of portfolio securities held by the Fund. A subsequent distribution to you of such amounts, although constituting a return of your investment, would be taxable, and would be taxed as ordinary income (some portion of which may be taxed as qualified dividend income), capital gains, or some combination of both, unless you are investing through a tax-advantaged arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account. The Fund may be able to reduce the amount of such distributions from capital gains by utilizing its capital loss carryovers, if any.

Pass-through of foreign tax credits. If more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the end of a fiscal year is invested in foreign securities, the Fund may elect to pass-through to you your pro rata share of foreign taxes paid by the Fund. If this election is made, the Fund may report more taxable income to you than it actually distributes. You will then be entitled either to deduct your share of these taxes in computing your taxable income, or to claim a foreign tax credit for these taxes against your U.S. federal income tax (subject to limitations for certain shareholders). The Fund will provide you with the information necessary to claim this deduction or credit on your personal income tax return if it makes this election. No deduction for foreign tax may be claimed by a noncorporate shareholder who does not itemize deductions or who is subject to the alternative minimum tax. Shareholders may be unable to claim a credit for the full amount of their proportionate shares of the foreign income tax paid by the Fund due to certain limitations that may apply. The Fund reserves the right not to pass-through to its shareholders the amount of foreign income taxes paid by the Fund. In addition, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders. See, “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions - Securities lending” below.

Tax credit bonds. If the Fund holds, directly or indirectly, one or more “tax credit bonds” (including bonds, clean renewable energy bonds and qualified tax credit bonds) on one or more applicable dates during a taxable year, the Fund may elect to permit its shareholders to claim a tax credit on their income tax returns equal to each shareholder’s proportionate share of tax credits from the applicable bonds that otherwise would be allowed to the Fund. In such a case, shareholders must include in gross income (as interest) their proportionate share of the income attributable to their proportionate share of those offsetting tax credits. A shareholder’s ability to claim a tax credit associated with one or more tax credit bonds may be subject to certain limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. Even if the Fund is eligible to pass-through tax credits to shareholders, the Fund may choose not to do so.

U.S. government securities. Income earned on certain U.S. government obligations is exempt from state and local personal income taxes if earned directly by you. States also grant tax-free status to dividends paid to you from interest earned on direct obligations of the U.S. government, subject in some states to minimum investment or reporting requirements that must be met by the Fund. Income on investments by the Fund in certain other obligations, such as repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government obligations, securities lending agreements, commercial paper and federal agency-backed obligations (e.g., GNMA or FNMA obligations), generally does not qualify for tax-free treatment. The rules on exclusion of this income are different for corporations.

Dividends declared in December and paid in January. Ordinarily, shareholders are required to take distributions by the Fund into account in the year in which the distributions are made. However, dividends declared in October, November or December of any year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month will be deemed to have been received by the shareholders (and made by the Fund) on December 31 of such calendar year if such dividends are actually paid in January of the following year. Shareholders will be advised annually as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of distributions made (or deemed made) during the year in accordance with the guidance that has been provided by the IRS.

Medicare tax. A 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on net investment income earned by certain individuals, estates and trusts. “Net investment income,” for these purposes, means investment income, including ordinary dividends and capital gain distributions received from the Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares, reduced by the deductions properly allocable to such income. In the case of an individual, the tax will be imposed on the lesser of (1) the shareholder’s net investment income or (2) the amount by which the shareholder’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds

$250,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing jointly or a surviving spouse), $125,000 (if the shareholder is married and filing separately) or $200,000 (in any other case).This Medicare tax, if applicable, is reported by you on, and paid with, your federal income tax return.

Investment expenses. Because shares of the Fund are not publicly offered, the Fund will report certain of its investment expenses to certain types of shareholders on Form 1099. (Shares of the Fund are not treated as publicly offered for this purpose because such shares will not be: (i) continuously offered pursuant to a public offering (within the meaning of section 4 of the Securities Act); (ii) regularly traded on an established securities market; or (iii) held by or for more than 500 persons at all times during a taxable year). No deduction is permitted for expenses incurred by noncorporate taxpayers constituting “miscellaneous itemized deductions,” generally including investment-related expenses (other than interest and certain other specified expenses). The Internal Revenue Code imposes additional limitations on the amount of certain itemized deductions allowable to individuals with adjusted gross income in excess of certain amounts. For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2026, in the case of an individual, the amount of the itemized deductions otherwise allowable for the taxable year shall be reduced by 2⁄37 of the lesser of (1) such amount of itemized deductions, or (2) so much of the taxable income of the taxpayer for the taxable year (increased by such amount of itemized deductions) exceeds the dollar amount at which the 37 percent rate bracket under section 1 of the Internal Revenue Code begins with respect to the taxpayer. Noncorporate shareholders generally may deduct “investment interest expense” only to the extent of their “net investment income.” Investment interest expense of a Shareholder will generally include any interest expense accrued by the Fund and any interest paid or accrued on direct borrowings by a Shareholder to purchase or carry its Shares.

Sale or Redemption of Fund Shares. Because, as described above, shares of the Fund are not publicly offered, a redemption of shares generally will be treated as a taxable sale or exchange of such shares for tax purposes, provided (a) the redemption is not essentially equivalent to a dividend, (b) the redemption is a substantially disproportionate redemption, (c) the redemption is a complete redemption of a shareholder’s entire interest in the Fund, or (d) the redeeming shareholder is not a corporation and the redemption is in partial liquidation of the Fund.

A shareholder will recognize gain or loss on the sale or redemption of shares of the Fund in an amount equal to the difference between the proceeds of the sale or redemption and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares. A shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares may be less than the price paid for the shares as a result of distributions by the Fund in excess of the Fund’s earnings and profits (i.e., returns of capital). If you owned your shares as a capital asset, any gain or loss that you realize will be considered capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for longer than one year. Capital losses in any year are deductible only to the extent of capital gains plus, in the case of a noncorporate taxpayer, $3,000 of ordinary income. Redemptions that do not qualify for sale or exchange treatment will be treated as described above under “Taxation of Fund Distributions.”

Tax basis information. The Fund is required to report to certain types of shareholders and the IRS annually on Form 1099-B the cost basis of shares where the cost basis of the shares is known by the Fund (referred to as “covered shares”). However, cost basis reporting is not required for certain shareholders, including shareholders investing in the Fund through a tax-advantaged retirement account, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account, or shareholders investing in a money market fund that maintains a stable net asset value. When required to report cost basis, the Fund will calculate it using the Fund’s default method of average cost, unless you instruct the Fund in writing to use a different calculation method. In general, average cost is the total cost basis of all your shares in an account divided by the total number of shares in the account. To determine whether short-term or long-term capital gains taxes apply, the IRS presumes you redeem your oldest shares first.

The IRS permits the use of several methods to determine the cost basis of mutual fund shares. The method used will determine which specific shares are deemed to be sold when there are multiple purchases on different dates at differing share prices, and the entire position is not sold at one time. The Fund does not recommend any particular method of determining cost basis, and the use of other methods may result in more favorable tax consequences for some shareholders. It is important that you consult with your tax advisor to determine which method is best for you and then notify the Fund in writing if you intend to utilize a method other than average cost for covered shares.

In addition to the Fund’s default method of average cost, other cost basis methods offered by Nationwide Mutual Funds, which you may elect to apply to covered shares, include:

●FIFO (First In, First Out) – the shares purchased first are sold first.

●LIFO (Last In, First Out) – the shares purchased last are sold first.

●High Cost– the shares with the highest cost per share are sold first.

●Low Cost–the shares with the lowest cost per share are sold first.

●Loss/Gain Utilization– groups of shares (lots) are selected and sold based on generating losses first (short-term then long-term) and gains last (long-term then short-term).

●Specific Lot Identification– you must specify the share lots to be sold at the time of redemption. This method requires you to elect a secondary method in the event the lots you designate for redemption are unavailable. The secondary method options include first in, first out; last in, first out; low cost; high cost; and loss/gain utilization. If a secondary method is not elected, first in, first out will be used.

You may elect any of the available methods detailed above for your covered shares. If you do not notify the Fund in writing of your elected cost basis method upon the initial purchase into your account, the default method of average cost will be applied to your covered shares. The cost basis for covered shares will be calculated separately from any shares for which cost basis information is not known by the Fund (“noncovered shares”) you may own. You may change from average cost to another cost basis method for covered shares at any time by notifying the Fund in writing, but only for shares acquired after the date of the change (the change is prospective). The basis of the shares that were averaged before the change will remain averaged after the date of the change.

With the exception of the specific lot identification method, Nationwide Mutual Funds first depletes noncovered shares in first in, first out order before applying your elected method to your remaining covered shares. If you want to deplete your shares in a different order then you must elect specific lot identification and choose the lots you wish to deplete first.

The Fund will compute and report the cost basis of your Fund shares sold or exchanged by taking into account all of the applicable adjustments to cost basis and holding periods as required by the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury regulations for purposes of reporting these amounts to you and the IRS. However, the Fund is not required to, and in many cases the Fund does not possess the information to, take all possible basis, holding period or other adjustments into account in reporting cost basis information to you. Therefore, shareholders should carefully review the cost basis information provided by the Fund, and make any additional basis, holding period or other adjustments that are required by the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury regulations when reporting these amounts on their federal income tax returns. Shareholders remain solely responsible for complying with all federal income tax laws when filing their federal income tax returns.

If you hold your Fund shares through a broker (or other nominee), please contact that broker (nominee) with respect to reporting of cost basis and available elections for your account.

Wash sales. All or a portion of any loss that you realize on a redemption of your Fund shares will be disallowed to the extent that you buy other shares in the Fund (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after your share redemption. Any loss disallowed under these rules will be added to your tax basis in the new shares.

Redemptions at a loss within six months of purchase. Any capital loss incurred on a redemption or exchange of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributed to you by the Fund on those shares.

Deferral of basis. If a shareholder (a) incurs a sales load in acquiring shares of the Fund, (b) disposes of such shares less than 91 days after they are acquired, and (c) subsequently acquires shares of the Fund or another fund by January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the disposition of the original shares occurred at a reduced sales load pursuant to a right to reinvest at such reduced sales load acquired in connection with the acquisition of the shares disposed of, then the sales load on the shares disposed of (to the extent of the reduction in the sales load on the shares subsequently acquired) shall not be taken into account in determining gain or loss on the shares disposed of, but shall be treated as incurred on the acquisition of the shares subsequently acquired. The wash sale rules also may limit the amount of loss that may be taken into account on disposition after such adjustment.

Reportable transactions. Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886.The fact

that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions. Set forth below is a general description of the tax treatment of certain types of securities, investment techniques and transactions that may apply to a fund and, in turn, affect the amount, character and timing of dividends and distributions payable by the fund to its shareholders. This section should be read in conjunction with the discussion above under “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON PORTFOLIO INSTRUMENTS, STRATEGIES AND INVESTMENT POLICIES” for a detailed description of the various types of securities and investment techniques that apply to the Fund.

In general. In general, gain or loss recognized by a fund on the sale or other disposition of portfolio investments will be a capital gain or loss. Such capital gain and loss may be long-term or short-term depending, in general, upon the length of time a particular investment position is maintained and, in some cases, upon the nature of the transaction. Property held for more than one year generally will be eligible for long-term capital gain or loss treatment. The application of certain rules described below may serve to alter the manner in which the holding period for a security is determined or may otherwise affect the characterization as long-term or short-term, and also the timing of the realization and/or character of certain gains or losses.

Certain fixed-income investments. Gain recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation purchased by a fund at a market discount (generally, at a price less than its principal amount) will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of the market discount which accrued during the period of time the fund held the debt obligation unless the fund made a current inclusion election to accrue market discount into income as it accrues. If a fund purchases a debt obligation (such as a zero coupon security or pay-in-kind security) that was originally issued at a discount, the fund generally is required to include in gross income each year the portion of the original issue discount which accrues during such year. Therefore, a fund’s investment in such securities may cause the fund to recognize income and make distributions to shareholders before it receives any cash payments on the securities. To generate cash to satisfy those distribution requirements, a fund may have to sell portfolio securities that it otherwise might have continued to hold or to use cash flows from other sources such as the sale of fund shares.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present tax issues for a fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether and to what extent a fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation, when a fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent a fund may take deductions for bad debts or worthless securities and how a fund should allocate payments received on obligations in default between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by a fund in order to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company.

Options, futures, forward contracts, swap agreements and hedging transactions. In general, option premiums received by a fund are not immediately included in the income of the fund. Instead, the premiums are recognized when the option contract expires, the option is exercised by the holder, or the fund transfers or otherwise terminates the option (e.g., through a closing transaction). If an option written by a fund is exercised and the fund sells or delivers the underlying stock, the fund generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to (a) the sum of the strike price and the option premium received by the fund minus (b) the fund’s basis in the stock. Such gain or loss generally will be short-term or long-term depending upon the holding period of the underlying stock. If securities are purchased by a fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the fund generally will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased. The gain or loss with respect to any termination of a fund’s obligation under an option other than through the exercise of the option and related sale or delivery of the underlying stock generally will be short-term gain or loss depending on whether the premium income received by the fund is greater or less than the amount paid by the fund (if any) in terminating the transaction. Thus, for example, if an option written by a fund expires unexercised, the fund generally will recognize short-term gain equal to the premium received.

The tax treatment of certain futures contracts entered into by a fund as well as listed non-equity options written or purchased by the fund on U.S. exchanges (including options on futures contracts, broad-based equity indices and debt securities) may be governed by section 1256 of the Internal Revenue Code (“section 1256 contracts”). Gains or losses on section 1256 contracts generally are considered 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gains or losses (“60/40”), although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary in character. Also, any

section 1256 contracts held by a fund at the end of each taxable year (and, for purposes of the 4% excise tax, on certain other dates as prescribed under the Internal Revenue Code) are “marked to market” with the result that unrealized gains or losses are treated as though they were realized and the resulting gain or loss is treated as ordinary or 60/40 gain or loss, as applicable. Section 1256 contracts do not include any interest rate swap, currency swap, basis swap, interest rate cap, interest rate floor, commodity swap, equity swap, equity index swap, credit default swap, or similar agreement.

In addition to the special rules described above in respect of options and futures transactions, a fund’s transactions in other derivative instruments (including options, forward contracts and swap agreements) as well as its other hedging, short sale, or similar transactions, may be subject to one or more special tax rules (including the constructive sale, notional principal contract, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules). These rules may affect whether gains and losses recognized by a fund are treated as ordinary or capital or as short-term or long-term, accelerate the recognition of income or gains to the fund, defer losses to the fund, and cause adjustments in the holding periods of the fund’s securities. These rules, therefore, could affect the amount, timing and/or character of distributions to shareholders. Moreover, because the tax rules applicable to derivative instruments are in some cases uncertain under current law, an adverse determination or future guidance by the IRS with respect to these rules (which determination or guidance could be retroactive) may affect whether a fund has made sufficient distributions, and otherwise satisfied the relevant requirements, to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company and avoid a fund-level tax.

Certain of a fund’s investments in derivatives and foreign currency-denominated instruments, and the fund’s transactions in foreign currencies and hedging activities, may produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If a fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company. If a fund’s book income exceeds the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the distribution of any such excess will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including current earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income, reduced by related deductions), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in the shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset.

Foreign currency transactions. A fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned. This treatment could increase or decrease a fund’s ordinary income distributions to you, and may cause some or all of the fund’s previously distributed income to be classified as a return of capital. In certain cases, a fund may make an election to treat such gain or loss as capital.

PFIC investments. A fund may invest in securities of foreign companies that may be classified under the Internal Revenue Code as PFICs. In general, a foreign company is classified as a PFIC if at least one-half of its assets constitute investment-type assets or 75% or more of its gross income is investment-type income. When investing in PFIC securities, a fund intends to mark-to-market these securities under certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and recognize any unrealized gains as ordinary income at the end of the fund’s fiscal and excise tax years. Deductions for losses are allowable only to the extent of any current or previously recognized gains. These gains (reduced by allowable losses) are treated as ordinary income that a fund is required to distribute, even though it has not sold or received dividends from these securities. You also should be aware that the designation of a foreign security as a PFIC security will cause its income dividends to fall outside of the definition of qualified foreign corporation dividends. These dividends generally will not qualify for the reduced rate of taxation on qualified dividends when distributed to you by a fund. Foreign companies are not required to identify themselves as PFICs. Due to various complexities in identifying PFICs, a fund can give no assurances that it will be able to identify portfolio securities in foreign corporations that are PFICs in time for the fund to make a mark-to-market election. If a fund is unable to identify an investment as a PFIC and thus does not make a mark-to-market election, the fund may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on a fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

Investments in U.S. REITs. A U.S. REIT is not subject to federal income tax on the income and gains it distributes to shareholders. Dividends paid by a U.S. REIT, other than capital gain distributions, will be taxable as ordinary income up to the amount of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Capital gain dividends paid by a U.S. REIT to a fund will be treated as long-term capital gains by the fund and, in turn, may be distributed by the fund to its shareholders as a capital gain distribution. Because of certain noncash expenses, such as property depreciation, an equity U.S. REIT’s cash

flow may exceed its taxable income. The equity U.S. REIT, and in turn a fund, may distribute this excess cash to shareholders in the form of a return of capital distribution. However, if a U.S. REIT is operated in a manner that fails to qualify as a U.S. REIT, an investment in the U.S. REIT would become subject to double taxation, meaning the taxable income of the U.S. REIT would be subject to federal income tax at the corporate income tax rate without any deduction for dividends paid to shareholders and the dividends would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income (or possibly as qualified dividend income) to the extent of the U.S. REIT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Also, see, “Tax Treatment of Portfolio Transactions–Investment in taxable mortgage pools (excess inclusion income)” and “Non-U.S. Investors– Investment in U.S. real property” below with respect to certain other tax aspects of investing in U.S. REITs.

Investment in non-U.S. REITs. While non-U.S. REITs often use complex acquisition structures that seek to minimize taxation in the source country, an investment by a fund in a non-U.S. REIT may subject the fund, directly or indirectly, to corporate taxes, withholding taxes, transfer taxes and other indirect taxes in the country in which the real estate acquired by the non-U.S. REIT is located. A fund’s pro rata share of any such taxes will reduce the fund’s return on its investment. A fund’s investment in a non-U.S. REIT may be considered an investment in a PFIC, as discussed above in “PFIC investments.” In addition, foreign withholding taxes on distributions from the non-U.S. REIT may be reduced or eliminated under certain tax treaties, as discussed above in “Taxation of the Fund– Foreign income tax.” Also, a fund in certain limited circumstances may be required to file an income tax return in the source country and pay tax on any gain realized from its investment in the non-U.S. REIT under rules similar to those in the United States, which tax foreign persons on gain realized from dispositions of interests in U.S. real estate.

Investment in taxable mortgage pools (excess inclusion income). Under a Notice issued by the IRS, the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury regulations to be issued, a portion of a fund’s income from a U.S. REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a real estate mortgage investment conduit (“REMIC”) or equity interests in a “taxable mortgage pool” (referred to in the Internal Revenue Code as an excess inclusion) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. The excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as a fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or, if applicable, taxable mortgage pool directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, 401(k) plans, Keogh plans or other tax-exempt entities) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign stockholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (which generally includes certain cooperatives, governmental entities, and tax-exempt organizations not subject to UBTI) is a record holder of a share in a regulated investment company, then the regulated investment company will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the corporate income tax rate. The Notice imposes certain reporting requirements upon regulated investment companies that have excess inclusion income. There can be no assurance that a fund will not allocate to shareholders excess inclusion income.

These rules are potentially applicable to a fund with respect to any income it receives from the equity interests of certain mortgage pooling vehicles, either directly or, as is more likely, through an investment in a U.S. REIT. It is unlikely that these rules will apply to a fund that has a non-REIT strategy.

Investments in partnerships and QPTPs. For purposes of the Income Requirement, income derived by a fund from a partnership that is not a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership that would be qualifying income if realized directly by the fund. While the rules are not entirely clear with respect to a fund investing in a partnership outside a master-feeder structure, for purposes of testing whether a fund satisfies the Asset Diversification Test, the fund generally is treated as owning a pro rata share of the underlying assets of a partnership. See, “Taxation of the Fund.” In contrast, different rules apply to a partnership that is a QPTP. A QPTP is a partnership (a) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market, (b) that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, and (c) that derives less than 90% of its income from sources that satisfy the Income Requirement (e.g., because it invests in commodities). All of the net income derived by a fund from an interest in a QPTP will be treated as qualifying income but the fund may not invest more than 25% of its total assets in one or more QPTPs. However, there can be no assurance that a partnership classified as a QPTP in one year will qualify as a QPTP in the next year. Any such failure to annually qualify as a QPTP might, in turn, cause a fund to fail to qualify as a regulated investment

company. Although, in general, the passive loss rules of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a fund with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTP. Fund investments in partnerships, including in QPTPs, may result in the fund being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Securities lending. While securities are loaned out by a fund, the fund generally will receive from the borrower amounts equal to any dividends or interest paid on the borrowed securities. For federal income tax purposes, payments made “in lieu of” dividends are not considered dividend income. These distributions will neither qualify for the reduced rate of taxation for individuals on qualified dividends nor the 50% dividends-received deduction for corporations. Also, any foreign tax withheld on payments made “in lieu of” dividends or interest will not qualify for the pass-through of foreign tax credits to shareholders.

Investments in convertible securities. Convertible debt is ordinarily treated as a “single property” consisting of a pure debt interest until conversion, after which the investment becomes an equity interest. If the security is issued at a premium (i.e., for cash in excess of the face amount payable on retirement), the creditor-holder may amortize the premium unrelated to the conversion feature of the security over the life of the bond. If the security is issued for cash at a price below its face amount, the creditor-holder must accrue original issue discount in income over the life of the debt. The creditor-holder’s exercise of the conversion privilege is treated as a nontaxable event. Mandatorily convertible debt (e.g., an exchange-traded note or ETN issued in the form of an unsecured obligation that pays a return based on the performance of a specified market index, exchange currency, or commodity) is often, but not always, treated as a contract to buy or sell the reference property rather than debt. Similarly, convertible preferred stock with a mandatory conversion feature is ordinarily, but not always, treated as equity rather than debt. Dividends-received may be qualified dividend income and eligible for the corporate dividends-received deduction. In general, conversion of preferred stock for common stock of the same corporation is tax-free. Conversion of preferred stock for cash is a taxable redemption. Any redemption premium for preferred stock that is redeemable by the issuing company might be required to be amortized under original issue discount principles. A change in the conversion ratio or conversion price of a convertible security on account of a dividend paid to the issuer’s other shareholders may result in a deemed distribution of stock to the holders of the convertible security equal to the value of their increased interest in the equity of the issuer. Thus, an increase in the conversion ratio of a convertible security can be treated as a taxable distribution of stock to a holder of the convertible security (without a corresponding receipt of cash by the holder) before the holder has converted the security.

Investments in securities of uncertain tax character. A fund may invest in securities the U.S. federal income tax treatment of which may not be clear or may be subject to recharacterization by the IRS. To the extent the tax treatment of such securities or the income from such securities differs from the tax treatment expected by a fund, it could affect the timing or character of income recognized by the fund, requiring the fund to purchase or sell securities, or otherwise change its portfolio, in order to comply with the tax rules applicable to regulated investment companies under the Internal Revenue Code.

Backup Withholding. By law, the Fund may be required to withhold a portion of your taxable dividends and sales proceeds unless you:

●provide your correct social security or taxpayer identification number,

●certify that this number is correct,

●certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, and

●certify that you are a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien).

The Fund also must withhold if the IRS instructs it to do so. When withholding is required, the amount will be 24% of any distributions or proceeds paid. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the IRS. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding and information reporting. The special U.S. tax certification requirements applicable to non-U.S. investors to avoid backup withholding are described under the “Non-U.S. Investors” heading below.

Non-U.S. Investors. Non-U.S. investors (shareholders who, as to the United States, are nonresident alien individuals, foreign trusts or estates, foreign corporations, or foreign partnerships) may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are subject to special U.S. tax certification requirements. Non-U.S. investors should consult their tax advisors about the applicability of U.S. tax withholding and the use of the appropriate forms to certify their status.

In general. The United States imposes a flat 30% withholding tax (or a withholding tax at a lower treaty rate) on U.S. source dividends, including on income dividends paid to you by the Fund. Exemptions from this U.S. withholding tax are provided for capital gain dividends paid by the Fund from its net long-term capital gains, interest-related dividends paid by the Fund from its qualified net interest income from U.S. sources and short-term capital gain dividends.

However, the Fund may choose not to utilize the exemptions for interest-related dividends paid and short- term capital gains dividends paid. Moreover, notwithstanding such exemptions from U.S. withholding at the source, any dividends and distributions of income and capital gains, including the proceeds from the sale of your Fund shares, will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 24% if you fail to properly certify that you are not a U.S. person.

Net investment income from dividends on stock and foreign source interest income continue to be subject to withholding tax; foreign tax credits. Ordinary dividends paid by the Fund to non-U.S. investors on the income earned on portfolio investments in (i) the stock of domestic and foreign corporations and (ii) the debt of foreign issuers continue to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. Foreign shareholders may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% on the income resulting from an election to pass-through foreign tax credits to shareholders, but may not be able to claim a credit or deduction with respect to the withholding tax for the foreign tax treated as having been paid by them.

Income effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business. If the income from the Fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary income dividends, capital gain dividends and any gains realized upon the sale or redemption of shares of the Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations and require the filing of a nonresident U.S. income tax return.

Investment in U.S. real property. The Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act of 1980 (“FIRPTA”) makes non-U.S. persons subject to U.S. tax on disposition of a U.S. real property interest (“USRPI”) as if he or she were a U.S. person. Such gain is sometimes referred to as FIRPTA gain. The Fund may invest in equity securities of corporations that invest in USRPI, including U.S. REITs, which may trigger FIRPTA gain to the Fund’s non-U.S. shareholders.

The Internal Revenue Code provides a look-through rule for distributions of FIRPTA gain when a RIC is classified as a qualified investment entity. A RIC will be classified as a qualified investment entity if, in general, 50% or more of the RIC’s assets consist of interests in U.S. REITs, USRPIs and other U.S. real property holding corporations (“USRPHC”). If a RIC is a qualified investment entity and the non-U.S. shareholder owns more than 5% of a class of Fund shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the FIRPTA distribution, the FIRPTA distribution to the non-U.S. shareholder is treated as gain from the disposition of a USRPI, causing the distribution to be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the corporate income tax rate (unless reduced by future regulations), and requiring the non-U.S. shareholder to file a nonresident U.S. income tax return. In addition, even if the non-U.S. shareholder does not own more than 5% of a class of Fund shares, but the Fund is a qualified investment entity, the FIRPTA distribution will be taxable as ordinary dividends (rather than as a capital gain or short-term capital gain dividend) subject to withholding at 30% or lower treaty rate.

Because the Fund expects to invest less than 50% of its assets at all times, directly or indirectly, in U.S. real property interests, the Fund expects that neither gain on the sale or redemption of Fund shares nor Fund dividends and distributions would be subject to FIRPTA reporting and tax withholding.

U.S. estate tax. Transfers by gift of shares of the Fund by a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual will not be subject to U.S. federal gift tax. An individual who, at the time of death, is a non-U.S. shareholder will nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal estate tax with respect to Fund shares at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens and residents, unless a treaty exemption applies. If a treaty exemption is available, a decedent’s estate may nonetheless need to file a U.S. estate tax return to claim the exemption in order to obtain a U.S. federal transfer certificate. The transfer certificate will identify the property (i.e., Fund shares) as to which the U.S. federal estate tax lien has been released. In the absence of a treaty, there is a $13,000 statutory estate tax credit (equivalent to U.S. situs assets with a value of $60,000). For estates with U.S. situs assets of not more than $60,000, the Fund may accept, in lieu of a transfer certificate, an affidavit from an appropriate individual evidencing that decedent’s U.S. situs assets are below this threshold amount.

U.S. tax certification rules. Special U.S. tax certification requirements may apply to non-U.S. shareholders both to avoid U.S. backup withholding imposed at a rate of 24% and to obtain the benefits of any treaty between the U.S. and the shareholder’s country of residence. In general, if you are a non-U.S. shareholder, you must provide a Form W-8 BEN (or other applicable Form W-8) to establish that you are not a U.S. person, to claim that you are the beneficial owner of the income and,

if applicable, to claim a reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding as a resident of a country with which the U.S. has an income tax treaty. A Form W-8 BEN provided without a U.S. taxpayer identification number will remain in effect for a period beginning on the date signed and ending on the last day of the third succeeding calendar year unless an earlier change of circumstances makes the information on the form incorrect. Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding.

The tax consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Non-U.S. shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund, including the applicability of foreign tax.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”). Under FATCA, the Fund will be required to withhold a 30% tax on income dividends made by the Fund to certain foreign entities, referred to as foreign financial institutions (“FFI”) or nonfinancial foreign entities (“NFFE”). After December 31, 2018, FATCA withholding also would have applied to certain capital gain distributions, return of capital distributions and the proceeds arising from the sale of Fund shares; however, based on proposed regulations issued by the IRS, which can be relied upon currently, such withholding is no longer required unless final regulations provide otherwise (which is not expected). The FATCA withholding tax generally can be avoided: (a) by an FFI, if it reports certain direct and indirect ownership of foreign financial accounts held by U.S. persons with the FFI and (b) by an NFFE, if it meets certification requirements described below. The U.S. Treasury has negotiated intergovernmental agreements (“IGA”) with certain countries and is in various stages of negotiations with a number of other foreign countries with respect to one or more alternative approaches to implement FATCA; an entity in one of those countries may be required to comply with the terms of an IGA instead of U.S. Treasury regulations.

An FFI can avoid FATCA withholding if it is deemed compliant or by becoming a “participating FFI,” which requires the FFI to enter into a U.S. tax compliance agreement with the IRS under section 1471(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (“FFI agreement”) under which it agrees to verify, report and disclose certain of its U.S. accountholders and meet certain other specified requirements. The FFI will either report the specified information about the U.S. accounts to the IRS, or, to the government of the FFI’s country of residence (pursuant to the terms and conditions of applicable law and an applicable IGA entered into between the U.S. and the FFI’s country of residence), which will, in turn, report the specified information to the IRS. An FFI that is resident in a country that has entered into an IGA with the U.S. to implement FATCA will be exempt from FATCA withholding provided that the FFI shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

An NFFE that is the beneficial owner of a payment from the Fund can avoid the FATCA withholding tax generally by certifying that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or by providing the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner. The NFFE will report the information to the Fund or other applicable withholding agent, which will, in turn, report the information to the IRS.

Such foreign shareholders also may fall into certain exempt, excepted or deemed compliant categories as established by U.S. Treasury regulations, IGAs, and other guidance regarding FATCA. An FFI or NFFE that invests in the Fund will need to provide the Fund with documentation properly certifying the entity’s status under FATCA in order to avoid FATCA withholding. Non-U.S. investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the impact of these requirements on their investment in the Fund. The requirements imposed by FATCA are different from, and in addition to, the U.S. tax certification rules to avoid backup withholding described above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these requirements to their own situation.

Effect of Future Legislation; Local Tax Considerations. The foregoing general discussion of U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Future legislative or administrative changes, including provisions of current law that sunset and thereafter no longer apply, or court decisions may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and any such changes or decisions may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein. Rules of state and local taxation of ordinary income, qualified dividend income and capital gain dividends may differ from the rules for U.S. federal income taxation described above. Distributions also may be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized above. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the consequences of these and other state and local tax rules affecting investment in the Fund.

Major Shareholders

To the extent NFA and its affiliates directly or indirectly own, control and hold power to vote 25% or more of the outstanding shares of the Funds, it is deemed to have “control” over matters which are subject to a vote of the Funds’ shares.

NFA, is wholly owned by NFS. NFS, a holding company, is a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Nationwide Corporation. Nationwide Corporation is also a holding company in the Nationwide Insurance Enterprise, which includes Nationwide Investment Management Group. All of the common stock of Nationwide Corporation is held by Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company, which is a mutual company owned by its policyholders.

As of February 3, 2026, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, owned beneficially less than 1% of any class of shares of the Funds.

As of February 3, 2026, the record shareholders identified in Appendix D to this SAI held five percent or greater of the shares of a class of the Funds.

APPENDIX A
DEBT RATINGS

STANDARD & POOR’S DEBT RATINGS

A Standard & Poor’s corporate or municipal debt rating is an opinion of the general creditworthiness of an obligor, or the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a particular debt security or other financial obligation, based on relevant risk factors.

The debt rating does not constitute a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a particular security. In addition, a rating does not comment on the suitability of an investment for a particular investor. The ratings are based on current information furnished by the issuer or obtained by Standard & Poor’s from other sources it considers reliable. Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or for other circumstances.

The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

Likelihood of default - capacity and willingness of the obligor as to its financial commitments in a timely manner in accordance with the terms of the obligation.

Nature of and provisions of the obligation.

Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

INVESTMENT GRADE

AAA	Debt rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. Capacity to meet financial commitments is extremely strong.
AA	Debt rated ‘AA’ has a very strong capacity to meet financial commitments and differs from the highest rated issues only in small degree.
A	Debt rated ‘A’ has a strong capacity to meet financial commitments although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.
BBB	Debt rated ‘BBB’ is regarded as having an adequate capacity meet financial commitments. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to meet financial commitments for debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

SPECULATIVE GRADE

Debt rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’ and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

BB	Debt rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet financial commitments.
B	Debt rated ‘B’ has a greater vulnerability to nonpayment than obligations rated BB but currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to meet financial commitments.

A-1

CCC	Debt rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet financial commitments. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments.
CC	Debt rated ‘CC’ typically is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.
C	Debt rated ‘C’ may signify that a bankruptcy petition has been filed, but debt service payments are continued.
D	Debt rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

MOODY’S LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS

Aaa	Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.
Aa	Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards and are subject to very low credit risk.
A	Bonds which are rated A are to be considered as upper-medium grade obligations and subject to low credit risk.
Baa	Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, subject to moderate credit risk and in fact may have speculative characteristics.
Ba	Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.
B	Bonds which are rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
Caa	Bonds which are rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
Ca	Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are highly speculative. Such issues are likely in default, or very near, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
C	Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and are typically in default. There is little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

STATE AND MUNICIPAL NOTES

Excerpts from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., description of state and municipal note ratings:

MIG-1	Notes bearing this designation are of superior credit quality, enjoying excellent protection by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG-2	Notes bearing this designation are of strong credit quality, with margins of protection ample although not so large as in the preceding group.
MIG-3	Notes bearing this designation are of acceptable credit quality, with possibly narrow liquidity and cash flow protection. Market access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.
SG	Notes bearing this designation are of speculative grade credit quality and may lack sufficient margins of protection.

FITCH, INC. BOND RATINGS

Fitch investment grade bond ratings provide a guide to investors in determining the credit risk associated with a particular security. The ratings represent Fitch’s assessment of the issuer’s ability to meet the obligations of a specific debt issue or class of debt in a timely manner.

The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its relationship to other obligations of the issuer, the current and prospective financial condition and operating performance of the issuer and any guarantor, as well as the economic and political environment that might affect the issuer’s future financial strength and credit quality.

A-2

Fitch ratings do not reflect any credit enhancement that may be provided by insurance policies or financial guaranties unless otherwise indicated.

Bonds that have the same rating are of similar but not necessarily identical credit quality since the rating categories do not fully reflect small differences in the degrees of credit risk.

Fitch ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell, or hold any security. Ratings do not comment on the adequacy of market price, the suitability of any security for a particular investor, or the tax-exempt nature or taxability of payments made in respect of any security.

Fitch ratings are based on information obtained from issuers, other obligors, underwriters, their experts, and other sources Fitch believes to be reliable. Fitch does not audit or verify the truth or accuracy of such information. Ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or the unavailability of, information or for other reasons.

AAA	Bonds considered investment grade and representing the lowest expectation of credit risk. The obligor has an exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, a capacity that is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.
AA	Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. This rating indicates a very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, a capacity that is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.
A	Bonds considered to be investment grade and represent a low expectation of credit risk. This rating indicates a strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in economic conditions or circumstances than long term debt with higher ratings.
BBB	Bonds considered to be in the lowest investment grade and indicates that there is currently low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to impair this capacity.
BB	Bonds are considered speculative. This rating indicates that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic changes over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.
B	Bonds are considered highly speculative. This rating indicates that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.
CCC, CC and C	Bonds are considered a high default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A ‘CC’ rating indicates that default of some kind appears probable. ‘C’ rating signal imminent default.
DDD, DD and D	Bonds are in default. Such bonds are not meeting current obligations and are extremely speculative. ‘DDD’ designates the highest potential for recovery of amounts outstanding on any securities involved and ‘D’ represents the lowest potential for recovery.

SHORT-TERM RATINGS

STANDARD & POOR’S COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt considered short-term in the relevant market.

A-3

Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from ‘A-1’ for the highest quality obligations to ‘D’ for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1	This highest category indicates that capacity to meet financial commitments is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.
A-2	Capacity to meet financial commitments is satisfactory, although more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories.
A-3	Issues carrying this designation have adequate protections. They are, however, more vulnerable to adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances which could weaken capacity to meet financial commitments.
B	Issues rated ‘B’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics.
C	This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations that are vulnerable to nonpayment and dependent on favorable business, financial, and economic conditions in order to meet financial commitments.
D	Debt rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

STANDARD & POOR’S NOTE RATINGS

An S&P note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market-access risks unique to notes. Notes maturing in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating.

The following criteria will be used in making the assessment:

Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely the issue is to be treated as a note.

Source of payment - the more the issue depends on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it is to be considered a note.

Note rating symbols and definitions are as follows:

SP-1	Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Issues determined to possess very strong capacity to pay principal and interest are given a plus (+) designation.
SP-2	Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
SP-3	Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

MOODY’S SHORT-TERM RATINGS

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. These obligations have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted. Moody’s employs the following three designations to indicate the relative repayment capacity of rated issuers:

P-1	Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior capacity to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-2	Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
P-3	Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

A-4

Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

MOODY’S NOTE RATINGS

MIG 1/VMIG 1	Notes bearing this designation are of superior credit quality, enjoying excellent protection by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
MIG 2/VMIG 2	Notes bearing this designation are of strong credit quality, with margins of protection ample although not so large as in the preceding group.
MIG 3/VMIG 3	Notes bearing this designation are of acceptable credit quality, with possibly narrow liquidity and cash- flow protection. Market access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.
SG	Notes bearing this designation are of speculative-grade credit quality and may lack sufficient margins of protection.

FITCH’S SHORT-TERM RATINGS

Fitch’s short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on demand or have original maturities of up to three years, including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes, and municipal and investment notes.

The short-term rating places greater emphasis than a long-term rating on the existence of liquidity necessary to meet the issuer’s obligations in a timely manner.

F-1+	Best quality, indicating exceptionally strong capacity to meet financial commitments.
F-1	Best quality, indicating strong capacity to meet financial commitments.
F-2	Good quality with satisfactory capacity to meet financial commitments.
F-3	Fair quality with adequate capacity to meet financial commitments but near term adverse conditions could impact the commitments.
B	Speculative quality and minimal capacity to meet commitments and vulnerability to short-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
C	Possibility of default is high and the financial commitments are dependent upon sustained, favorable business and economic conditions.
D	In default and has failed to meet its financial commitments.

A-5

APPENDIX B
PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES SUMMARIES

NATIONWIDE FUND ADVISORS

GENERAL

The Board of Trustees of Nationwide Mutual Funds and Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust (the “Funds”) has approved the continued delegation of the authority to vote proxies relating to the securities held in the portfolios of the Funds to each Fund’s investment adviser, who in turn may, and typically does, delegate such authority to each Fund’s subadviser(s), as applicable, (unless the investment adviser has entered into specific voting arrangements with the subadviser(s)), some of which advisers and subadvisers use an independent service provider, as described below.

Nationwide Fund Advisors (“NFA” or the “Adviser”), is an investment adviser that is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). NFA currently provides investment advisory services to registered investment companies (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Clients”).

Voting proxies that are received in connection with underlying portfolio securities held by Clients is an important element of the portfolio management services that NFA performs for Clients. NFA’s goal in performing this service is to make proxy voting decisions: (i) to vote or not to vote proxies in a manner that serves the best economic interests of Clients; and (ii) that avoid the influence of conflicts of interest. To implement this goal, NFA has adopted proxy voting guidelines (the “Proxy Voting Guidelines”) to assist it in making proxy voting decisions and in developing procedures for effecting those decisions. The Proxy Voting Guidelines are designed to ensure that, where NFA has the authority to vote proxies, all legal, fiduciary, and contractual obligations will be met.

The Proxy Voting Guidelines address a wide variety of individual topics, including, among other matters, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover defenses, board structures and the election of directors, executive and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers, and various shareholder proposals.

The proxy voting records of the Funds are available to shareholders on the Trust’s website, https://www.nationwide.com/personal/investing/mutual-funds/proxy-voting/, and the SEC’s EDGAR database on its website, sec.gov.

HOW PROXIES ARE VOTED

NFA has delegated to Institutional Shareholder Services Inc. (“ISS”), an independent service provider, the administration of proxy voting for Client portfolio securities directly managed by NFA, subject to oversight by NFA’s “Proxy Voting Committee.” ISS, a Delaware corporation, provides proxy-voting services to many asset managers on a global basis. The NFA Proxy Voting Committee has reviewed, and will continue to review annually, the relationship with ISS and the quality and effectiveness of the various services provided by ISS.

Specifically, ISS assists NFA in the proxy voting and corporate governance oversight process by developing and updating the “ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines,” which are incorporated into the Proxy Voting Guidelines, and by providing research and analysis, recommendations regarding votes, operational implementation, and recordkeeping and reporting services. ISS also provides NFA with any additional solicitation materials filed by an issuer in response to any ISS recommendation. NFA’s Proxy Voting Committee evaluates any such additional information provided by ISS and uses its best judgement in voting proxies on behalf of Client Accounts. NFA’s decision to retain ISS is based principally on the view that the services that ISS provides, subject to oversight by NFA, generally will result in proxy voting decisions which serve the best economic interests of Clients. NFA has reviewed, analyzed, and determined that the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines are consistent with the views of NFA on the various types of proxy proposals. When the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines do not cover a specific proxy issue and ISS does not provide a recommendation: (i) ISS will notify NFA; and (ii) NFA’s Proxy Voting Committee will use its best judgment in voting proxies on behalf of the Clients. A summary of the ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines is set forth below.

B-1

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

NFA does not engage in investment banking, administration or management of corporate retirement plans, or any other activity that is likely to create a potential conflict of interest. In addition, because Client proxies are voted by ISS pursuant to the pre-determined ISS Proxy Voting Guidelines, NFA generally does not make an actual determination of how to vote a particular proxy, and, therefore, proxies voted on behalf of Clients do not reflect any conflict of interest. Nevertheless, the Proxy Voting Guidelines address the possibility of such a conflict of interest arising.

The Proxy Voting Guidelines provide that, if a proxy proposal were to create a conflict of interest between the interests of a Client and those of NFA (or between a Client and those of any of NFA’s affiliates, including Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC and Nationwide), then the proxy should be voted strictly in conformity with the recommendation of ISS. To monitor compliance with this policy, any proposed or actual deviation from a recommendation of ISS must be reported by the NFA Proxy Voting Committee to the chief counsel for NFA. The chief counsel for NFA then will provide guidance concerning the proposed deviation and whether a deviation presents any potential conflict of interest. If NFA then casts a proxy vote that deviates from an ISS recommendation, the affected Client (or other appropriate Client authority) will be given a report of this deviation.

CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH PROXIES WILL NOT BE VOTED

NFA shall attempt to process every vote for all domestic and foreign proxies that they receive; however, there may be cases in which NFA will not process a proxy because it is impractical or too expensive to do so. For example, NFA will not process a proxy in connection with a foreign security if the cost of voting a foreign proxy outweighs the benefit of voting the foreign proxy, when NFA has not been given enough time to process the vote, or when a sell order for the foreign security is outstanding and proxy voting would impede the sale of the foreign security. Also, NFA generally will not seek to recall the securities on loan for the purpose of voting the securities -- except, in regard to a sub-advised Fund, for those proxy votes that a subadviser (retained to manage the sub-advised Fund and overseen by NFA) has determined could materially affect the security on loan. The Firm will seek to have the appropriate Subadviser(s) vote those proxies relating to securities on loan that are held by a Sub-advised Nationwide Fund that the Subadviser(s) has determined could materially affect the security on loan.

DELEGATION OF PROXY VOTING TO SUBADVISERS TO FUNDS

For any Fund, or portion of a Fund that is directly managed by a subadviser, the Trustees of the Fund and NFA have delegated proxy voting authority to that subadviser. Each subadviser has provided its proxy voting policies to NFA for review and these proxy voting policies are described elsewhere in this Appendix B. Each subadviser is required to represent quarterly to NFA that (1) all proxies of the Fund(s) managed by the subadviser were voted in accordance with the subadviser’s proxy voting policies as provided to NFA, unless NFA has entered into specific voting arrangements with the subadviser; (2) there have been no material changes to the subadviser’s proxy voting policies; and (3) all proxies voted by the subadviser were cast as intended.

ISS’ 2025 U.S. Proxy Voting Concise Guidelines

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections

General Recommendation: Generally vote for director nominees, except under the following circumstances (with new nominees1 considered on case-by-case basis):

Independence

Vote against2 or withhold from non-independent directors (Executive Directors and Non-Independent Non-Executive Directors per ISS’ Classification of Directors) when:

●Independent directors comprise 50 percent or less of the board;

●The non-independent director serves on the audit, compensation, or nominating committee;

B-2

●The company lacks an audit, compensation, or nominating committee so that the full board functions as that committee; or

●The company lacks a formal nominating committee, even if the board attests that the independent directors fulfill the functions of such a committee.

Composition

Attendance at Board and Committee Meetings: Generally vote against or withhold from directors (except nominees who served only part of the fiscal year3) who attend less than 75 percent of the aggregate of their board and committee meetings for the period for which they served, unless an acceptable reason for absences is disclosed in the proxy or another SEC filing. Acceptable reasons for director absences are generally limited to the following:

●Medical issues/illness;

●Family emergencies; and

●Missing only one meeting (when the total of all meetings is three or fewer).

In cases of chronic poor attendance without reasonable justification, in addition to voting against the director(s) with poor attendance, generally vote against or withhold from appropriate members of the nominating/governance committees or the full board.

If the proxy disclosure is unclear and insufficient to determine whether a director attended at least 75 percent of the aggregate of his/her board and committee meetings during his/her period of service, vote against or withhold from the director(s) in question.

Overboarded Directors: Generally vote against or withhold from individual directors who:

●Sit on more than five public company boards; or

●Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two public companies besides their own— withhold only at their outside boards4.

Gender Diversity:

Generally vote against or withhold from the chair of the nominating committee (or other directors on a case-by-case basis) at companies where there are no women on the company's board. An exception will be made if there was at least one woman on the board at the preceding annual meeting and the board makes a firm commitment to return to a gender-diverse status within a year.

Racial and/or Ethnic Diversity: For companies in the Russell 3000 or S&P 1500 indices, generally vote against or withhold from the chair of the nominating committee (or other directors on a case-by-case basis) where the board has no apparent racially or ethnically diverse members5. An exception will be made if there was racial and/or ethnic diversity on the board at the preceding annual meeting and the board makes a firm commitment to appoint at least one racial and/or ethnic diverse member within a year.

Responsiveness

Vote case-by-case on individual directors, committee members, or the entire board of directors as appropriate if:

●The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received the support of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year or failed to act on a management proposal seeking to ratify an existing charter/bylaw provision that received opposition of a majority of the shares cast in the previous year. Factors that will be considered are:

●Disclosed outreach efforts by the board to shareholders in the wake of the vote;

●Rationale provided in the proxy statement for the level of implementation;

●The subject matter of the proposal;

●The level of support for and opposition to the resolution in past meetings;

●Actions taken by the board in response to the majority vote and its engagement with shareholders;

●The continuation of the underlying issue as a voting item on the ballot (as either shareholder or management proposals); and

B-3

●Other factors as appropriate.

●The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of shares are tendered;

●At the previous board election, any director received more than 50 percent withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has failed to address the issue(s) that caused the high withhold/against vote.

Vote case-by-case on Compensation Committee members (or, in exceptional cases, the full board) and the Say on Pay proposal if:

●The company’s previous say-on-pay received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast. Factors that will be considered are:

●The company's response, including:

●Disclosure of engagement efforts with major institutional investors, including the frequency and timing of engagements and the company participants (including whether independent directors participated);

●Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by dissenting shareholders that led to the say-on-pay opposition; and

●Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions taken to address shareholders' concerns;

●Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

●Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

●The company's ownership structure; and

●Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

●The board implements an advisory vote on executive compensation on a less frequent basis than the frequency that received the plurality of votes cast.

Accountability

Problematic Takeover Defenses, Capital Structure, and Governance Structure

Poison Pills: Generally vote against or withhold from all nominees (except new nominees1, who should be considered case-by-case) if:

●The company has a poison pill with a deadhand or slowhand feature6;

●The board makes a material adverse modification to an existing pill, including, but not limited to, extension, renewal, or lowering the trigger, without shareholder approval; or

●The company has a long-term poison pill (with a term of over one year) that was not approved by the public shareholders7.

Vote case-by-case on nominees if the board adopts an initial short-term pill6 (with a term of one year or less) without shareholder approval, taking into consideration:

●The trigger threshold and other terms of the pill;

●The disclosed rationale for the adoption;

●The trigger;

●The context in which the pill was adopted, (e.g., factors such as the company's size and stage of development, sudden changes in its market capitalization, and extraordinary industry-wide or macroeconomic events);

●A commitment to put any renewal to a shareholder vote;

●The company's overall track record on corporate governance and responsiveness to shareholders; and

●Other factors as relevant.

Unequal Voting Rights: Generally vote withhold or against directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees1, who should be considered case-by-case), if the company employs a common stock structure with unequal voting rights8.

Exceptions to this policy will generally be limited to:

●Newly-public companies9 with a sunset provision of no more than seven years from the date of going public;

●Limited Partnerships and the Operating Partnership (OP) unit structure of REITs;

●Situations where the super-voting shares represent less than 5% of total voting power and therefore considered to be de minimis; or

B-4

●The company provides sufficient protections for minority shareholders, such as allowing minority shareholders a regular binding vote on whether the capital structure should be maintained.

Classified Board Structure: The board is classified, and a continuing director responsible for a problematic governance issue at the board/committee level that would warrant a withhold/against vote recommendation is not up for election. All appropriate nominees (except new) may be held accountable.

Removal of Shareholder Discretion on Classified Boards: The company has opted into, or failed to opt out of, state laws requiring a classified board structure.

Problematic Governance Structure: For companies that hold or held their first annual meeting9 of public shareholders after Feb. 1, 2015, generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees1, who should be considered case-by-case) if, prior to or in connection with the company's public offering, the company or its board adopted the following bylaw or charter provisions that are considered to be materially adverse to shareholder rights:

●Supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter;

●A classified board structure; or

●Other egregious provisions.

A provision which specifies that the problematic structure(s) will be sunset within seven years of the date of going public will be considered a mitigating factor.

Unless the adverse provision is reversed or removed, vote case-by-case on director nominees in subsequent years.

Unilateral Bylaw/Charter Amendments: Generally vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board (except new nominees1, who should be considered case-by-case) if the board amends the company's bylaws or charter without shareholder approval in a manner that materially diminishes shareholders' rights or that could adversely impact shareholders, considering the following factors:

●The board's rationale for adopting the bylaw/charter amendment without shareholder ratification;

●Disclosure by the company of any significant engagement with shareholders regarding the amendment;

●The level of impairment of shareholders' rights caused by the board's unilateral amendment to the bylaws/charter;

●The board's track record with regard to unilateral board action on bylaw/charter amendments or other entrenchment provisions;

●The company's ownership structure;

●The company's existing governance provisions;

●The timing of the board's amendment to the bylaws/charter in connection with a significant business development; and

●Other factors, as deemed appropriate, that may be relevant to determine the impact of the amendment on shareholders.

Unless the adverse amendment is reversed or submitted to a binding shareholder vote, in subsequent years vote case- by-case on director nominees. Generally vote against (except new nominees1, who should be considered case-by-case) if the directors:

●Classified the board;

●Adopted supermajority vote requirements to amend the bylaws or charter;

●Eliminated shareholders' ability to amend bylaws;

●Adopted a fee-shifting provision; or

●Adopted another provision deemed egregious.

Restricting Binding Shareholder Proposals: Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the governance committee if:

●The company’s governing documents impose undue restrictions on shareholders’ ability to amend the bylaws. Such restrictions include but are not limited to: outright prohibition on the submission of binding shareholder proposals or share ownership requirements, subject matter restrictions, or time holding requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8. Vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis.

B-5

Submission of management proposals to approve or ratify requirements in excess of SEC Rule 14a-8 for the submission of binding bylaw amendments will generally be viewed as an insufficient restoration of shareholders' rights. Generally continue to vote against or withhold on an ongoing basis until shareholders are provided with an unfettered ability to amend the bylaws or a proposal providing for such unfettered right is submitted for shareholder approval.

Director Performance Evaluation: The board lacks mechanisms to promote accountability and oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to peers. Sustained poor performance is measured by one-, three-, and five-year total shareholder returns in the bottom half of a company’s four-digit GICS industry group (Russell 3000 companies only). Take into consideration the company’s operational metrics and other factors as warranted. Problematic provisions include but are not limited to:

●A classified board structure;

●A supermajority vote requirement;

●Either a plurality vote standard in uncontested director elections, or a majority vote standard in contested elections;

●The inability of shareholders to call special meetings;

●The inability of shareholders to act by written consent;

●A multi-class capital structure; and/or

●A non-shareholder-approved poison pill.

Management Proposals to Ratify Existing Charter or Bylaw Provisions: Vote against/withhold from individual directors, members of the governance committee, or the full board, where boards ask shareholders to ratify existing charter or bylaw provisions considering the following factors:

●The presence of a shareholder proposal addressing the same issue on the same ballot;

●The board's rationale for seeking ratification;

●Disclosure of actions to be taken by the board should the ratification proposal fail;

●Disclosure of shareholder engagement regarding the board’s ratification request;

●The level of impairment to shareholders' rights caused by the existing provision;

●The history of management and shareholder proposals on the provision at the company’s past meetings;

●Whether the current provision was adopted in response to the shareholder proposal;

●The company's ownership structure; and

●Previous use of ratification proposals to exclude shareholder proposals.

Problematic Audit-Related Practices

Generally vote against or withhold from the members of the Audit Committee if:

●The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive;

●The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial statements from its auditor; or

●There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm.

Vote case-by-case on members of the Audit Committee and potentially the full board if:

●Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a level of serious concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; and material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures. Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence, and duration, as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective actions, in determining whether withhold/against votes are warranted.

Problematic Compensation Practices

In the absence of an Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say on Pay) ballot item or in egregious situations, vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

●There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

●The company maintains significant problematic pay practices; or

●The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

B-6

Generally vote against or withhold from the Compensation Committee chair, other committee members, or potentially the full board if:

●The company fails to include a Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions, or under the company’s declared frequency of say on pay; or

●The company fails to include a Frequency of Say on Pay ballot item when required under SEC provisions.

Generally vote against members of the board committee responsible for approving/setting non-employee director compensation if there is a pattern (i.e. two or more years) of awarding excessive non-employee director compensation without disclosing a compelling rationale or other mitigating factors.

Problematic Pledging of Company Stock:

Vote against the members of the committee that oversees risks related to pledging, or the full board, where a significant level of pledged company stock by executives or directors raises concerns. The following factors will be considered:

●The presence of an anti-pledging policy, disclosed in the proxy statement, that prohibits future pledging activity;

●The magnitude of aggregate pledged shares in terms of total common shares outstanding, market value, and trading volume;

●Disclosure of progress or lack thereof in reducing the magnitude of aggregate pledged shares over time;

●Disclosure in the proxy statement that shares subject to stock ownership and holding requirements do not include pledged company stock; and

●Any other relevant factors.

Climate Accountability

For companies that are significant greenhouse gas (GHG) emitters, through their operations or value chain10, generally vote against or withhold from the incumbent chair of the responsible committee (or other directors on a case-by-case basis) in cases where ISS determines that the company is not taking the minimum steps needed to understand, assess, and mitigate risks related to climate change to the company and the larger economy.

Minimum steps to understand and mitigate those risks are considered to be the following. Both minimum criteria will be required to be in alignment with the policy:

Detailed disclosure of climate-related risks, such as according to the framework established by the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), including:

●Board governance measures;

●Corporate strategy;

●Risk management analyses; and

●Metrics and targets.

●Appropriate GHG emissions reduction targets.

At this time, “appropriate GHG emissions reductions targets” will be medium-term GHG reduction targets or Net Zero-by-2050 GHG reduction targets for a company's operations (Scope 1) and electricity use (Scope 2). Targets should cover the vast majority of the company’s direct emissions.

Governance Failures

Under extraordinary circumstances, vote against or withhold from directors individually, committee members, or the entire board, due to:

●Material failures of governance, stewardship, risk oversight11, or fiduciary responsibilities at the company;

●Failure to replace management as appropriate; or

●Egregious actions related to a director’s service on other boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of shareholders at any company.

B-7

Voting on Director Nominees in Contested Elections

Vote-No Campaigns

General Recommendation: In cases where companies are targeted in connection with public “vote-no” campaigns, evaluate director nominees under the existing governance policies for voting on director nominees in uncontested elections. Take into consideration the arguments submitted by shareholders and other publicly available information.

Proxy Contests/Proxy Access

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on the election of directors in contested elections, considering the following factors:

●Long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry;

●Management’s track record;

●Background to the contested election;

●Nominee qualifications and any compensatory arrangements;

●Strategic plan of dissident slate and quality of the critique against management;

●Likelihood that the proposed goals and objectives can be achieved (both slates); and

●Stock ownership positions.

In the case of candidates nominated pursuant to proxy access, vote case-by-case considering any applicable factors listed above or additional factors which may be relevant, including those that are specific to the company, to the nominee(s) and/or to the nature of the election (such as whether there are more candidates than board seats).

Other Board-Related Proposals

Independent Board Chair

General Recommendation: Generally vote for shareholder proposals requiring that the board chair position be filled by an independent director, taking into consideration the following:

●The scope and rationale of the proposal;

●The company's current board leadership structure;

●The company's governance structure and practices;

●Company performance; and

●Any other relevant factors that may be applicable.

The following factors will increase the likelihood of a “for” recommendation:

●A majority non-independent board and/or the presence of non-independent directors on key board committees;

●A weak or poorly-defined lead independent director role that fails to serve as an appropriate counterbalance to a combined CEO/chair role;

●The presence of an executive or non-independent chair in addition to the CEO, a recent recombination of the role of CEO and chair, and/or departure from a structure with an independent chair;

●Evidence that the board has failed to oversee and address material risks facing the company;

●A material governance failure, particularly if the board has failed to adequately respond to shareholder concerns or if the board has materially diminished shareholder rights; or

●Evidence that the board has failed to intervene when management’s interests are contrary to shareholders' interests.

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS & DEFENSES

Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent

General Recommendation: Generally vote against management and shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders' ability to act by written consent.

B-8

Generally vote for management and shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to act by written consent, taking into account the following factors:

●Shareholders' current right to act by written consent;

●The consent threshold;

●The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

●Investor ownership structure; and

●Shareholder support of, and management's response to, previous shareholder proposals.

Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals if, in addition to the considerations above, the company has the following governance and antitakeover provisions:

●An unfettered12 right for shareholders to call special meetings at a 10 percent threshold;

●A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;

●No non-shareholder-approved pill; and

●An annually elected board.

Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings

General Recommendation: Vote against management or shareholder proposals to restrict or prohibit shareholders’ ability to call special meetings.

Generally vote for management or shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to call special meetings taking into account the following factors:

●Shareholders’ current right to call special meetings;

●Minimum ownership threshold necessary to call special meetings (10 percent preferred);

●The inclusion of exclusionary or prohibitive language;

●Investor ownership structure; and

●Shareholder support of, and management’s response to, previous shareholder proposals.

Virtual Shareholder Meetings

General Recommendation: Generally vote for management proposals allowing for the convening of shareholder meetings by electronic means, so long as they do not preclude in-person meetings. Companies are encouraged to disclose the circumstances under which virtual-only13 meetings would be held, and to allow for comparable rights and opportunities for shareholders to participate electronically as they would have during an in-person meeting.

Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals concerning virtual-only meetings, considering:

●Scope and rationale of the proposal; and

●Concerns identified with the company’s prior meeting practices.

CAPITAL/RESTRUCTURING

Common Stock Authorization

General Authorization Requests

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals to increase the number of authorized shares of

common stock that are to be used for general corporate purposes:

If share usage (outstanding plus reserved) is less than 50% of the current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to 50% of current authorized shares.

●If share usage is 50% to 100% of the current authorized, vote for an increase of up to 100% of current authorized shares.

●If share usage is greater than current authorized shares, vote for an increase of up to the current share usage.

B-9

●In the case of a stock split, the allowable increase is calculated (per above) based on the post-split adjusted authorization.

Generally vote against proposed increases, even if within the above ratios, if the proposal or the company’s prior or ongoing use of authorized shares is problematic, including, but not limited to:

●The proposal seeks to increase the number of authorized shares of the class of common stock that has superior voting rights to other share classes;

●On the same ballot is a proposal for a reverse split for which support is warranted despite the fact that it would result in an excessive increase in the share authorization;

●The company has a non-shareholder approved poison pill (including an NOL pill); or

●The company has previous sizeable placements (within the past 3 years) of stock with insiders at prices substantially below market value, or with problematic voting rights, without shareholder approval.

However, generally vote for proposed increases beyond the above ratios or problematic situations when there is disclosure of specific and severe risks to shareholders of not approving the request, such as:

●In, or subsequent to, the company's most recent 10-K filing, the company discloses that there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern;

●The company states that there is a risk of imminent bankruptcy or imminent liquidation if shareholders do not approve the increase in authorized capital; or

●A government body has in the past year required the company to increase its capital ratios.

For companies incorporated in states that allow increases in authorized capital without shareholder approval, generally vote withhold or against all nominees if a unilateral capital authorization increase does not conform to the above policies.

Specific Authorization Requests

General Recommendation: Generally vote for proposals to increase the number of authorized common shares where the primary purpose of the increase is to issue shares in connection with transaction(s) (such as acquisitions, SPAC transactions, private placements, or similar transactions) on the same ballot, or disclosed in the proxy statement, that warrant support. For such transactions, the allowable increase will be the greater of:

●twice the amount needed to support the transactions on the ballot, and

●the allowable increase as calculated for general issuances above.

Share Issuance Mandates at U.S. Domestic Issuers Incorporated Outside the U.S.

General Recommendation: For U.S. domestic issuers incorporated outside the U.S. and listed solely on a U.S. exchange, generally vote for resolutions to authorize the issuance of common shares up to 20 percent of currently issued common share capital, where not tied to a specific transaction or financing proposal.

For pre-revenue or other early-stage companies that are heavily reliant on periodic equity financing, generally vote for resolutions to authorize the issuance of common shares up to 50 percent of currently issued common share capital. The burden of proof will be on the company to establish that it has a need for the higher limit.

Renewal of such mandates should be sought at each year’s annual meeting.

Vote case-by-case on share issuances for a specific transaction or financing proposal.

Mergers and Acquisitions

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on mergers and acquisitions. Review and evaluate the merits and drawbacks of the proposed transaction, balancing various and sometimes countervailing factors including:

●Valuation - Is the value to be received by the target shareholders (or paid by the acquirer) reasonable? While the fairness opinion may provide an initial starting point for assessing valuation reasonableness, emphasis is placed on the offer premium, market reaction, and strategic rationale.

B-10

●Market reaction - How has the market responded to the proposed deal? A negative market reaction should cause closer scrutiny of a deal.

●Strategic rationale - Does the deal make sense strategically? From where is the value derived? Cost and revenue synergies should not be overly aggressive or optimistic, but reasonably achievable. Management should also have a favorable track record of successful integration of historical acquisitions.

●Negotiations and process - Were the terms of the transaction negotiated at arm's-length? Was the process fair and equitable? A fair process helps to ensure the best price for shareholders. Significant negotiation “wins” can also signify the deal makers' competency. The comprehensiveness of the sales process (e.g., full auction, partial auction, no auction) can also affect shareholder value.

●Conflicts of interest - Are insiders benefiting from the transaction disproportionately and inappropriately as compared to non-insider shareholders? As the result of potential conflicts, the directors and officers of the company may be more likely to vote to approve a merger than if they did not hold these interests. Consider whether these interests may have influenced these directors and officers to support or recommend the merger. The CIC figure presented in the “ISS Transaction Summary” section of this report is an aggregate figure that can in certain cases be a misleading indicator of the true value transfer from shareholders to insiders. Where such figure appears to be excessive, analyze the underlying assumptions to determine whether a potential conflict exists.

●Governance - Will the combined company have a better or worse governance profile than the current governance profiles of the respective parties to the transaction? If the governance profile is to change for the worse, the burden is on the company to prove that other issues (such as valuation) outweigh any deterioration in governance.

SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORPORATIONS (SPACS) - PROPOSALS FOR EXTENSIONS

The main purpose of SPACs is to identify and acquire a viable target within a specified timeframe, and failure to achieve this objective within the allotted time calls into question management's ability to execute its primary objective. The end of that timeframe is generally referred to as the termination date.

General Recommendation: Generally support requests to extend the termination date by up to one year from the SPAC's original termination date (inclusive of any built-in extension options, and accounting for prior extension requests).

Other factors that may be considered include: any added incentives, business combination status, other amendment terms, and, if applicable, use of money in the trust fund to pay excise taxes on redeemed shares.

COMPENSATION

Executive Pay Evaluation

Underlying all evaluations are five global principles that most investors expect corporations to adhere to in designing and administering executive and director compensation programs:

●Maintain appropriate pay-for-performance alignment, with emphasis on long-term shareholder value: This principle encompasses overall executive pay practices, which must be designed to attract, retain, and appropriately motivate the key employees who drive shareholder value creation over the long term. It will take into consideration, among other factors, the link between pay and performance; the mix between fixed and variable pay; performance goals; and equity-based plan costs;

●Avoid arrangements that risk “pay for failure”: This principle addresses the appropriateness of long or indefinite contracts, excessive severance packages, and guaranteed compensation;

●Maintain an independent and effective compensation committee: This principle promotes oversight of executive pay programs by directors with appropriate skills, knowledge, experience, and a sound process for compensation decision-making (e.g., including access to independent expertise and advice when needed);

●Provide shareholders with clear, comprehensive compensation disclosures: This principle underscores the importance of informative and timely disclosures that enable shareholders to evaluate executive pay practices fully and fairly;

●Avoid inappropriate pay to non-executive directors: This principle recognizes the interests of shareholders in ensuring that compensation to outside directors is reasonable and does not compromise their independence and ability to make appropriate judgments in overseeing managers’ pay and performance. At the market level, it may incorporate a variety of generally accepted best practices.

B-11

Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation—Management Proposals (Say-on-Pay)

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on ballot items related to executive pay and practices, as well as certain aspects of outside director compensation.

Vote against Advisory Votes on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay or “SOP”) if:

●There is an unmitigated misalignment between CEO pay and company performance (pay for performance);

●The company maintains significant problematic pay practices; or

●The board exhibits a significant level of poor communication and responsiveness to shareholders.

Vote against or withhold from the members of the Compensation Committee and potentially the full board if:

●There is no SOP on the ballot, and an against vote on an SOP would otherwise be warranted due to pay-for- performance misalignment, problematic pay practices, or the lack of adequate responsiveness on compensation issues raised previously, or a combination thereof;

●The board fails to respond adequately to a previous SOP proposal that received less than 70 percent support of votes cast;

●The company has recently practiced or approved problematic pay practices, such as option repricing or option backdating; or

●The situation is egregious.

Primary Evaluation Factors for Executive Pay

Pay-for-Performance Evaluation

ISS annually conducts a pay-for-performance analysis to identify strong or satisfactory alignment between pay and performance over a sustained period. With respect to companies in the S&P1500, Russell 3000, or Russell 3000E Indices14, this analysis considers the following:

1. Peer Group15 Alignment:

●The degree of alignment between the company's annualized TSR rank and the CEO's annualized total pay rank within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.

●The rankings of CEO total pay and company financial performance within a peer group, each measured over a three-year period.

●The multiple of the CEO's total pay relative to the peer group median in the most recent fiscal year.

2. Absolute Alignment16 – the absolute alignment between the trend in CEO pay and company TSR over the prior five fiscal years– i.e., the difference between the trend in annual pay changes and the trend in annualized TSR during the period.

If the above analysis demonstrates significant unsatisfactory long-term pay-for-performance alignment or, in the case of companies outside the Russell indices, a misalignment between pay and performance is otherwise suggested, our analysis may include any of the following qualitative factors, as relevant to an evaluation of how various pay elements may work to encourage or to undermine long-term value creation and alignment with shareholder interests:

●The ratio of performance- to time-based incentive awards;

●The overall ratio of performance-based compensation to fixed or discretionary pay;

●The rigor of performance goals;

●The complexity and risks around pay program design;

●The transparency and clarity of disclosure;

●The company's peer group benchmarking practices;

●Financial/operational results, both absolute and relative to peers;

●Special circumstances related to, for example, a new CEO in the prior FY or anomalous equity grant practices (e.g., bi-annual awards);

●Realizable pay17 compared to grant pay; and

●Any other factors deemed relevant.

B-12

Problematic Pay Practices

Problematic pay elements are generally evaluated case-by-case considering the context of a company's overall pay program and demonstrated pay-for-performance philosophy. The focus is on executive compensation practices that contravene the global pay principles, including:

●Problematic practices related to non-performance-based compensation elements;

●Incentives that may motivate excessive risk-taking or present a windfall risk; and

●Pay decisions that circumvent pay-for-performance, such as options backdating or waiving performance requirements.

The list of examples below highlights certain problematic practices that carry significant weight in this overall consideration and may result in adverse vote recommendations:

●Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options/SARs without prior shareholder approval (including cash buyouts and voluntary surrender of underwater options);

●Extraordinary perquisites or tax gross-ups;

●New or materially amended agreements that provide for:

●Excessive termination or CIC severance payments (generally exceeding 3 times base salary and average/target/most recent bonus);

●CIC severance payments without involuntary job loss or substantial diminution of duties (“single” or “modified single” triggers) or in connection with a problematic Good Reason definition;

●CIC excise tax gross-up entitlements (including “modified” gross-ups);

●Multi-year guaranteed awards that are not at risk due to rigorous performance conditions;

●Liberal CIC definition combined with any single-trigger CIC benefits;

●Insufficient executive compensation disclosure by externally-managed issuers (EMIs) such that a reasonable assessment of pay programs and practices applicable to the EMI's executives is not possible;

●Severance payments made when the termination is not clearly disclosed as involuntary (for example, a termination without cause or resignation for good reason); or

●Any other provision or practice deemed to be egregious and present a significant risk to investors.

The above examples are not an exhaustive list. Please refer to ISS' U.S. Compensation Policies FAQ document for additional detail on specific pay practices that have been identified as problematic and may lead to negative vote recommendations.

Options Backdating

The following factors should be examined case-by-case to allow for distinctions to be made between “sloppy” plan administration versus deliberate action or fraud:

●Reason and motive for the options backdating issue, such as inadvertent vs. deliberate grant date changes;

●Duration of options backdating;

●Size of restatement due to options backdating;

●Corrective actions taken by the board or compensation committee, such as canceling or re-pricing backdated options, the recouping of option gains on backdated grants; and

●Adoption of a grant policy that prohibits backdating and creates a fixed grant schedule or window period for equity grants in the future.

Compensation Committee Communications and Responsiveness

Consider the following factors case-by-case when evaluating ballot items related to executive pay on the board’s responsiveness to investor input and engagement on compensation issues:

●Failure to respond to majority-supported shareholder proposals on executive pay topics; or

●Failure to adequately respond to the company's previous say-on-pay proposal that received the support of less than 70 percent of votes cast, taking into account:

●Disclosure of the specific concerns voiced by dissenting shareholders that led to the say-on-pay opposition;

●Disclosure of specific and meaningful actions taken to address shareholders' concerns;

B-13

●Other recent compensation actions taken by the company;

●Whether the issues raised are recurring or isolated;

●The company's ownership structure; and

●Whether the support level was less than 50 percent, which would warrant the highest degree of responsiveness.

Equity-Based and Other Incentive Plans

Please refer to ISS' U.S. Equity Compensation Plans FAQ document for additional details on the Equity Plan Scorecard policy.

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on certain equity-based compensation plans18 depending on a combination of certain plan features and equity grant practices, where positive factors may counterbalance negative factors, and vice versa, as evaluated using an “Equity Plan Scorecard” (EPSC) approach with three pillars:

Plan Cost: The total estimated cost of the company’s equity plans relative to industry/market cap peers, measured by the company's estimated Shareholder Value Transfer (SVT) in relation to peers and considering both:

●SVT based on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants, plus outstanding unvested/unexercised grants; and

●SVT based only on new shares requested plus shares remaining for future grants.

Plan Features:

●Quality of disclosure around vesting upon a change in control (CIC);

●Discretionary vesting authority;

●Liberal share recycling on various award types;

●Lack of minimum vesting period for grants made under the plan;

●Dividends payable prior to award vesting.

Grant Practices:

●The company’s three-year burn rate relative to its industry/market cap peers;

●Vesting requirements in CEO’s recent equity grants (3-year look-back);

●The estimated duration of the plan (based on the sum of shares remaining available and the new shares requested, divided by the average annual shares granted in the prior three years);

●The proportion of the CEO's most recent equity grants/awards subject to performance conditions;

●Whether the company maintains a sufficient claw-back policy;

●Whether the company maintains sufficient post-exercise/vesting share-holding requirements.

Generally vote against the plan proposal if the combination of above factors indicates that the plan is not, overall, in shareholders' interests, or if any of the following egregious factors (“overriding factors”) apply:

●Awards may vest in connection with a liberal change-of-control definition;

●The plan would permit repricing or cash buyout of underwater options without shareholder approval (either by expressly permitting it– for NYSE and Nasdaq listed companies– or by not prohibiting it when the company has a history of repricing– for non-listed companies);

●The plan is a vehicle for problematic pay practices or a significant pay-for-performance disconnect under certain circumstances;

●The plan is excessively dilutive to shareholders’ holdings;

●The plan contains an evergreen (automatic share replenishment) feature; or

●Any other plan features are determined to have a significant negative impact on shareholder interests.

B-14

SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

Global Approach– E&S Shareholder Proposals

ISS applies a common approach globally to evaluating social and environmental proposals which cover a wide range of topics, including consumer and product safety, environment and energy, labor standards and human rights, workplace and board diversity, and corporate political issues. While a variety of factors goes into each analysis, the overall principle guiding all vote recommendations focuses on how the proposal may enhance or protect shareholder value in either the short or long term.

General Recommendation: Generally vote case-by-case, examining primarily whether implementation of the proposal is likely to enhance or protect shareholder value. The following factors will be considered:

●If the issues presented in the proposal are being appropriately or effectively dealt with through legislation or government regulation;

●If the company has already responded in an appropriate and sufficient manner to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

●Whether the proposal's request is unduly burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive;

●The company's approach compared with any industry standard practices for addressing the issue(s) raised by the proposal;

●Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company's practices related to the issue(s) raised in the proposal;

●If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether reasonable and sufficient information is currently available to shareholders from the company or from other publicly available sources; and

●If the proposal requests increased disclosure or greater transparency, whether implementation would reveal proprietary or confidential information that could place the company at a competitive disadvantage.

Climate Change

Say on Climate (SoC) Management Proposals

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on management proposals that request shareholders to approve the company’s climate transition action plan19, taking into account the completeness and rigor of the plan. Information that will be considered where available includes the following:

●The extent to which the company’s climate related disclosures are in line with TCFD recommendations and meet other market standards;

●Disclosure of its operational and supply chain GHG emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3);

●The completeness and rigor of company’s short-, medium-, and long-term targets for reducing operational and supply chain GHG emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3 if relevant);

●Whether the company has sought and received third-party approval that its targets are science-based;

●Whether the company has made a commitment to be “net zero” for operational and supply chain emissions (Scopes 1, 2, and 3) by 2050;

●Whether the company discloses a commitment to report on the implementation of its plan in subsequent years;

●Whether the company’s climate data has received third-party assurance;

●Disclosure of how the company’s lobbying activities and its capital expenditures align with company strategy;

●Whether there are specific industry decarbonization challenges; and

●The company’s related commitment, disclosure, and performance compared to its industry peers.

Say on Climate (SoC) Shareholder Proposals

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on shareholder proposals that request the company to disclose a report providing its GHG emissions levels and reduction targets and/or its upcoming/approved climate transition action plan and provide shareholders the opportunity to express approval or disapproval of its GHG emissions reduction plan, taking into account information such as the following:

●The completeness and rigor of the company’s climate-related disclosure;

●The company’s actual GHG emissions performance;

B-15

●Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to its GHG emissions; and

●Whether the proposal’s request is unduly burdensome (scope or timeframe) or overly prescriptive.

Climate Change/Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Emissions

General Recommendation: Generally vote for resolutions requesting that a company disclose information on the financial, physical, or regulatory risks it faces related to climate change on its operations and investments or on how the company identifies, measures, and manages such risks, considering:

●Whether the company already provides current, publicly-available information on the impact that climate change may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

●The company's level of disclosure compared to industry peers; and

●Whether there are significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company's climate change-related performance.

Generally vote for proposals requesting a report on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions from company operations and/or products and operations, unless:

●The company already discloses current, publicly-available information on the impacts that GHG emissions may have on the company as well as associated company policies and procedures to address related risks and/or opportunities;

●The company's level of disclosure is comparable to that of industry peers; or

●There are no significant controversies, fines, penalties, or litigation associated with the company's GHG emissions.

Vote case-by-case on proposals that call for the adoption of GHG reduction goals from products and operations, taking into account:

●Whether the company provides disclosure of year-over-year GHG emissions performance data;

●Whether company disclosure lags behind industry peers;

●The company's actual GHG emissions performance;

●The company's current GHG emission policies, oversight mechanisms, and related initiatives; and

●Whether the company has been the subject of recent, significant violations, fines, litigation, or controversy related to GHG emissions.

Racial Equity and/or Civil Rights Audit Guidelines

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals asking a company to conduct an independent racial equity and/or civil rights audit, taking into account:

●The company’s established process or framework for addressing racial inequity and discrimination internally;

●Whether the company adequately discloses workforce diversity and inclusion metrics and goals;

●Whether the company has issued a public statement related to its racial justice efforts in recent years, or has committed to internal policy review;

●Whether the company has engaged with impacted communities, stakeholders, and civil rights experts;

●The company’s track record in recent years of racial justice measures and outreach externally; and

●Whether the company has been the subject of recent controversy, litigation, or regulatory actions related to racial inequity or discrimination.

ESG Compensation-Related Proposals

General Recommendation: Vote case-by-case on proposals seeking a report or additional disclosure on the company’s approach, policies, and practices on incorporating environmental and social criteria into its executive compensation strategy, considering:

●The scope and prescriptive nature of the proposal;

●The company's current level of disclosure regarding its environmental and social performance and governance;

B-16

●The degree to which the board or compensation committee already discloses information on whether it has considered related E&S criteria; and

●Whether the company has significant controversies or regulatory violations regarding social or environmental issues.

FOOTNOTES

A “new nominee” is a director who is being presented for election by shareholders for the first time. Recommendations on new nominees who have served for less than one year are made on a case-by-case basis depending on the timing of their appointment and the problematic governance issue in question.

In general, companies with a plurality vote standard use “Withhold” as the contrary vote option in director elections; companies with a majority vote standard use “Against”. However, it will vary by company and the proxy must be checked to determine the valid contrary vote option for the particular company.

Nominees who served for only part of the fiscal year are generally exempted from the attendance policy.

Although all of a CEO’s subsidiary boards with publicly-traded common stock will be counted as separate boards, ISS will not recommend a withhold vote for the CEO of a parent company board or any of the controlled (˃50 percent ownership) subsidiaries of that parent, but may do so at subsidiaries that are less than 50 percent controlled and boards outside the parent/subsidiary relationships.

Aggregate diversity statistics provided by the board will only be considered if specific to racial and/or ethnic diversity.

If a short-term pill with a deadhand or slowhand feature is enacted but expires before the next shareholder vote, ISS will generally still recommend withhold/against nominees at the next shareholder meeting following its adoption.

Approval prior to, or in connection, with a company’s becoming publicly-traded, or in connection with a de-SPAC transaction, is insufficient.

This generally includes classes of common stock that have additional votes per share than other shares; classes of shares that are not entitled to vote on all the same ballot items or nominees; or stock with time-phased voting rights (“loyalty shares”).

Includes companies that emerge from bankruptcy, SPAC transactions, spin-offs, direct listings, and those who complete a traditional initial public offering.

Companies defined as “significant GHG emitters” will be those on the current Climate Action 100+ Focus Group list.

Examples of failure of risk oversight include but are not limited to: bribery; large or serial fines or sanctions from regulatory bodies; demonstrably poor risk oversight of environmental and social issues, including climate change; significant adverse legal judgments or settlement; or hedging of company stock.

“Unfettered” means no restrictions on agenda items, no restrictions on the number of shareholders who can group together to reach the 10 percent threshold, and only reasonable limits on when a meeting can be called: no greater than 30 days after the last annual meeting and no greater than 90 prior to the next annual meeting.

“Virtual-only shareholder meeting” refers to a meeting of shareholders that is held exclusively using technology without a corresponding in-person meeting.

The Russell 3000E Index includes approximately 4,000 of the largest U.S. equity securities.

The revised peer group is generally comprised of 14-24 companies that are selected using market cap, revenue (or assets for certain financial firms), GICS industry group, and company's selected peers' GICS industry group, with size constraints, via a process designed to select peers that are comparable to the subject company in terms of revenue/assets and industry, and also within a market-cap bucket that is reflective of the company's market cap. For Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels companies, market cap is the only size determinant.

Only Russell 3000 Index companies are subject to the Absolute Alignment analysis.

ISS research reports include realizable pay for S&P1500 companies.

Proposals evaluated under the EPSC policy generally include those to approve or amend (1) stock option plans for employees and/or employees and directors, (2) restricted stock plans for employees and/or employees and directors, and (3) omnibus stock incentive plans for employees and/or employees and directors; amended plans will be further evaluated case-by-case.

Variations of this request also include climate transition related ambitions, or commitment to reporting on the implementation of a climate plan.

GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.P. (“GSAM”*)

Proxy voting and the analysis of corporate governance issues in general are important elements of the portfolio management services we provide to our advisory clients who have authorized us to address these matters on their behalf. Our guiding principles in performing proxy voting are to make decisions that favor proposals that in our view maximize a company’s shareholder value and are not influenced by conflicts of interest. These principles reflect our belief that sound corporate governance will create a framework within which a company can be managed in the interests of its shareholders. When evaluating voting proposals, we balance the purpose of a proposal with the overall benefit to shareholders.

To implement these guiding principles for investments in publicly traded equities for which we have voting power on any record date, we follow customized proxy voting guidelines that have been developed by our portfolio management and our Global Stewardship Team (the “Guidelines”). The Guidelines embody the positions and factors we generally consider important in casting proxy votes. They address a wide variety of individual topics, including, among other matters, shareholder voting rights, anti-takeover defenses, board structures, the election of directors, executive and director compensation, reorganizations, mergers, issues of corporate social responsibility and various shareholder proposals. Recognizing the complexity and fact-specific nature of many corporate governance issues, the Guidelines identify factors we consider in determining how the vote should be cast. A summary of the Guidelines is attached as Part II.

B-17

The principles and positions reflected in the Guidelines are designed to guide us in voting proxies, and not necessarily in making investment decisions. Our portfolio management teams (each, a “Portfolio Management Team”) base their determinations of whether to invest in a particular company on a variety of factors, and while corporate governance may be one such factor, it may not be the primary consideration.

The Global Stewardship Team periodically reviews this Policy to ensure it continues to be consistent with our guiding principles.

The Proxy Voting Process

Public Equity Investments

Fundamental Equity Team

The Fundamental Equity Portfolio Management Team views the analysis of corporate governance practices as an integral part of the investment research and stock valuation process. In forming their views on particular matters, the Fundamental Equity Portfolio Management Team may consider applicable regional rules and practices, including codes of conduct and other guides, regarding proxy voting, in addition to the Guidelines and Recommendations (as defined below). For the managed portfolios that participate in a securities lending program, the Fundamental Equity Portfolio Management Team will seek to recall shares that are out on loan for the purpose of voting at shareholder meetings, recognizing that the handling of such recall requests is beyond the Portfolio Management Team’s control and may not be satisfied in time for it to vote the shares in question.

Quantitative Investment Strategies (“QIS”) and Quantitative Equity Strategies (“QES”) Portfolio Management Teams

The QIS and QES Portfolio Management Teams have decided to generally follow the Guidelines and Recommendations based on such Portfolio Management Teams’ investment philosophy and approach to portfolio construction, as well as their participation in the creation of the Guidelines. The QIS and QES Portfolio Management Teams may from time to time, however, review and individually assess any specific shareholder vote. For managed portfolios that participate in a securities lending program, the QIS and QES Portfolio Management Teams generally will not recall shares that are out on loan for the purpose of voting at shareholder meetings.

Fixed Income and Private Investments

Voting decisions with respect to client investments in fixed income securities and the securities of privately held issuers generally will be made by the relevant Portfolio Management Teams based on their assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue. Those Portfolio Management Teams may also adopt policies related to the fixed income or private investments they make that supplement this Policy.

External Investing Group (“XIG”) and Externally Managed Strategies

Where we place client assets with managers outside of Asset Management, for example within our XIG business unit, such external managers generally will be responsible for voting proxies in accordance with the managers’ own policies. XIG may, however, retain proxy voting responsibilities where it deems appropriate or necessary under prevailing circumstances. To the extent XIG portfolio managers assume proxy voting responsibility with respect to publicly traded equity securities they will follow the Guidelines and Recommendations as discussed below unless an override is requested.

Implementation

We have retained a third-party proxy voting service (the “Proxy Service”) to assist in the implementation of certain proxy voting-related functions, including, without limitation, operational, recordkeeping and reporting services. Among its responsibilities, the Proxy Service prepares a written analysis and recommendation (a “Recommendation”) of each proxy vote that reflects the Proxy Service’s application of the Guidelines to the particular proxy issues. In addition, in order to facilitate the casting of votes in an efficient manner, the Proxy Service generally prepopulates and automatically submits votes for all proxy matters in accordance with such Recommendations, subject to our ability to recall such automatically submitted votes. If the Proxy Service or Goldman Sachs Asset Management becomes aware that an issuer has filed, or will

B-18

file, additional proxy solicitation materials sufficiently in advance of the voting deadline, we will generally endeavor to consider such information where such information is viewed as material in our discretion when casting its vote, which may, but need not, result in a change to the Recommendation, which may take the form of an override (as described below) or a revised Recommendation issued by the Proxy Service. We retain the responsibility for proxy voting decisions. We conduct an annual due diligence meeting with the Proxy Service to review the processes and procedures the Proxy Service follows when making proxy voting recommendations based on the Guidelines and to discuss any material changes in the services, operations, staffing or processes.

Our Portfolio Management Teams generally cast proxy votes consistently with the Guidelines and the Recommendations. Each Portfolio Management Team, however, may on certain proxy votes seek approval to diverge from the Guidelines or a Recommendation by following a process that seeks to ensure that override decisions are not influenced by any conflict of interest. As a result of the override process, different Portfolio Management Teams may vote differently for particular votes for the same company. In addition, the Global Stewardship Team may on certain proxy votes also seek approval to diverge from the Guidelines or a Recommendation and follow the override process described above that seeks to ensure these decisions are not influenced by any conflict of interest. In these instances, all shares voted are generally voted in the same manner.

Our clients who have delegated voting responsibility to us with respect to their account may from time to time contact their client representative if they would like to direct us to vote in a particular manner for a particular solicitation. We will use commercially reasonable efforts to vote according to the client’s request in these circumstances, however, our ability to implement such voting instruction will be dependent on operational matters such as the timing of the request.

While we seek to vote at all eligible shareholder meetings, from time to time, our ability to vote proxies may be affected by regulatory requirements and compliance, legal or logistical considerations. As a result, from time to time, we may determine that it is not practicable or desirable to vote at certain shareholder meetings.

We disclose our voting publicly each year in a filing with the US Securities and Exchange Commission and on our website for all Goldman Sachs Asset Management US registered mutual funds. We also generally disclose our voting publicly on a quarterly basis on our website for company proxies voted according to the Guidelines and Recommendations.

Conflicts of Interest

Goldman Sachs Asset Management has implemented processes designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing its proxy voting decisions. These processes include information barriers as well as the use of the Guidelines and Recommendations and the override process described above in instances when a Portfolio Management Team is interested in voting in a manner that diverges from the initial Recommendation based on the Guidelines. To mitigate perceived or potential conflicts of interest when a proxy is for shares of The Goldman Sachs Group Inc. or a Goldman Sachs Asset Management managed fund, we will generally instruct that such shares be voted in the same proportion as other shares are voted with respect to a proposal, subject to applicable legal, regulatory and operational requirements.

For purposes of this Policy, “Goldman Sachs Asset Management” or “we” includes, collectively, to the public investing businesses of the following legal entities to the extent applicable: Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.; Goldman Sachs Asset Management International; Goldman Sachs Asset Management (Singapore) Pte. Ltd; Goldman Sachs Asset Management (Hong Kong) Limited.; Goldman Sachs Asset Management Co. Ltd.; Goldman Sachs Asset Management (India) Private Limited; GS Investment Strategies Canada Inc.; Goldman Sachs Asset Management Australia Pty Ltd; Goldman Sachs Services Private Limited.; Goldman Sachs Bank Europe SE; Goldman Sachs Asset Management Fund Services Limited; Goldman Sachs Asset Management B.V.; and Goldman Sachs Towarzystwo Funduszy Inwestycyjnych S.A.

JACOBS LEVY EQUITY MANAGEMENT, INC. (“Jacobs Levy”)

Proxy voting is an important right of shareholders. Jacobs Levy recognizes that reasonable care and diligence must be undertaken to ensure that such rights are properly and timely exercised. When Jacobs Levy has discretion to vote the proxies of its clients, proxies will be voted in their best interests in accordance with Jacobs Levy’s policies and procedures.

Unless a client has provided specific voting guidelines, Jacobs Levy will generally vote proxies in accordance with the benchmark recommendations provided by Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”), a third-party provider of proxy analyses and voting recommendations. However, there are specific proxy issues that Jacobs Levy has identified with respect to which it will vote with management and others with respect to which it will vote against management. Jacobs Levy

B-19

generally votes in favor of routine corporate governance proposals. Jacobs Levy’s policy is generally to vote against proposals that act to entrench management. There are other circumstances in which Jacobs Levy may vote in a manner which differs from ISS’s recommendation. Jacobs Levy does not typically make case-by-case judgments regarding how a proxy vote will affect a particular investment.

If a material conflict of interest arises, Jacobs Levy will determine whether voting in accordance with the voting guidelines and factors described above is in the best interests of the clients or whether some alternative action is appropriate, including, without limitation, following the ISS recommendation.

LOS ANGELES CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC

I. Introduction

Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“Los Angeles Capital” or the “Firm”) has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Rule 206(4) - 6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) and its obligations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). Los Angeles Capital provides investment advisory or sub-advisory services to various types of institutional clients. When clients give Los Angeles Capital the authority to vote proxies held in their client accounts such authority is specified in the advisory contract or other governing agreements.

II. Proxy Policy Statement

Los Angeles Capital has retained Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”) an unaffiliated third-party, to act as an independent proxy voting agent. Glass Lewis provides proxy analysis, voting recommendations and administration, recordkeeping, and manages other operational and reporting matters of the proxy voting process. If at any time a material conflict arises in connection with the Firm voting proxies for a client account, it would be resolved in the best interest of the client.

When Los Angeles Capital is given proxy voting authority together with a client's voting policy, the Firm oversees compliance with such policy. When the client elects to use the Firm's standard proxy guidelines, the Firm will vote in accordance with the guidelines approved by the Firm's Proxy Committee (“Committee”). The Committee has approved the use of Glass Lewis' market-based U.S. and Global guidelines1, as may be modified from time to time (the “Firm's Guidelines”). Clients with specific proxy voting goals may direct the Firm to apply a thematic set of proxy guidelines developed by Glass Lewis or provide the Firm with an alternative set of custom guidelines for use in voting proxies for the client’s account.

Proxy Voting Guidelines

On an annual basis, the Committee reviews the Firm's Guidelines. Members of the Committee also selectively review a sampling of the voting recommendations and the related proxy materials in determining whether to modify the approved Firm Guidelines.

Where the Firm has proxy voting authority, the Firm ultimately retains the right to cast each vote on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the applicable proxy guidelines including any contractual obligations or the specific voting policy of the particular portfolio as well as all relevant facts and circumstances including information that might be gathered from sources beyond Glass Lewis. Management of issuers, as well as other interested parties, will sometimes release supplemental information (to the proxy statement) that relates to a pending proxy vote. Glass Lewis and the Firm will not always be able to consider such additional information depending on the timing of its release and voting deadlines.

In the event there is a disagreement with the Glass Lewis analysis as to a particular vote, the Committee will determine whether it is appropriate to vote contrary to the Glass Lewis recommendation provided that such decision is consistent with the approved guideline. In the rare circumstance that the Committee believes it is in the best interest of a client to vote contrary to an approved guideline, the Committee will seek client consent prior to placing a vote that is contrary to such approved guideline(s).

B-20

Los Angeles Capital recognizes that a client may issue specific directives regarding how particular proxy issues are to be voted for the client's portfolio holdings. The Firm requires that the advisory or sub-advisory contract specify such instructions, including instructions as to how those votes will be managed, particularly where they differ from the Firm's Guidelines.

It is unlikely that serious conflicts of interest will arise in the context of the Firm's proxy voting because the Firm does not engage in other financial businesses such as brokerage or managing public companies, underwriting, or investment banking. Nevertheless, should a conflict of interest arise in connection with proxy voting or Glass Lewis, such conflict will be handled as described below under Section IV B, “Conflicts of Interest.” As a matter of policy, the Firm and its employees are required to put the interests of clients ahead of their own.

Limitations

In limited circumstances, the Firm may elect to abstain from voting or may be unable to vote a client's proxy. These circumstances include:

●Where the Firm concludes that the effect on shareholder's economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant.

●Where the securities related to the vote participate in a securities lending program and are out on loan. In many cases, where a client directs the securities lending, Los Angeles Capital may not be aware when the security is out on loan and thus may not be able to recall the security before the record date, subject to the Special Considerations outlined below.

●Where the related securities are issued in a country that participates in share blocking because it is disruptive to the management of the portfolio.

●Where multiple global custodian accounts roll up into one omnibus sub-custodian account. In the specific markets where this may occur, the account managed by Los Angeles Capital is not registered individually. Therefore, if ballots are voted differently for the underlying accounts, the omnibus vote is considered split and is rejected.

●Where in the Firm's judgement the unjustifiable costs2 or disadvantages of voting the proxy would exceed the anticipated benefit of voting (e.g., certain non-U.S. securities).

●Where a required Power of Attorney is not on file or it is not feasible to get one on file.

●Where a meeting involves an issuer or transaction with a relevant U.S. or non-U.S. sanctioned entity or individual.

Special Considerations

Certain accounts may warrant specialized treatment in voting proxies. Contractual stipulations, individual client direction, and special guideline arrangements will dictate how voting will be done in these cases.

Mutual Funds

Where the Firm votes proxies for a mutual fund that it sub-advises, unless otherwise directed and agreed with such fund and its adviser, the proxies typically will be voted in accordance with the Firm's proxy guidelines. Proxies of a mutual fund's portfolio companies may be voted in accordance with resolutions or other instructions from an authorized person of the fund.

ERISA Accounts

The Department of Labor (“DOL”) rules emphasize that a fiduciary's duties extend to management of shareholder rights including with respect to proxy voting. Responsibilities for voting ERISA accounts include: the duty of loyalty, prudence, compliance with the plan, as well as a duty to avoid prohibited transactions. The DOL rules require voting with a focus on relevant risk-return factors and not voting in a manner that sacrifices investment returns or takes on risks that promote benefits or goals unrelated to the interests of participants and beneficiaries. Where the Firm has authority to vote proxies for an ERISA account, the Firm employs the Firm's Guidelines unless otherwise specifically directed by the ERISA plan fiduciary. Where the Firm has authority to vote proxies for a commingled fund that is an ERISA plan asset fund, the Firm employs the Firm's Guidelines.

Securities Lending Program

B-21

Certain situations where Los Angeles Capital may recall securities on loan to vote proxies, if operationally feasible, include: (i) where Los Angeles Capital deems a holding materially significant, (ii) where Los Angeles Capital is directing the securities lending, or (iii) where a client has made arrangements with its custodian to permit standing instructions for the recall of securities out on loan and Los Angeles Capital has agreed to implement the standing instructions.

III. Responsibility and Oversight

The Committee was established to provide oversight to the proxy voting process and is responsible for developing, implementing, and updating the Firm's proxy policy, reviewing approving, and/or formulating the Firm's Guidelines, selecting and overseeing the third-party proxy vendor, identifying any conflicts of interest, determining the votes for issues it elects to vote independently from, or that cannot be voted by, Glass Lewis, monitoring legislative and corporate governance developments surrounding proxy issues, and meeting to discuss any material issues regarding the proxy voting process. The Committee meets annually and as necessary to fulfill its obligations.

As part of the Committee's ongoing oversight of its third-party proxy vendor, the Committee considers (i) the adequacy and quality of the proxy vendor's staffing and personnel; (ii) the presence of conflicts and processes to address those conflicts; (iii) the robustness of the proxy vendor's policies and procedures for ensuring that its recommendations are based on current and accurate information; and (iv) any other appropriate considerations as to the nature and quality of the proxy vendor's services. In addition, Compliance conducts periodic reviews of ballots voted by the proxy vendor to ensure they are in line with proxy voting procedures.

In cases where the Committee votes a proxy ballot it may conduct research internally and/or use the resources of an independent research consultant or use information from any of the following sources: legislative materials, studies of corporate governance and other proxy voting issues, reports by issuers' management on pending proxy votes, and/or published analyses of shareholder and management proposals. In such voting circumstances, two votes from voting members of the Committee or one voting member of the Committee and an internal legal counsel are required.

Los Angeles Capital's Operations Department handles the day-to-day administration of the proxy voting process.

IV.

Proxy Voting Procedures

Glass Lewis provides for the timely execution of specified proxy votes on the Firm's behalf, which includes complete account set-up, vote execution, reporting, recordkeeping, and compliance with ERISA.

Los Angeles Capital's responsibility for voting proxies is generally determined by the obligations set forth under each client's Investment Management Agreement, Limited Partnership Agreement, Prospectus, Trust Agreement or other legal documentation governing the account. Voting ERISA client proxies is a fiduciary act of plan asset management that must be performed by the adviser or delegated to a sub-adviser unless the voting right is retained by a named fiduciary of the plan. If an advisory or sub-advisory contract or similar document states that Los Angeles Capital does not have the authority to vote client proxies, then voting is the responsibility of some other named fiduciary.

While Los Angeles Capital will accept direction from clients on specific proxy issues for their account, the Firm reserves the right to maintain its standard position on all other client accounts for which the Firm has proxy voting authority.

Materiality

The Committee has designated certain materiality thresholds for situations in which the Committee may vote independently from Glass Lewis or may take separate actions in regard to securities lending limitations. Materiality thresholds are monitored daily and are escalated to the Committee for review.

Conflicts of Interest

Los Angeles Capital attempts to minimize the risks of conflicts and reviews the Conflict of Interest Statement prepared by Glass Lewis on an annual basis.

B-22

If Glass Lewis identifies a potential conflict of interest between it and a publicly held company, it will disclose the relationship on the relevant proxy paper research report. In these situations, members of the Committee will review the proxy paper research report and vote the proxy in accordance with the Committee’s charter.

If an unforeseen conflict requires specialized treatment, alternate measures may be taken, up to and including having Glass Lewis refrain from writing a proxy paper research report and abstaining from making a voting recommendation on the company. In this scenario Glass Lewis would procure a substitute research report from an alternative qualified provider, and the Committee may be required to research and vote the proxy.

If the Committee identifies a potential material conflict of interest between Los Angeles Capital or an affiliated person of the Firm and the issuer whose ballot is being voted, the client whose account holds the shares of such issuer will be notified. If no directive on how to vote is issued by the client, the Committee will vote in such a way that, in the Committee's opinion, fairly addresses the conflict in the best interest of the client.

Disclosure

Los Angeles Capital will provide clients with a copy of the Firm's current proxy policies and procedures upon request. In addition, clients may request, at any time, a copy of the Firm's voting records for their respective account(s) by making a formal request to Los Angeles Capital. Los Angeles Capital will make this information available to a client upon its request within a reasonable time. For further information, please contact a member of Operations at [email protected].

Los Angeles Capital generally will not disclose how it has voted or intends to vote on behalf of a client account except as required by applicable law but may disclose such information to a client regarding their portfolio who itself may decide or may be required to make public such voting information. Los Angeles Capital will not disclose past votes or share amounts voted except: (i) for a valid business purpose as determined in the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer, (ii) to the respective client for such client’s account, (iii) as required on Form N-PX related to Say-on-Pay votes, or (iv) as otherwise required by law.

Recordkeeping

All proxy records pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act are retained by either Glass Lewis or Los Angeles Capital. Glass Lewis retains (1) records of proxy statements received regarding client securities, and (2) records of each vote cast. Los Angeles Capital retains (1) copies of its proxy policies, procedures, and Firm Guidelines; (2) copies of any document created by Los Angeles Capital that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision; (3) each written client request for information on how the adviser voted proxies on behalf of the client; (4) a copy of any written response by Los Angeles Capital to any (written or oral) client request for information on how the adviser voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client; and (5) regulatory filings related to proxy voting.

ERISA Accounts

Los Angeles Capital maintains access to proxy voting records (both procedures and actions taken in individual situations) to enable the named fiduciary to determine whether Los Angeles Capital is fulfilling its obligations. Such records may be maintained via Glass Lewis' electronic system. Retention may include: (1) issuer name and meeting; (2) issues voted on and record of the vote; (3) number of shares eligible to be voted on the record date; (4) number of shares voted; and (5) where appropriate, cost-benefit analyses.

Duration

Proxy voting books and records will be maintained in an easily accessible place for at least five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such records. For the first two years, the records are fully accessible in Los Angeles Capital's office and electronically.

https://www.glasslewis.com/voting-policies-current/

The Department of Labor has indicated that such costs include, but are not limited to, expenditures related to developing proxy resolutions, proxy voting services and the analysis of the likely net effect of a particular issue on the economic value of the plan's investment. Fiduciaries must take into consideration whether the exercise of its rights to vote a proxy is expected to have an effect on the economic value of the plan's investment that will outweigh the costs of exercising such rights. With respect to proxies for shares of foreign corporations, a fiduciary, in deciding whether to purchase shares of a foreign corporation, should consider whether any additional difficulty and expense in voting such shares is reflected in their market price.

B-23

NEUBERGER BERMAN INVESTMENT ADVISERS LLC (“NBIA”)

Proxy Voting

The Board has delegated to NBIA the responsibility to vote proxies related to the securities held in the Funds’ portfolios. Under this authority, NBIA is required by the Board to vote proxies related to portfolio securities in the best interests of each Fund and its shareholders. The Board permits NBIA to contract with a third party to obtain proxy voting and related services, including research of current issues. NBIA has implemented written Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Proxy Voting Policy”) that are designed to reasonably ensure that NBIA votes proxies prudently and in the best interest of its advisory clients for whom NBIA has voting authority, including the Funds. The Proxy Voting Policy also describes how NBIA addresses any conflicts that may arise between its interests and those of its clients with respect to proxy voting. The following is a summary of the Proxy Voting Policy. The Proxy Voting Policy can be found in Appendix B to this SAI. NBIA’s Governance and Proxy Voting Guidelines (“voting guidelines”) are available on www.nb.com. NBIA maintains separate proxy voting guidelines for Neuberger Berman Sustainable Equity Fund. NBIA’s Governance and Proxy Committee (“Proxy Committee”) is responsible for developing, authorizing, implementing and updating the Proxy Voting Policy, administering and overseeing the proxy voting process and engaging and overseeing any independent third-party vendors as voting delegates to review, monitor and/or vote proxies.

In order to apply the Proxy Voting Policy noted above in a timely and consistent manner, NBIA utilizes Glass, Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”) to vote proxies in accordance with NBIA’s voting guidelines. In instances where a material conflict has been determined to exist, NBIA will generally instruct that such shares be voted in the same proportion as other shares are voted with respect to a proposal, subject to applicable legal, regulatory and operational requirements. NBIA retains final authority and fiduciary responsibility for proxy voting. NBIA believes that this process is reasonably designed to address material conflicts of interest that may arise between NBIA and a Fund or other clients as to how proxies are voted. In the event that an investment professional at NBIA believes that it is in the best interests of a client or clients to vote proxies in a manner inconsistent with the voting guidelines, the Proxy Committee will review information submitted by the investment professional to determine that there 185 is no material conflict of interest between NBIA and the client with respect to the voting of the proxy in the requested manner.

In the event that the Proxy Committee determines that such vote will not present a material conflict, the Proxy Committee will make a determination whether to vote such proxy as recommended by the NB investment professional. If the Proxy Committee determines that the voting of a proxy as recommended by the investment professional would not be appropriate, the Proxy Committee shall: (i) take no further action, in which case NBIA shall vote such proxy in accordance with the voting guidelines; (ii) disclose such conflict to the client or clients and obtain instructions or consent, which may be negative consent, from the client as to how to vote the proxy; (iii) suggest that the client or clients engage another party to determine how to vote the proxy; (iv) instruct that such shares be voted in the same proportion as other shares are voted with respect to a proposal, subject to applicable legal, regulatory and operational requirements; or (v) engage another independent third party to determine how to vote the proxy. Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available, without charge, by calling 1-800-877-9700 (toll-free) or by visiting www.nb.com or the website of the SEC, www.sec.gov.

B-24

Appendix C
Portfolio Managers

INVESTMENTS IN THE FUND

Name of Portfolio Manager	Fund Name	Dollar Range of Investments in the Fund (as of October 31, 2025)
Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Paul Seary, CFA	Nationwide Bond Portfolio	None
Simon Dangoor, CFA	Nationwide Bond Portfolio	None
Lindsay Rosner, CFA	Nationwide Bond Portfolio	None
Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc.
Bruce I. Jacobs, Ph.D.	Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio	None
Kenneth N. Levy, CFA	Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio	None
Los Angeles Capital Management LLC
Daniel Allen, CFA	Nationwide International Equity Portfolio	None
Daniel Allen, CFA	Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio	None
Daniel Arche, CFA	Nationwide International Equity Portfolio	None
Daniel Arche, CFA	Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio	None
Colleen Raab, CFA	Nationwide International Equity Portfolio	None
Colleen Raab, CFA	Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio	None
Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC
Timothy Creedon, CFA	Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio	None
David Levine, CFA	Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio	None
Maarten Nederlof	Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio	None
Ray Carroll, PhD, CFA	Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio	None
Simon Griffiths, CFA	Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio	None

DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION STRUCTURE

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM”)

Compensation. Compensation for GSAM portfolio managers is comprised of a base salary and year-end discretionary variable compensation. The base salary is fixed from year to year. Year-end discretionary variable compensation is primarily a function of each portfolio manager’s individual performance and his or her contribution to overall team performance; the performance of GSAM and Goldman Sachs; the team’s net revenues for the past year which in part is derived from advisory fees, and for certain accounts, performance-based fees; and anticipated compensation levels among competitor firms. Portfolio managers are rewarded in part for their delivery of investment performance, which is reasonably expected to meet or exceed the expectations of clients and fund shareholders in terms of excess return over an applicable benchmark, peer group ranking, risk management and factors specific to certain funds such as yield or regional focus. Performance is judged over 1-, 3- and 5-year time horizons.

The benchmark for the Nationwide Bond Portfolio is the Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.

The discretionary variable compensation for portfolio managers is also significantly influenced by various factors, including: (1) effective participation in team research discussions and process; and (2) management of risk in alignment with the targeted risk parameters and investment objective(s) of the fund. Other factors may also be considered, including: (1) general client/shareholder orientation and (2) teamwork and leadership.

As part of their year-end discretionary variable compensation and subject to certain eligibility requirements, portfolio managers may receive deferred equity-based and similar awards, in the form of: (1) shares of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (restricted stock units); and, (2) for certain portfolio managers, performance-tracking (or “phantom”) shares of the GSAM mutual funds that they oversee or service. Performance tracking shares are designed to provide a rate of return (net of

C-1

fees) equal to that of the fund(s) that a portfolio manager manages, or one or more other eligible funds, as determined by senior management, thereby aligning portfolio manager compensation with fund shareholder interests. The awards are subject to vesting requirements, deferred payment and clawback and forfeiture provisions. GSAM, Goldman Sachs or their affiliates expect, but are not required to, hedge the exposure of the performance-tracking shares of a fund by, among other things, purchasing shares of the relevant fund(s).

Other Compensation

In addition to base salary and year-end discretionary variable compensation, the firm has a number of additional benefits in place including (1) a 401(k) program that enables employees to direct a percentage of their base salary and bonus income into a tax-qualified retirement plan; and (2) investment opportunity programs in which certain professionals may participate subject to certain eligibility requirements.

Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc. (“Jacobs Levy”)

Each portfolio manager receives a fixed salary and a percentage of the profits of Jacobs Levy, which is based upon the portfolio manager’s ownership interest in the firm. Jacobs Levy’s profits are derived from the compensation the firm receives from managing client accounts. For most client accounts, the firm receives a fee based upon a percentage of assets under management (the “basic fee”). For some accounts, the firm’s compensation is adjusted based upon the performance of the account compared to a benchmark. The type of performance-adjusted compensation, the applicable measurement period and the benchmark vary by client. In some cases, the basic fee is adjusted based upon the trailing returns (e.g., annualized trailing 12 quarter returns) of the account relative to an annualized benchmark return plus a specified number of basis points. In other cases, the firm is entitled to the basic fee and a fee or allocation which is based on a percentage of the account performance in excess of a benchmark.

Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“Los Angeles Capital” or the “Firm”)

Los Angeles Capital’s portfolio managers participate in a competitive compensation program that is aimed at attracting and retaining talented employees with an emphasis on disciplined risk management, ethics and compliance-centered behavior. No component of Los Angeles Capital’s compensation policy or payment scheme is tied directly to the performance of one or more client portfolios or funds.

Each of Los Angeles Capital’s portfolio managers receives a base salary fixed from year to year. In addition, the portfolio managers participate in Los Angeles Capital’s profit-sharing plan. The aggregate amount of the contribution to the Firm’s profit-sharing plan is based on overall Firm profitability with amounts paid to individual employees based on their relative overall compensation up to applicable legal limits. Each of the portfolio managers also is an equity holder of the Firm and receives compensation based upon the Firm’s overall profits. Mr. Arche and Ms. Raab are also eligible to receive a discretionary bonus from the Firm.

Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC (“NBIA”)

NBIA’s compensation philosophy is one that focuses on rewarding performance and incentivizing NBIA’s employees. NBIA is also focused on creating a compensation process that it believes is fair, transparent, and competitive with the market.

Compensation for portfolio managers consists of either (i) fixed (salary) and variable (discretionary bonus) compensation but is more heavily weighted on the variable portion of total compensation (ii) on a production model, whereby formulaic compensation is paid from the team compensation pool on a fixed schedule (typically monthly) or (iii) a combination of salary, bonus and/or production compensation. Compensation is paid from a team compensation pool made available to the portfolio management team with which the portfolio manager is associated. The size of the team compensation pool is determined based on a formula that takes into consideration a number of factors including the pre-tax revenue that is generated by that particular portfolio management team, less certain adjustments. The amount allocated to individual Portfolio Managers is determined on the basis of a variety of criteria, including investment performance (including the aggregate multi-year track record), utilization of central resources (including research, sales and operations/support), business building to further the longer-term sustainable success of the investment team, effective team/people management,

C-2

and overall contribution to the success of NBIA. Certain portfolio managers may manage products other than mutual funds, such as high net worth separate accounts. The share of pre-tax revenue a portfolio manager receives pursuant to any such arrangement will vary based on certain revenue thresholds.

The terms of NBIA’s long-term retention incentives are as follows:

Employee-Owned Equity. Certain employees (primarily senior leadership and investment professionals) participate in Neuberger’s equity ownership structure, which was launched as part of the firm’s management buyout in 2009 and designed to incentivize and retain key personnel. NBIA also offers an equity acquisition program which allows employees a more direct opportunity to invest in Neuberger. For confidentiality and privacy reasons, NBIA cannot disclose individual equity holdings or program participation.

Contingent Compensation. Certain employees may participate in Neuberger’s Contingent Compensation Plan (the “CCP”) to serve as a means to further align the interests of NBIA’s employees with the success of the firm and the interests of NBIA’s clients, and to reward continued employment. Under the CCP, up to 20% of a participant’s annual total compensation in excess of $500,000 is contingent and subject to vesting. The contingent amounts are maintained in a notional account that is tied to the performance of a portfolio of Neuberger investment strategies as specified by the firm on an employee-by-employee basis. By having a participant’s contingent compensation tied to Neuberger investment strategies, each employee is given further incentive to operate as a prudent risk manager and to collaborate with colleagues to maximize performance across all business areas. In the case of members of investment teams, including portfolio managers, the CCP is currently structured so that such employees have exposure to the investment strategies of their respective teams as well as the broader Neuberger portfolio.

Restrictive Covenants. Most investment professionals, including portfolio managers, are subject to notice periods and restrictive covenants which include employee and client non-solicit restrictions as well as restrictions on the use of confidential information. In addition, depending on participation levels, certain senior professionals who have received equity grants have also agreed to additional notice and transition periods and, in some cases, non-compete restrictions. For confidentiality and privacy reasons, NBIA cannot disclose individual restrictive covenant arrangements.

OTHER MANAGED ACCOUNTS

The following chart summarizes information regarding accounts, including the Fund(s), for which each portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities. Accounts are grouped into the following three categories: (1) mutual funds; (2) other pooled investment vehicles; and (3) other accounts. To the extent that any of these accounts pay advisory fees that are based on account performance (“performance-based fees”), information on those accounts is provided separately.

Name of Portfolio Manager	Number of Accounts Managed by Each Portfolio Manager and Total Assets by Category as of October 31, 2025
Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P.
Paul Seary, CFA	Mutual Funds: 22 accounts, $12.1 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 106 accounts, $17.7 billion total assets (15 accounts, $1.9 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Accounts: 4,494 accounts, $268.8 billion total assets (10 accounts, $6.4 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Simon Dangoor, CFA	Mutual Funds: 61 accounts, $526.5 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 503 accounts, $426.6 billion total assets (26 accounts, $2.4 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Accounts: 56,277 accounts, $810.6 billion total assets (15 accounts, $8.1 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

C-3

Name of Portfolio Manager	Number of Accounts Managed by Each Portfolio Manager and Total Assets by Category as of October 31, 2025
Lindsay Rosner, CFA	Mutual Funds: 61 accounts, $526.5 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 503 accounts, $426.6 billion total assets (26 accounts, $2.4 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Accounts: 56,277 accounts, $810.6 billion total assets (15 accounts, $8.1 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc.
Bruce I. Jacobs, Ph.D.	Mutual Funds: 14 accounts, $3.94 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 13 accounts, $3.68 billion total assets (2 accounts, $1.09 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Accounts: 118 accounts, $17.73 billion total assets (18 accounts, $8.34 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Kenneth N. Levy, CFA	Mutual Funds: 14 accounts, $3.94 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 13 accounts, $3.68 billion total assets (2 accounts, $1.09 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Accounts: 118 accounts, $17.73 billion total assets (18 accounts, $8.34 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Los Angeles Capital Management LLC
Daniel Allen, CFA	Mutual Funds: 17 accounts, $6.54 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 20 accounts, $15.86 billion total assets (6 accounts, $2.59 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Accounts: 31 accounts, $7.66 billion total assets (9 accounts, $4.79 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Daniel Arche, CFA	Mutual Funds: 12 accounts, $5.73 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 8 accounts, $4.50 billion total assets (4 accounts, $2.07 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Accounts: 14 accounts, $1.42 billion total assets (1 account, $25.7 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Colleen Raab, CFA	Mutual Funds: 2 accounts, $1.93 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 3 accounts, $7.49 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Accounts: 9 accounts, $2.85 billion total assets (3 accounts, $2.67 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC
Timothy Creedon, CFA	Mutual Funds: 5 accounts, $4.55 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 23 accounts, $9.14 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Accounts: 601 accounts, $4.53 billion total assets (1 account, $2.49 billion total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

C-4

Name of Portfolio Manager	Number of Accounts Managed by Each Portfolio Manager and Total Assets by Category as of October 31, 2025
David Levine, CFA	Mutual Funds: 2 accounts, $2.24 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 1 account, $6 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Accounts: 595 accounts, $1.93 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Maarten Nederlof	Mutual Funds: 3 accounts, $1.68 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 1 account, $204 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Accounts: 23 accounts, $634 million total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Ray Carroll, PhD, CFA	Mutual Funds: 3 accounts, $1.68 billion total assets (0 accounts, $ total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 27 accounts, $2.49 billion total assets (1 account, $219 million total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Accounts: 914 accounts, $4.11 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
Simon Griffiths, CFA	Mutual Funds: 1 account, $1.68 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: 0 accounts, $0 total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)
	Other Accounts: 627 accounts, $1.13 billion total assets (0 accounts, $0 total assets for which the advisory fee is based on performance)

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM”)

GSAM is part of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (together with its affiliates, directors, partners, trustees, managers, members, officers and employees, “Goldman Sachs”), a financial holding company. The involvement of GSAM, Goldman Sachs and their affiliates in the management of, or their interest in, other accounts and other activities of Goldman Sachs will present conflicts of interest with respect to the Fund and will, under certain circumstances, limit the Fund’s investment activities. Goldman Sachs is a worldwide, full service investment banking, broker dealer, asset management and financial services organization and a major participant in global financial markets that provides a wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified client base that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments and individuals. Goldman Sachs acts as a broker-dealer, investment adviser, investment banker, underwriter, research provider, administrator, financier, adviser, market maker, trader, prime broker, derivatives dealer, clearing agent, lender, custodian, counterparty, agent, principal, distributor, investor or in other commercial capacities (including portfolio companies) for accounts or companies or affiliated or unaffiliated investment funds (including pooled investment vehicles and private funds) in which one or more accounts, including the Fund, may invest. In those and other capacities, Goldman Sachs and its affiliates advise and deal with clients and third parties in all markets and transactions and purchase, sell, hold and recommend a broad array of investments, including securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps, indices, baskets and other financial instruments and products for their own accounts or for the accounts of their customers and have other direct and indirect interests in the global fixed income, currency, commodity, equities, bank loans and other markets and the securities and issuers in which the Fund may directly and indirectly invest. Thus, it is expected that the Fund will have multiple business relationships with and will invest in, engage in transactions with, make voting decisions with respect to, or obtain services from entities for which Goldman Sachs and its affiliates perform or seek to perform investment banking or other services. As manager of the Fund, GSAM receives management fees from the Fund. In addition, GSAM’s affiliates may earn fees from relationships with the Fund. Although these fees are generally based on asset levels, the fees are not directly contingent on Fund performance, and Goldman Sachs would still receive significant compensation from the Fund even if shareholders lose money. Goldman Sachs and its affiliates engage in proprietary trading and advise accounts and funds which have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund and/or which engage in and compete for transactions in the

C-5

same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. Goldman Sachs and its affiliates will not have any obligation to make available any information regarding their proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the benefit of the management of the Fund. The results of the Fund’s investment activities, therefore, will likely differ from those of Goldman Sachs, its affiliates, and other accounts managed by Goldman Sachs, and it is possible that the Fund could sustain losses during periods in which Goldman Sachs and its affiliates and other accounts achieve significant profits on their trading for proprietary or other accounts. In addition, the Fund may enter into transactions in which Goldman Sachs and its affiliates or their other clients have an adverse interest. For example, the Fund may take a long position in a security at the same time that Goldman Sachs and its affiliates or other accounts managed by GSAM or its affiliates take a short position in the same security (or vice versa). These and other transactions undertaken by Goldman Sachs, its affiliates or Goldman Sachs-advised clients may, individually or in the aggregate, adversely impact the Fund. In some cases, such adverse impacts may result from differences in timing of transactions by accounts relative to when the Fund executes transactions in the same securities. Transactions by one or more Goldman Sachs-advised clients or GSAM may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of the Fund. The Fund’s activities will, under certain circumstances, be limited because of regulatory restrictions applicable to Goldman Sachs and its affiliates, and/or their internal policies designed to comply with such restrictions. As a global financial services firm, Goldman Sachs and its affiliates also provide a wide range of investment banking and financial services to issuers of securities and investors in securities. Goldman Sachs, its affiliates and others associated with it are expected to create markets or specialize in, have positions in and/or effect transactions in, securities of issuers held by the Fund, and will likely also perform or seek to perform investment banking and financial services for one or more of those issuers. Goldman Sachs and its affiliates are expected to have business relationships with and purchase or distribute or sell services or products from or to distributors, consultants or others who recommend the Fund or who engage in transactions with or for the Fund.

Potential conflicts are disclosed in further detail in Part 2 of Goldman Sachs Asset Management's Form ADV, which is included as part of this submission.

Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc. (“Jacobs Levy”)

Jacobs Levy and its investment personnel provide investment management services to multiple accounts, including the fund’s account. The Portfolio Managers, Bruce Jacobs and Ken Levy, jointly manage all Jacobs Levy-managed accounts with the support of the firm’s other investment professionals. Providing investment management services to multiple accounts simultaneously may give rise to certain potential conflicts of interest because accounts may have investment objectives and/or strategies that are similar to or different from those of the fund. Jacobs Levy may make investment decisions for certain accounts that are not necessarily consistent with the decisions made for other accounts. As such, performance among accounts (including the fund’s account) may differ. Conflicts may also arise in the allocation of transactions among client accounts with different fee arrangements and accounts in which the firm or the Portfolio Managers may have an ownership or financial interest.

Jacobs Levy is entitled to be paid performance-based compensation by certain accounts it manages. Jacobs Levy’s revenue may be increased by its receipt of performance-based fees. In addition, certain client accounts may have higher asset-based fees or more favorable performance-based compensation arrangements than other accounts. Jacobs Levy and the Portfolio Managers, whose compensation is derived primarily through their equity share in Jacobs Levy, may have an incentive to favor client accounts that pay the firm performance-based compensation or higher fees.

Jacobs Levy manages a number of proprietary accounts alongside client accounts. These proprietary accounts often invest in the same securities that Jacobs Levy recommends to or buys or sells for client accounts (including the fund’s account). Jacobs Levy typically aggregates trades for proprietary and client accounts. These proprietary accounts may have investment objectives and/or strategies which are similar to or different from those of the fund. Jacobs Levy may make investment decisions for proprietary accounts that are not necessarily consistent with the decisions made regarding client investments (including investments for the fund). As such, the performance of these proprietary accounts may differ from the performance of client accounts (including the fund’s account).

Jacobs Levy has adopted and implemented policies and procedures intended to address conflicts of interest relating to the management of multiple accounts. Jacobs Levy reviews statistical allocation reports periodically to determine whether accounts are treated, in its view, fairly. The performance of similarly managed accounts is also compared periodically to

C-6

determine whether there are any unexplained significant discrepancies. In addition, Jacobs Levy has adopted procedures, which, in its view, are reasonably designed to create a fair and equitable allocation of investment opportunities over time among accounts.

Jacobs Levy provides model portfolios to one or more of its clients for which Jacobs Levy does not have investment discretion. Jacobs Levy executes trades for other clients whose accounts utilize the same investment strategy as the model(s). Since Jacobs Levy does not have discretion to execute trades for its model portfolio client(s), it is possible that trading based on the model portfolio will occur at the same or different times for Jacobs Levy’s discretionary clients and for its model portfolio client(s), and therefore that trading conducted for one client will impact the value at which the relevant securities trade for another client.

Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“Los Angeles Capital” or the “Firm”)

Los Angeles Capital has adopted policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, which the Firm believes are reasonably designed to manage, monitor and prevent the Firm from inappropriately favoring one account over another. Procedures adopted by Los Angeles Capital seek to treat all clients fairly and equally over time and to mitigate conflicts among accounts. Client accounts are managed independent of one another in accordance with client specific mandates, restrictions, and instructions as outlined in the investment management agreement, and such restrictions and instructions are monitored for compliance with the client’s investment guidelines.

Side-by-side management can result in investment positions or actions taken for one client account that differ from those taken in another client account, in situations where trades in one account closely precede transactions in the same securities in a different account, or in situations where clients receive different execution prices when trading the same security but at different times. Conversely, Los Angeles Capital could hold a long position in an account while at the same time taking a short position on the same issuer in another account. These situations occur due to differences in the risk and guideline constraints and exposures governing a client’s account in comparison to the other accounts managed by the Firm. In addition, as a result of the liquidity characteristics of the securities within certain strategies, larger accounts could require extended trading horizons and experience lower completion rates on orders, higher transaction costs, and reduced performance when compared to smaller accounts in the same strategy. Additionally, certain accounts, including Firm proprietary accounts, could trade more frequently than other accounts, creating more competition between and among client accounts, which can result in increased transaction costs, decreased liquidity in an investment, and/or impacts on the security price. These positions and actions can adversely affect or benefit different clients at different times.

Conflicts of Interest. Los Angeles Capital manages client accounts that have different investment strategies, objectives, restrictions, constraints, launch dates, and overlapping benchmark constituents. Given these customizations and differences, it is possible that Los Angeles Capital may be purchasing or holding a security for one account and simultaneously selling the same security for another account. However, simultaneously purchasing and selling the same security in the same account without the intent to take a bona fide market position (“wash trades”) is prohibited. Additionally, it is possible for the Firm to purchase or sell the same security for different accounts during the same trading day but at differing execution prices. The order of account rebalances may work on some occasions to the account’s advantage or disadvantage. Client accounts also have different account trading strategies that include, but are not limited to, varying the frequency and order of account rebalances (e.g. weekly, semi-monthly, monthly or quarterly), varying the grouping of accounts or markets to be traded within accounts on a particular day (e.g. trading U.S. accounts before global accounts or rotating weeks between strategies), varying account turnover, aggregating trades lists, aggregating specific names within trade lists, varying names traded as a block, using third-party algorithms, using limit-orders, and adjusting executing broker trade strategy instructions. Los Angeles Capital reserves the right to explore trading strategies, methods and processes to further its best execution mandate for client accounts. Given these customizations and differences, it is possible that Los Angeles Capital may be purchasing or holding a security for one account and simultaneously selling the same security for another account.

The decision as to which accounts participate in an investment opportunity will take into account, among other things, the quantitative model’s outlook on the account’s strategy, the account’s investment guidelines, and risk metrics. Global account orders are sent to the market simultaneously subject to prevailing market conditions, client flows, and liquidity.

While each client account is managed individually with trade allocation determined prior to placing each trade with the broker, Los Angeles Capital may, at any given time, purchase or sell the same security in a block that is allocated amongst multiple accounts. Los Angeles Capital will generally execute transactions for clients on an aggregate basis when it believes

C-7

that to do so would allow it to obtain best execution and remain consistent with the account’s investment guidelines. As such, Los Angeles Capital, from time to time, evaluates account trade lists for sizable or potentially illiquid transactions that may be aggregated among several concurrent account rebalances. There are a number of variables that can influence a decision to aggregate purchases or sales into a block, including but not limited to, order size, liquidity, client trading directives, regulatory limitations, round lot requirements, and cash flows. When there is decision making on whether to include or exclude certain accounts from a block transaction, there is always the potential for conflicts of interest. Furthermore, aggregation may operate on some occasions to the advantage of the account and on other occasions to the account’s disadvantage. Los Angeles Capital’s policies and procedures in allocating trades are structured to treat all clients fairly. Los Angeles Capital is not required to aggregate any particular trade. For example, an account with directed brokerage may not participate in certain block trades. The implementation of portfolio decisions is decided without consideration of the Firm’s (or any of its personnel’s) pecuniary investment, or other financial interests, including without consideration of the different fees or compensation the Firm receives from clients. Furthermore, Los Angeles Capital does not invest the assets of separately managed client accounts in commingled funds sponsored by Los Angeles Capital.

The Firm’s strategies predominantly invest in liquid common stocks. Based on a variety of factors including the strategy, guidelines, risk metrics and turnover goals, Los Angeles Capital determines the trading frequency for each account. Most accounts currently trade at least semi-monthly, and others may trade more or less frequently depending on such things as turnover goals, market conditions and other factors unique to the strategy or markets in which they are invested.

Los Angeles Capital has designed a proprietary Brokerage Allocation Randomization system for objectively pairing which equity broker-dealer to use when executing an account’s transactions based on regional market eligibility/suitability characteristics, as well as perceived execution capability of the equity broker-dealer in such regional markets. Los Angeles Capital’s proprietary accounts using trading or portfolio management strategies that are utilized by other clients are primarily invested in liquid, benchmark securities and may be traded in rotation with client accounts or on a particular day of the week depending on liquidity, size, and model constraints. The order of account rebalances may work on some occasions to the account’s advantage or disadvantage.

Los Angeles Capital’s portfolio managers manage accounts that are charged a performance-based fee alongside accounts in the same strategy with asset-based fee schedules. While performance-based fee arrangements may be viewed as creating an incentive to favor certain accounts over others in the allocation of investment opportunities, Los Angeles Capital has adopted policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to monitor and prevent the Firm from inappropriately favoring one account over another. Management and performance fees inure to the benefit of the Firm as a whole and not to specific individuals or groups of individuals. Further, Los Angeles Capital employs a quantitative investment process which utilizes the Firm’s proprietary investment model technology to identify securities that will be used to construct a portfolio.

Los Angeles Capital has adopted a Code of Ethics that includes procedures on ethical conduct and personal trading and requires pre-clearance authorization from both the Trading and Compliance and Regulatory Risk Departments for certain personal security transactions. Nonetheless, because the Code of Ethics in some circumstances would permit employees to invest in the same securities as clients, there is a possibility that employees might benefit from market activity by a client in a security held by an employee. Employee trading is monitored under the Code of Ethics and is designed to reasonably identify and prevent conflicts of interest between the Firm and its clients.

Investment personnel of Los Angeles Capital or its affiliate may be permitted to be commercially or professionally involved with an issuer of securities. There is a potential risk that Los Angeles Capital personnel may place their own interests (resulting from outside employment/directorships) ahead of the interests of Los Angeles Capital clients.

Before engaging in any outside business activity, employees must obtain approval of the CCO as well as other personnel. Any potential conflicts of interest from such involvement are monitored for compliance with Los Angeles Capital’s Code of Ethics. The Code of Ethics also governs employees giving or accepting gifts and entertainment.

Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers (“NBIA”)

Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager for NBIA has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other account. The management of multiple funds and accounts (including proprietary accounts) may give rise to actual or potential conflicts of interest if the funds and accounts have different or similar objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees, as the portfolio manager must allocate his or her time

C-8

and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. The portfolio manager may execute transactions for another fund or account that may adversely impact the value of securities or instruments held by a fund, and which may include transactions that are directly contrary to the positions taken by a fund. For example, a portfolio manager may engage in short sales of securities or instruments for another account that are the same type of securities or instruments in which a fund it manages also invests. In such a case, the portfolio manager could be seen as harming the performance of the fund for the benefit of the account engaging in short sales if the short sales cause the market value of the securities or instruments to fall.

Additionally, if a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for more than one fund or other account, a fund may not be able to take full advantage of that opportunity. There may also be regulatory limitations that prevent a fund from participating in a transaction that another account or fund managed by the same portfolio manager will invest. For example, the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, prohibits the mutual funds from participating in certain transactions with certain of its affiliates and from participating in “joint” transactions alongside certain of its affiliates. The prohibition on “joint” transactions may limit the ability of the funds to participate alongside its affiliates in privately negotiated transactions unless the transaction is otherwise permitted under existing regulatory guidance if granted, and may reduce the amount of privately negotiated transactions that the funds may participate in. Further, NBIA may take an investment position or action for a fund or account that may be different from, inconsistent with, or have different rights than (e.g., voting rights, dividend or repayment priorities or other features that may conflict with one another), an action or position taken for one or more other funds or accounts, including a fund, having similar or different objectives.

A conflict may also be created by investing in different parts of an issuer’s capital structure (e.g., equity or debt, or different positions in the debt structure). Those positions and actions may adversely impact, or in some instances benefit, one or more affected accounts, including the funds. Potential conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions and related actions regarding a position held for a fund or another account may not be in the best interests of a position held by another fund or account having similar or different objectives. If one account were to buy or sell portfolio securities or instruments shortly before another account bought or sold the same securities or instruments, it could affect the price paid or received by the second account. Securities selected for funds or accounts other than a fund may outperform the securities selected for the fund.

Finally, a conflict of interest may arise if NBIA and a portfolio manager have a financial incentive to favor one account over another, such as a performance-based management fee that applies to one account but not all funds or accounts for which the portfolio manager is responsible. In the ordinary course of operations, certain businesses within the Neuberger organization (“Neuberger”) will seek access to material non-public information. For instance, NBIA portfolio managers may obtain and utilize material non-public information in purchasing loans and other debt instruments and certain privately placed or restricted equity instruments. From time to time, NBIA portfolio managers will be offered the opportunity on behalf of applicable clients to participate on a creditors or other similar committee in connection with restructuring or other “work-out” activity, which participation could provide access to material non-public information.

Neuberger maintains procedures that address the process by which material non-public information may be acquired intentionally by Neuberger. When considering whether to acquire material non-public information, Neuberger will attempt to balance the interests of all clients, taking into consideration relevant factors, including the extent of the prohibition on trading that would occur, the size of Neuberger’s existing position in the issuer, if any, and the value of the information as it relates to the investment decision-making process. The acquisition of material non-public information would likely give rise to a conflict of interest since Neuberger may be prohibited from rendering investment advice to clients regarding the securities or instruments of such issuer and thereby potentially limiting the universe of securities or instruments that Neuberger, including a fund, may purchase or potentially limiting the ability of Neuberger, including a fund, to sell such securities or instruments. Similarly, where Neuberger declines access to (or otherwise does not receive or share within Neuberger) material non-public information regarding an issuer, the portfolio managers could potentially base investment decisions with respect to assets of such issuer solely on public information, thereby limiting the amount of information available to the portfolio managers in connection with such investment decisions. In determining whether or not to elect to receive material non-public information, Neuberger will endeavor to act fairly to its clients as a whole. Neuberger reserves the right to decline access to material non-public information, including declining to join a creditors or similar committee.

NBIA has adopted certain compliance procedures which are designed to address these types of conflicts. However, there is no guarantee that such procedures will detect each and every situation in which a conflict arises.

C-9

Appendix D
5% Shareholders

Fund Name/Class	Shareholder Name/Address	Number of Shares	% of Ownership
NATIONWIDE BOND PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATE FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	19,611,268.382	11.93%
NATIONWIDE BOND PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATELY AGGRESSIVE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	17,890,426.583	10.89%
NATIONWIDE BOND PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	16,628,790.992	10.12%
NATIONWIDE BOND PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS BALANCED FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	12,075,837.247	7.35%
NATIONWIDE BOND PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INV DEST CAP APPRECIATION FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	11,397,809.342	6.94%
NATIONWIDE BOND PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MANAGED GROWTH FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	9,329,103.868	5.68%
NATIONWIDE BOND PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NATIONWIDE DESTINATION RETIREMENT 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	9,227,243.545	5.61%
NATIONWIDE BOND PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	INVESTOR DESTINATIONS CONSERVATIVE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	8,911,501.317	5.42%
NATIONWIDE BOND PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATELY AGGRESSIVE FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	8,715,247.591	5.30%

D-1

Fund Name/Class	Shareholder Name/Address	Number of Shares	% of Ownership
NATIONWIDE FUNDAMENTAL ALL CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INV DEST CAP APPRECIATION FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	17,540,011.692	14.77%
NATIONWIDE FUNDAMENTAL ALL CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	16,819,319.313	14.17%
NATIONWIDE FUNDAMENTAL ALL CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATELY AGGRESSIVE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	10,953,098.255	9.23%
NATIONWIDE FUNDAMENTAL ALL CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INV DEST BALANCED FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	9,266,224.331	7.80%
NATIONWIDE FUNDAMENTAL ALL CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	INVESTOR DESTINATIONS AGGRESSIVE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	8,248,596.083	6.95%
NATIONWIDE FUNDAMENTAL ALL CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MANAGED GROWTH FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	8,183,205.885	6.89%
NATIONWIDE FUNDAMENTAL ALL CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATELY AGGRESSIVE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	6,112,343.484	5.15%
NATIONWIDE INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATELY AGGRESSIVE FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	11,257,600.183	13.95%
NATIONWIDE INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATE FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	10,755,701.003	13.33%

D-2

Fund Name/Class	Shareholder Name/Address	Number of Shares	% of Ownership
NATIONWIDE INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INV DEST CAP APPRECIATION FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	9,451,044.439	11.71%
NATIONWIDE INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATELY AGGRESSIVE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	8,876,929.184	11.00%
NATIONWIDE INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	INVESTOR DESTINATIONS AGGRESSIVE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	6,393,124.069	7.92%
NATIONWIDE INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MANAGED GROWTH FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	5,755,402.271	7.13%
NATIONWIDE INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS BALANCED FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	4,598,973.523	5.70%
NATIONWIDE INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	4,532,593.059	5.62%
NATIONWIDE INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS AGGRESSIVE FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	4,489,518.478	5.56%
NATIONWIDE LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT BLUE PRINT CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	24,001,468.003	13.47%
NATIONWIDE LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT BLUE PRINT MODERATE FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	18,294,487.202	10.27%
NATIONWIDE LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	13,613,350.155	7.64%

D-3

Fund Name/Class	Shareholder Name/Address	Number of Shares	% of Ownership
NATIONWIDE LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INV DEST CAP APPRECIATION FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	13,573,100.377	7.62%
NATIONWIDE LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATELY AGGRESSIVE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	11,146,515.260	6.26%
NATIONWIDE LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT BLUE PRINT BALANCED FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	11,032,758.462	6.19%
NATIONWIDE LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NVIT BLUE PRINT MANAGED GROWTH FUND 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	10,077,547.024	5.66%
NATIONWIDE LARGE CAP EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATELY AGGRESSIVE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	9,508,064.395	5.34%
NATIONWIDE U.S. 130/30 EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATELY AGGRESSIVE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	8,609,251.258	27.73%
NATIONWIDE U.S. 130/30 EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	INVESTOR DESTINATIONS AGGRESSIVE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	6,667,479.426	21.48%
NATIONWIDE U.S. 130/30 EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	INVESTOR DESTINATIONS MODERATE 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	4,104,651.053	13.22%
NATIONWIDE U.S. 130/30 EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NATIONWIDE TARGET DESTINATION 2050 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	1,727,456.157	5.56%

D-4

Fund Name/Class	Shareholder Name/Address	Number of Shares	% of Ownership
NATIONWIDE U.S. 130/30 EQUITY PORTFOLIO CLASS R6	NATIONWIDE TARGET DESTINATION 2040 1 NATIONWIDE PLZ MSC 5-02-210 COLUMBUS OH 43215-2226	1,585,607.610	5.11%

D-5

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 28. EXHIBITS

(a)	Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated June 17, 2009 (the “Amended Declaration”), of the Registrant, Nationwide Mutual Funds (the “Trust”), a Delaware Statutory Trust, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.a with the Trust’s registration statement on November 17, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(b)	Third Amended and Restated Bylaws, dated August 28, 2020 (the “Amended Bylaws”), of the Trust, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.b with the Trust’s registration statement on September 17, 2020, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(c)	Certificates for shares are not issued. Articles III, V, and VI of the Amended Declaration and Article VII of the Amended Bylaws, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a) and (b) hereto, define rights of holders of shares.
(d)	Investment Advisory Agreements
	(1)	Investment Advisory Agreement, dated May 1, 2007, between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, pertaining to certain series of the Trust, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.d.2 with the Trust’s registration statement on June 14, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(a)	Exhibit A to the Investment Advisory Agreement, amended January 1, 2026, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.1.a with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(2)	Investment Advisory Agreement, dated August 28, 2007, between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, pertaining to the Target Destination Funds of the Trust, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.d.2 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 27, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(a)	Exhibit A to the Investment Advisory Agreement, amended January 16, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.2.a with the Trust’s registration statement on January 16, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(3)	Investment Advisory Agreement, dated September 18, 2015, between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, pertaining to certain series of the Trust, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3 with the Trust’s registration statement on October 13, 2015, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(a)	Exhibit A to the Investment Advisory Agreement, as amended July 10, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.a with the Trust’s registration statement on July 10, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(4)	Subadvisory Agreements
		(a)	Amended Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, dated May 1, 2007, as amended June 16, 2010, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.a with the Trust’s registration statement on September 14, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.
			(1)	Exhibit A to the Amended Subadvisory Agreement, amended February 1, 2012, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.a.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 24, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(b)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Nationwide Asset Management, LLC, dated January 1, 2008, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.d.3.h with the Trust’s registration statement on December 19, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.
			(1)	Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended May 1, 2013, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.c.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on April 3, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(c)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Bailard, Inc., dated June 4, 2013, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.3.k with the Trust’s registration statement on October 17, 2013, is hereby incorporated by reference.
			(1)	Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended January 1, 2026, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.c.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.

(d)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Geneva Capital Management LLC, dated March 16, 2020, previously filed as Exhibit EX-16.6.d.ix with the Trust’s registration statement on Form N-14 on July 22, 2020, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(1)	Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended March 11, 2021, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.f.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 18, 2022, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(e)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Victory Capital Management, Inc., dated March 31, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.g with the Trust’s registration statement on May 29, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(1)	Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended June 1, 2022, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.i.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 8, 2022, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(f)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Wellington Management Company LLP, dated December 14, 2016, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.t with the Trust’s registration statement on December 14, 2016, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(1)	Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended June 1, 2022, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.i.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 8, 2022, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(g)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., dated May 5, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.q with the Trust’s registration statement on May 5, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(1)	Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended June 1, 2022, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.k.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 8, 2022, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(h)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., dated November 13, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.q with the Trust’s registration statement on November 22, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(1)	Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended December 9, 2024, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.k.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on December 16, 2024, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(i)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and The Renaissance Group, LLC, doing business as Renaissance Investment Management, dated February 23, 2026, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.i with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(j)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Mellon Investments Corporation (formerly, BNY Mellon Asset Management North America Corporation), dated July 13, 2018, as amended August 5, 2019, previously filed as Exhibit EX-16.6.d.xx with the Trust’s registration statement on Form N-14 on September 27, 2019, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(1)	Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended March 12, 2020, previously filed as Exhibit EX-16.6.d.xx.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on Form N-14 on July 22, 2020, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(k)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, dated September 13, 2018, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.w with the Trust’s registration statement on November 2, 2018, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(1)	Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended January 1, 2021, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.r.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 18, 2021, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(l)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Dreyfus, a division of Mellon Investments Corporation, dated September 1, 2023, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.p with the Trust’s registration statement on February 20, 2024, is hereby incorporated by reference.

		(m)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and GQG Partners LLC, effective January 7, 2021, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.u with the Trust’s registration statement on February 18, 2021, is hereby incorporated by reference.
			(1)	Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, as amended March 12, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.p.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on July 1, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(n)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Newton Investment Management North America, LLC, effective August 31, 2021, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.w with the Trust’s registration statement on Form N-1A on September 22, 2021, is hereby incorporated by reference.
			(1)	Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, as amended October 1, 2024, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.r.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on October 17, 2024, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(o)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., effective September 23, 2021, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.x with the Trust’s registration statement on December 10, 2021, is hereby incorporated by reference.
			(1)	Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, amended June 30, 2023, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.t.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on July 13, 2023, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(p)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., effective July 21, 2022, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.y with the Trust’s registration statement on August 8, 2022, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(q)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC, effective June 21, 2023, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.w with the Trust’s registration statement on July 13, 2023, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(r)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Los Angeles Capital Management LLC, effective September 11, 2024, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.w with the Trust’s registration statement on October 17, 2024, is hereby incorporated by reference.
			(1)	Exhibit A to the Subadvisory Agreement, as amended July 10, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.u.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on July 10, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(s)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Invesco Advisers, Inc., effective May 7, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.w with the Trust’s registration statement on May 29, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(t)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc., effective June 10, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.t with the Trust’s registration statement on December 12, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(u)	Subadvisory Agreement among the Trust, Nationwide Fund Advisors and Schroder Investment Management North America Inc., effective September 15, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.d.4.u with the Trust’s registration statement on December 12, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(e)	(1)	Underwriting Agreement, dated May 1, 2007, between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Distributors, LLC, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.e.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on June 14, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(a)	Schedule A to the Underwriting Agreement, amended July 10, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.e.1.a with the Trust’s registration statement on July 10, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(2)	Form of Dealer Agreement, dated 2008, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.e.2 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 27, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(f)	Not applicable.
(g)	Custodian Agreement

	(1)	Global Custody Agreement, Investment Company Rider, Global Proxy Service Rider and Special Terms and Conditions Rider, dated April 4, 2003, between the Trust and JPMorgan Chase Bank, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.g.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 28, 2005, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(a)	Amendment to Global Custody Agreement, dated December 2, 2009, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.a with the Trust’s registration statement on February 26, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(b)	Amendment to Global Custody Agreement, dated December 9, 2015, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.e with the Trust’s registration statement on September 30, 2016, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(c)	Amendment to Global Custody Agreement, dated February 1, 2022, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.e with the Trust’s registration statement on August 8, 2022, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(d)	Amendment to Global Custody Agreement, dated September 18, 2024, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.d with the Trust’s registration statement on October 17, 2024, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(e)	Amendment to Global Custody Agreement, dated July 10, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.1.e with the Trust’s registration statement on December 12, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(2)	Waiver to Global Custody Agreement, dated February 28, 2005, between the Trust and JPMorgan Chase Bank, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.g.1.a with the Trust’s registration statement on February 28, 2006, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(3)	Cash Trade Execution Rider to Global Custody Agreement, dated April 4, 2003, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.g.1.b with the Trust’s registration statement on February 28, 2006, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(4)	Concentration Accounts Agreement, dated December 2, 2009, between the Trust and JPMorgan Chase Bank, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.4 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 26, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(5)	Securities Lending Rider to Global Custody Agreement, dated March 28, 2014, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.5 with the Trust’s registration statement on September 30, 2016, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(6)	Addendum to Fee Schedule to Securities Lending Rider to Global Custody Agreement, dated March 31, 2014, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.6 with the Trust’s registration statement on September 30, 2016, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(7)	Joinder and Sixth Amendment to Securities Lending Agreement, dated February 4, 2022, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.g.7 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 18, 2022, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(h)	(1)	Joint Fund Administration and Transfer Agency Agreement, dated May 1, 2010, between the Trust, Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust and Nationwide Fund Management LLC, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on September 14, 2010, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(a)	Schedule C to the Joint Fund Administration and Transfer Agency Agreement, amended September 1, 2012, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.1.a with the Trust’s registration statement on August 8, 2022, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(2)	Administrative Services Plan, effective March 10, 2015, amended January 16, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.2 with the Trust’s registration statement on January 16, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(a)	Form of Servicing Agreement to Administrative Services Plan, dated January 2007, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.h.2.b with the Trust’s registration statement on February 28, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(3)	Form of Operational Service Agreement, dated 2007, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.h.3 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 27, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(4)	Expense Limitation Agreement between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, effective as of May 1, 2007, amended January 9, 2008, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.h.4 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 27, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(a)	Amendment to Expense Limitation Agreement, dated March 1, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.4.a with the Trust’s registration statement on May 5, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.

		(b)	Amendment No. 2 to Expense Limitation Agreement, dated July 1, 2018, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.4.b with the Trust’s registration statement on September 24, 2018, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(c)	Amendment No. 3 to Expense Limitation Agreement, dated September 13, 2023, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.4.c with the Trust’s registration statement on February 20, 2024, is hereby incorporated by reference.
		(d)	Exhibit A to the Expense Limitation Agreement, amended February 23, 2026, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.4.d with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(5)	Assignment and Assumption Agreement between Gartmore Mutual Funds, an Ohio Business Trust (“OBT”), and the Trust, dated February 28, 2005, assigning to the Trust OBT’s title, rights, interests, benefits and privileges in and to certain contracts listed in the Agreement, previously filed as Exhibit EX-23.h.11 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 28, 2006, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(6)	Administrative Services Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust and Nationwide Financial Services, Inc., on behalf of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, dated March 1, 2026, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.6 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(7)	Rule 12b-1 Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, on behalf of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, dated March 1, 2026, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.7 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(8)	Amended and Restated Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, on behalf of the Nationwide Fund, Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, Nationwide International Equity Portfolio, Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund, Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund and Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund, effective as of March 1, 2025, as amended August 22, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.8 with the Trust’s registration statement on December 12, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(9)	Investment Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, dated March 1, 2026, on behalf of the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.9 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(10)	Administrative Services Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust and Nationwide Financial Services, Inc., on behalf of the Nationwide GQG US Quality Equity Fund, dated January 23, 2023, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.11 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 27, 2023, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(11)	Administrative Services Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust and Nationwide Financial Services, Inc., on behalf of the Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund, dated February 17, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.11 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 20, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(12)	Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust and Nationwide Fund Advisors, on behalf of the Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio, effective as of July 1, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.h.12 with the Trust’s registration statement on December 12, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(i)	Not applicable.
(j)	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is filed herewith as Exhibit EX-28.j.
(k)	Not applicable.
(l)	Not applicable.
(m)	Distribution Plan under Rule 12b-1, amended January 16, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.m with the Trust’s registration statement on January 16, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(n)	Rule 18f-3 Plan, effective March 2, 2009, amended July 10, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.n with the Trust’s registration statement on July 10, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
(o)	Not applicable.
(p)	(1)	Code of Ethics for Nationwide Fund Advisors, the Trust and Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust, dated November 2023, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.1 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 20, 2024, is hereby incorporated by reference.

	(2)	Code of Ethics for Fund Access Persons for BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, effective April 1, 2021, reviewed March 4, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.2 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(3)	Code of Ethics for Nationwide Fund Distributors, LLC, January 1, 2024, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.3 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 20, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(4)	Code of Ethics and Business Conduct for Bailard, Inc., dated August 5, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.4 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(5)	Code of Ethics for Geneva Capital Management LLC, dated August 25, 2021, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.7 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 20, 2024, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(6)	Code of Ethics for Wellington Management Company LLP, dated December 1, 2023, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.9 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 20, 2024, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(7)	Code of Ethics and Policy on Personal Trading and Related Activities by Loomis Sayles Personnel for Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P., effective January 14, 2000, amended September 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.7 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(8)	Code of Ethics for Renaissance Investment Management, dated December 31, 2024, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.8 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(9)	Code of Ethics and Personal Trading Policy for Nationwide Asset Management, LLC, dated April 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.9 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(10)	Personal Trading Policy and Code of Conduct for Mellon Investments Corporation, dated February 11, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.10 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(11)	Code of Ethics for GQG Partners LLC, dated September 30, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.11 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(12)	Code of Conduct for Newton Investment Management North America, LLC, dated 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.12 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(13)	Personal Trading Policy and Code of Conduct for Dreyfus, a division of Mellon Investments Corporation, dated February 11, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.13 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(14)	Code of Ethics for Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., dated July 3, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.14 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(15)	Code of Ethics for Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc., revised January 2016, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.24 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 8, 2022, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(16)	Code of Ethics for Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC, dated January 31, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.16 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(17)	Code of Ethics for Los Angeles Capital Management LLC, dated May 30, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.17 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(18)	Code of Ethics for Victory Capital Management Inc., effective April 1, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.18 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(19)	Code of Ethics and Personal Trading Policy for North America for Invesco Advisers, Inc., effective January 2020, reviewed January 2026, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.19 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 19, 2026, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(20)	Code of Ethics for Schroder Investment Management North America Inc., effective May 1, 2017, revised August 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.p.20 with the Trust’s registration statement on December 12, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.

(q)	(1)	Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Keith F. Karlawish, dated June 14, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.7 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(2)	Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Carol A. Kosel, dated June 14, 2017, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.9 with the Trust’s registration statement on August 24, 2017, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(3)	Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Lorn C. Davis, dated January 1, 2021, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.10 with the Trust’s registration statement on January 15, 2021, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(4)	Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for David E. Wezdenko, dated January 1, 2021, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.11 with the Trust’s registration statement on January 15, 2021, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(5)	Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for David Majewski, dated September 28, 2022, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.12 with the Trust’s registration statement on October 11, 2022, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(6)	Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Charlotte Petersen, dated January 1, 2023, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.11 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 21, 2023, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(7)	Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Kristina Bradshaw, dated January 1, 2023, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.12 with the Trust’s registration statement on February 21, 2023, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(8)	Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Tracy Bollin, dated July 1, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.11 with the Trust’s registration statement on July 10, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(9)	Power of Attorney with respect to the Trust for Joseph Aniano, dated November 13, 2025, previously filed as Exhibit EX-28.q.11 with the Trust’s registration statement on December 12, 2025, is hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 29. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT

No person is presently controlled by or under common control with Registrant.

ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION

Indemnification provisions for officers, directors and employees of the Registrant are set forth in Article VII, Section 2 of the Amended Declaration. See Item 28(a) above.

The Trust has entered into indemnification agreements with each of the trustees and certain of its officers. The indemnification agreements provide that the Trust will indemnify the indemnitee for and against any and all judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts paid in settlement, and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by indemnitee in connection with a proceeding that the indemnitee is a party to or is threatened to be made a party to (other than certain exceptions specified in the agreements), to the maximum extent not expressly prohibited by Delaware law or applicable federal securities law and regulations (including, without limitation, Section 17(h) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations issued with respect thereto by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission). The Trust also will indemnify indemnitee for and against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by indemnitee in connection with any proceeding to which indemnitee is or is threatened to be made a witness but not a party. See Item 23(h)(4) above.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

(a)

Nationwide Fund Advisors (“NFA”), the investment adviser to the Trust, also serves as investment adviser to Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of NFA have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of NFA or its affiliates.

Each of the following persons serves in the same or similar capacity with one or more affiliates of Nationwide Fund Advisors. The address for the persons listed below, except as otherwise noted, is One Nationwide Plaza, Columbus, OH 43215.

Name and Address	Principal Occupation	Position with NFA	Position with Funds
Joseph N. Aniano	President and Chief Executive Officer of Nationwide Investment Management Group; Senior Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company	President and Director	President, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer
Lee T. Cummings	Senior Vice President and Head of Fund Operations of Nationwide Investment Management Group; Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company	Senior Vice President	Senior Vice President and Head of Fund Operations
Kevin D. Grether	Vice President of NFA and Chief Compliance Officer of NFA and the Trust; Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company	Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer	Senior Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
Kevin P. Scheiderer	Vice President, Chief Tax Officer of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company	Vice President-Chief Tax Officer	N/A
Denise L. Skingle	Senior Vice President, Finance & Strategy Legal and Corporate Secretary of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company	Senior Vice President and Secretary	N/A
Steve A. Ginnan	Senior Vice President, Director and Chief Financial Officer of Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.	Director	N/A
Stephen R. Rimes	Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Secretary for Nationwide Investment Management Group; Vice President of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company	Vice President, Associate General Counsel and Assistant Secretary	Secretary, Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Hope C. Hacker	Associate Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company	Associate Vice President and Assistant Treasurer	N/A
Nathan Radabaugh	Associate Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company	Associate Vice President and Assistant Treasurer	N/A
Anthony L. Sutch	Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company	Vice President and Assistant Treasurer	N/A

Name and Address	Principal Occupation	Position with NFA	Position with Funds
David A. Garman	Vice President-Enterprise Governance & Finance Legal of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company	Vice President and Assistant Secretary	N/A
Mark E. Hartman	Sr. Counsel, Corporate Governance and Assistant Secretary of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company	Assistant Secretary	N/A
David Dokko	Sr. Counsel, Corporate Governance and Assistant Secretary of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company	Assistant Secretary	N/A
John L. Carter	President and Chief Operating Officer of Nationwide Financial Services, Inc.	Director	N/A
Steve Hall	Associate Vice President, Investments and Risk Data Analytics Risk Monitoring	Associate Vice President- Derivatives Risk Manager	N/A
Tonya G. Walker	Associate Vice President and Assistant Treasurer of Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company	Associate Vice President and Assistant Treasurer	N/A

(b)

BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BlackRock”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide S&P 500 Index Fund, Nationwide Small Cap Index Fund, Nationwide Mid Cap Market Index Fund, Nationwide Bond Index Fund and Nationwide International Index Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of BlackRock have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

(c)

Nationwide Asset Management, LLC (“NWAM”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Inflation-Protected Securities Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of NWAM have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

(d)

Dreyfus, a division of Mellon Investments Corporation (“MIC”), acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Government Money Market Fund. MIC also acts as an investment adviser or subadviser to other investment companies. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of MIC have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

(e)

Mellon Investments Corporation (“MIC”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide NYSE Arca Tech 100 Index Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of MIC have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

(f)

Bailard, Inc. (“Bailard”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Bailard Small Cap Value Fund (formerly, Nationwide Bailard Cognitive Value Fund), Nationwide Bailard Technology Fund (formerly, Nationwide Bailard Technology & Science Fund) and Nationwide Bailard International Equities Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of Bailard have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities. Bailard provides real estate services (such as identifying and recommending potential property acquisitions and dispositions, supervising day-to-day property management and providing real estate research) to a client that is an affiliated private real estate investment trust.

(g)

Geneva Capital Management LLC (“Geneva”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Geneva Mid Cap Growth Fund and Nationwide Geneva Small Cap Growth Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of Geneva have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

(h)

Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide International Small Cap Fund. Wellington Management is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

During the past two fiscal years, no partner of Wellington Management has engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature other than that of the business of investment management.

(i)

Loomis, Sayles & Company, L.P. (“Loomis Sayles”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Loomis All Cap Growth Fund, Nationwide Loomis Core Bond Fund and Nationwide Loomis Short Term Bond Fund. The address of Loomis Sayles is One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111. Loomis Sayles is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. Except as noted below, the directors and officers of Loomis Sayles have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years, other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

Name and Position with Investment Adviser	Name and Principal Business Address of Other Company	Connection with Other Company
Pramila Agrawal Portfolio Manager, Head of Custom Income Strategies and Director	None.	None.
Kevin P. Charleston Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director	Loomis Sayles Funds I 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
	Loomis Sayles Funds II 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee
	Natixis Funds Trust I 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee
	Natixis Funds Trust II 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee
	Natixis Funds Trust IV 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee
	Natixis ETF Trust 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee
	Natixis ETF Trust II 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee
	Gateway Trust 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee
	Loomis Sayles Distributors, Inc. One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Director
	Loomis Sayles Investments Limited 77 Coleman Street, 6th Floor, London, England EC2R 5BJ	Representative of Loomis Sayles as a corporate Director
	Loomis Sayles Trust Company, LLC One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Manager and President
	Loomis Sayles Investments Asia Pte. Ltd. 10 Collyer Quay #05-01/03, Ocean Financial Centre, Singapore 049315	Director
	Loomis Sayles (Netherlands) B.V. Stadsplateau 7, Utrecht, Netherlands 3521 AZ	Managing Director
	Loomis Sayles Capital Re, SAS 43 avenue Pierre Mendès -France 75013 Paris	Chairman of the Supervisory Board (2022– 2024)
	NIM-os, LLC One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Manager

Name and Position with Investment Adviser	Name and Principal Business Address of Other Company	Connection with Other Company
Matthew J. Eagan Portfolio Manager and Head of Full Discretion and Director	None.	None.
Daniel J. Fuss Vice Chairman and Director	None.	None.
John R. Gidman Chief Operating Officer and Director	NIM-os Technologies, Inc. One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Director and President
	NIM-os, LLC One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Manager and Chief Executive Officer
David L. Giunta Director	Natixis Investment Managers, LLC 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	President and Chief Executive Officer, US; Member of the Board of Managers
	Natixis Advisors, LLC 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	President and Chief Executive Officer; Member of the Board of Managers
	Natixis Distribution, LLC 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	President and Chief Executive Officer; Member of the Board of Managers
	AEW Capital Management, Inc. Two Seaport Lane, Boston, MA 02210	Director
	Gateway Investment Advisers, LLC 312 Walnut Street, Cincinnati, OH 45202	Member of the Board of Managers
	Harris Associates, Inc. 111 South Wacker Drive, Suite 4600, Chicago IL 60606	Director
	Vaughan Nelson Investment Management, Inc. 600 Travis Street, Suite 3800 Houston, TX 77002	Director
	Loomis Sayles Funds I 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee and Executive Vice President
	Loomis Sayles Funds II 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
	Natixis Funds Trust I 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
	Natixis Funds Trust II 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
	Natixis Funds Trust IV 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
	Natixis ETF Trust 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
	Natixis ETF Trust II 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
	Gateway Trust 888 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02199	Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer
	NIM-os, LLC One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Manager

Name and Position with Investment Adviser	Name and Principal Business Address of Other Company	Connection with Other Company
Aziz V. Hamzaogullari Founder, Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager, Growth Equity Strategies, and Director	None.	None.
Maurice Leger Head of Global Distribution and Director	Loomis Sayles Trust Company, LLC One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Manager
	Loomis Sayles Distributors, L.P. One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	President
	Loomis Sayles Capital Re, SAS 43 avenue Pierre Mendès -France 75013 Paris	Supervisory Board Member (2022– 2024)
Richard G. Raczkowski Co-Head and Portfolio Manager, Relative Return, and Director	None.	None.
Rebecca O’Brien Radford General Counsel, Secretary and Director (1/1/23 to present)	Loomis Sayles Distributors, Inc. One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Director
	Loomis Sayles Investments Limited 77 Coleman Street, 6th Floor, London, England EC2R 5BJ	General Counsel and Secretary
	Loomis Sayles Trust Company, LLC One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Manager and Secretary
	Loomis Sayles Capital Re, SAS 43 avenue Pierre Mendès -France 75013 Paris	Supervisory Board Member (2022– 2024)
	NIM-os Technologies, Inc. One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Director and Secretary
	NIM-os, LLC One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Manager and General Counsel
Philippe Setbon Director	Natixis Investment Managers 59, avenue Pierre Mendès-France,75013 Paris, France	Chief Executive Officer (Directeur général)
	Natixis 7 Promenade Germaine Sablon, 75013 Paris, France	Member of Senior Management Committee Deputy Chief Executive Officer (directeur général délégué) (2025– present)
	Natixis TradEx Solutions 59 avenue Pierre Mendès-France, 75013 Paris, France	Director (2020– 2024)
	Harris Associates, Inc. 111 South Wacker Drive, Suite 4600 Chicago, Illinois 60606	Director (2024– present)
	AEW Europe 43 avenue Pierre Mendès-France 75013 Paris, France	Chair of the Board of Directors (Président du conseil d'administration) (2024– present)
	DNCA Finance 19 place Vendôme 75001 Paris, France	Chair of Supervisory Board (Président du comité de surveillance) (2024– present)

Name and Position with Investment Adviser	Name and Principal Business Address of Other Company	Connection with Other Company
	AEW Capital Management, Inc. Two Seaport Lane, Boston Massachusetts 02210	Director (2024– present)
Susan L. Sieker Chief Financial Officer and Director	Loomis Sayles Investments Limited 77 Coleman Street, 6th Floor, London, England EC2R 5BJ	Chief Financial Officer
	Loomis Sayles Trust Company, LLC One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Manager and Chief Financial Officer
	Loomis Sayles Capital Re, SAS 43 avenue Pierre Mendès -France 75013 Paris	Supervisory Board Member (2022– 2024)
	Loomis Sayles Investments Asia Pte. Ltd. 10 Collyer Quay #05-01/03, Ocean Financial Centre, Singapore 049315	Director
	NIM-os Technologies, Inc. One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Director and Treasurer
	NIM-os, LLC One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111	Manager and Chief Financial Officer
David L. WaldmanChief Investment Officer and Director	Loomis Sayles Capital Re, SAS 43 avenue Pierre Mendès -France 75013 Paris	Supervisory Board Member (2022– 2024)

(j)

The Renaissance Group LLC, doing business as Renaissance Investment Management (“Renaissance”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Renaissance Small Cap Growth Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of Renaissance have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

(k)

GQG Partners LLC (“GQG”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide GQG US Quality Equity Fund. Except as noted below, during past two fiscal years the directors and officers of GQG have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee partner or trustee.

Name and Position with Investment Adviser	Name and Principal Business Address of Other Company	Connection with Other Company
Rajiv Jain, Chairman, Chief Investment Officer and Manager	GQG Partners Community Empowerment Foundation* 350 East Las Olas Blvd, 18th Floor Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301	Sole Member
Rajiv Jain, Chairman, Chief Investment Officer and Manager	GQG Partners Inc.* 350 East Las Olas Blvd, 18th Floor Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301	Executive Chairman, Chief Investment Officer
Tim Carver, Chief Executive Officer and Manager	GQG Partners Inc.* 350 East Las Olas Blvd, 18th Floor Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301	Chief Executive Officer, Executive Director
Tim Carver, Chief Executive Officer and Manager	GQG Private Capital Solutions LLC* 909 A St, Suite 810 Tacoma, WA 98402	Manager, Chief Executive Officer

Name and Position with Investment Adviser	Name and Principal Business Address of Other Company	Connection with Other Company
Melodie Zakaluk, Chief Financial Officer and Manager**	GQG Partners Inc.* 350 East Las Olas Blvd, 18th Floor Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301	Chief Financial Officer
	GQG Partners (Australia) Pty Ltd* Chifley Tower, Level 15.03 2 Chifley Square Sydney, NSW 2000 Australia	Director
	GQG Private Capital Solutions LLC* 909 A St, Suite 810 Tacoma, WA 98402	Manager, Chief Financial Officer
Charles Falck Deputy Chief Financial Officer***	GQG Partners Inc.* 350 East Las Olas Blvd, 18th Floor Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301	Deputy Chief Financial Officer (as of June 2025); formerly, Chief Operating Officer
	GQG Global UCITS ICAV 2nd Floor, 5 Earlsfort Terrace Dublin D2 Ireland	Director
	GQG Partners Ltd Unit 12, Floor 7th, Al Khatem Tower, ADGM Square, Al Maryah Island, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates	Director
	GQG Private Capital Solutions LLC* 909 A St, Suite 810 Tacoma, WA 98402	Deputy Chief Financial Officer (as of June 2025)
Todd LaFountaineChief Operating Officer	GQG Partners Inc.* 350 East Las Olas Blvd, 18th Floor Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301	Chief Operating Officer (since June 2025)
	GQG Partners Community Empowerment Foundation* 350 East Las Olas Blvd, 18th Floor Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301	Board Member
	GQG Private Capital Solutions LLC* 909 A St, Suite 810 Tacoma, WA 98402	Chief Operating Officer (since June 2025)
Sal DiGangi, Global Chief Compliance Officer	GQG Partners Inc.* 350 East Las Olas Blvd, 18th Floor Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301	Global Chief Compliance Officer
Sal DiGangi, Global Chief Compliance Officer	GQG Private Capital Solutions LLC*909 A St, Suite 810Tacoma, WA 98402	Chief Compliance Officer
Frederick H. Sherley, General Counsel and Secretary	GQG Partners Inc.* 350 East Las Olas Blvd, 18th Floor Fort Lauderdale, FL 33301	General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Frederick H. Sherley, General Counsel and Secretary	GQG Private Capital Solutions LLC* 909 A St, Suite 810 Tacoma, WA 98402	General Counsel and Secretary

* Affiliated entity

** Melodie Zakaluk will retire effective 12.31.2025

*** Charles Falck will become Chief Financial Officer upon Melodie Zakaluk’s retirement

(l)

Newton Investment Management North America, LLC (“Newton US”) acts as a subadviser to the Nationwide BNY Mellon Dynamic U.S. Equity Income Fund and Nationwide BNY Mellon Dynamic U.S. Core Fund. The directors and officers of Newton US have not been engaged in any other business or profession of substantial nature during the past two fiscal years.

(m)

Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. (“GSAM”) is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and serves as a subadviser to the Nationwide Bond Portfolio and portions of the Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio. GSAM is engaged in the investment advisory business. GSAM is part of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., a public company that is a bank holding company, financial holding company and a world-wide, full-service financial services organization. GSAM Holdings LLC is the general partner and principal owner of GSAM. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of GSAM have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

(n)

Invesco Advisers, Inc. (“Invesco”) acts as a subadviser to the Nationwide Invesco Core Plus Bond Fund (formerly, Nationwide BNY Mellon Core Plus Bond Fund and Nationwide BNY Mellon Core Plus Bond ESG Fund). Except as noted below, no director, officer, or partner of Invesco has been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

The following table provides information with respect to the principal executive officer and the directors of Invesco.

Registrant's investment sub-adviser, Invesco is located at 1331 Spring Street NW, Suite 2500, Atlanta, GA 30309. In addition to providing sub-advisory services, Invesco, through its subsidiaries, engages in the business of investment management on an international basis. The directors, officers, or partners of Invesco have held, during the past two fiscal years, the following positions of a substantial nature.

Name	Position
Andrew R. Schlossberg	Director and Sr. Vice President
L. Allison Dukes	Director
Todd Kuehl	Chief Compliance Officer
Greg Ketron	Treasurer
Mark Gregson	Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
Terry Gibson Vacheron	Chief Financial Officer
Jeffrey H. Kupor	Director
Crissie M. Wisdom	Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer
Tony Wong	Director, President, Chief Executive Officer

(o)

Jacobs Levy Equity Management, Inc. (“Jacobs Levy”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of Jacobs Levy have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

(p)

Neuberger Berman Investment Advisers LLC (“NBIA”) acts as a subadviser to the Nationwide Fundamental All Cap Equity Portfolio. NBIA is an indirect subsidiary of Neuberger Berman Group LLC (“NBG”). The directors, officers and/or employees of NBIA, who are deemed “control persons,” of NBIA are: Joseph Amato, Ashok Bhatia, Kenneth deRegt, Douglas Kramer, and Stephen Wright. Mr. Amato is a Trustee of the Trust.

NBG’s voting equity is owned by NBSH Acquisition, LLC (“NBSH”). NBSH is owned by portfolio managers, members of the NBG’s management team, and certain of NBG’s key employees and senior professionals.

(q)

Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“LA Capital”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide International Equity Portfolio and the Nationwide Large Cap Equity Portfolio.

The following table includes any other business, profession, vocation or employment that officers or directors of the adviser have been engaged in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee within the last two fiscal years.

Name	Outside Entity Name	Position Held
Thomas Stevens	Proxy Parent Foundation (Plan of CA)	Vice Chairman of the Board
Thomas Stevens	Agripower	Advisory Board Member

Name	Outside Entity Name	Position Held
Thomas Stevens	Special Olympics of Southern California	Member of Board of Directors
Thomas Stevens	University of Wisconsin Foundation	Board Member
Hal Reynolds	Campbell Hall School	Director
Hal Reynolds	College Foundation University of Virginia	Trustee
Laina Draeger	CFA LA Society ESG Advisory Board	Advisory Board Member

The following table includes other substantial business or employment of officers or directors of the adviser solely in connection with the parent companies and/or affiliates of the adviser.

Name	LACM Global Ltd.(Affiliate)	Los Angeles Capital Global Funds plc (Affiliate)	LACM Holdings Inc.(Parent Company of Adviser)	LACM Equity LLC (Parent Company of Adviser)
Thomas Stevens	Director / Officer	Director	Director	Director
Hal Reynolds	Officer		Director / Officer	Director / Officer
Daniel Allen	Director / Officer	Director	Director / Officer	Director / Officer
Jennifer Reynolds	Officer		Director / Officer	Director / Officer
Stuart Matsuda			Director / Officer	Director / Officer
Edward Rackham			Director/Officer	Director/Officer
Bradford Rowe			Officer	Officer
Linda Barker			Officer	Officer
Liz Mueller			Officer	Officer
Steve Oetomo			Officer	Officer

(r)

Victory Capital Management Inc. (“Victory Capital”) acts as a subadviser to the Nationwide Strategic Income Fund. Victory Capital is an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of Victory Capital have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

(s)

Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. (“Schroders”) acts as subadviser to the Nationwide Schroders Global Equity Fund. To the knowledge of the Registrant, the directors and officers of Schroders have not been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years other than in their capacities as a director or officer of affiliated entities.

ITEM 32. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

(a)

Nationwide Fund Distributors LLC, the principal underwriter of the Trust, also acts as principal underwriter for Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust.

(b)

Herewith is the information required by the following table with respect to each director, officer or partner of NFD. The address for the persons listed below, except where otherwise noted, is One Nationwide Plaza, Columbus, OH 43215.

Name:	Position with NFD:	Position with Registrant:
Holly A. Butson	Chief Compliance Officer	N/A
Lee T. Cummings	President	Senior Vice President and Head of Fund Operations
Ewan T. Roswell	Associate Vice President and Treasurer	N/A
Denise L. Skingle	Senior Vice President and Secretary	N/A
Jennifer L. Monnin	Chief Marketing Officer	N/A
John L. Carter	Manager	N/A
Steven A. Ginnan	Manager	N/A
Joseph N. Aniano	Manager	President, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Executive Officer

(c)

Not applicable.

ITEM 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

J.P. Morgan Investor Services Co.
1 Beacon Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02108-3002

Nationwide Funds Group
One Nationwide Plaza
Columbus, OH 43215

ITEM 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Not applicable.

ITEM 35. UNDERTAKINGS

Not applicable.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Columbus, and State of Ohio, on this 27th day of February, 2026.

	NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

	BY:	/s/ Allan J. Oster
		Allan J. Oster, Assistant Secretary and Attorney-In-Fact for Registrant

ATTACHMENTS / EXHIBITS

CONSENT

Serious News for Serious Traders! Try StreetInsider.com Premium Free!

Create E-mail Alert Related Categories

SEC Filings

Sign up for StreetInsider Free!

Receive full access to all new and archived articles, unlimited portfolio tracking, e-mail alerts, custom newswires and RSS feeds - and more!

Portfolio Manager	Title	Length of Service with Fund
Bruce I. Jacobs, Ph.D.	Principal, Co-Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager of Jacobs Levy	Since 2022
Kenneth N. Levy, CFA	Principal, Co-Chief Investment Officer and Portfolio Manager of Jacobs Levy	Since 2022

Portfolio Manager	Title	Length of Service with Fund
Paul Seary, CFA	Vice President & Senior Portfolio Manager of GSAM	Since 2022
Simon Dangoor, CFA	Managing Director, Head of Fixed Income Macro Strategies & Portfolio Manager	Since 2024
Lindsay Rosner, CFA	Managing Director, Head of Multi-Sector Investing & Portfolio Manager	Since 2024

Portfolio Manager	Title	Length of Service with Fund
Timothy Creedon, CFA	Managing Director & Portfolio Manager	Since 2023
David Levine, CFA	Managing Director & Portfolio Manager	Since 2023
Maarten Nederlof	Managing Director & Portfolio Manager	Since 2023
Ray Carroll, PhD, CFA	Managing Director & Portfolio Manager	Since 2023
Simon Griffiths, CFA	Managing Director & Portfolio Manager	Since 2023

Form POS AMI NATIONWIDE MUTUAL FUNDS

You May Also Be Interested In

Create E-mail Alert Related Categories

Sign up for StreetInsider Free!

Free News Feed

Fund	Actual Management Fee Paid
Nationwide U.S. 130/30 Equity Portfolio	0.42 %